Home

Nissan 2010 Murano Automobile User Manual

1. Dial Number Previous Information Commands Vehicle Phonebook Audio Commands Handset Phonebook International Call Incoming Calls 7 Next 1 2 Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition Push the TALK switch to start voice recognition SAA2545 SAA2546 5 Select a category from the list 6 Select an item 7 f necessary scroll the screen using the multi function controller to view the entire list 8 Press the BACK button to return to the previous screen 4 112 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems List of help commands Phone Commands Command Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call History Incoming Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Outgoing Calls Makes a call to the dialed number Missed Calls Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Navigation Commands Command Action Home Sets a route to your home that is stored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Addres
2. Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock SAA2488 Example Comfort settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key and then selecting the Comfort key This key does not appear on the display until the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position Auto Interior Illumination When this item is turned to ON the interior lights will illuminate if any door is unlocked Light Sensitivity Adjust the sensitivity of the automatic headlights higher right or lower left Light Off Delay Choose the duration of the automatic headlight off timer from O 30 45 60 90 120 150 and 180 second periods Speed Sensing Wiper Interval When this item is turned to ON the wiper interval is adjusted automatically according to the vehicle speed Selective Door Unlock When this item is turned to ON only the driver s door is unlocked first after the door unlock operation When the door handle request switch on the driver s or front passenger s side door is pushed to be unlocked only the corresponding door is unlocked first All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is per formed again within 60 seconds When this item is turned to OFF all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once Intelligent Key Lock Unlock When this item is turned to ON door lock
3. SAA2548 Giving voice command 1 Push and release the TALK switch located on the steering wheel 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Please say a command After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak a command Operating tips Voice commands cannot be accepted when the iconis 3 The list displayed can be scrolled by tilting the menu control switch on the steering wheel If the command is not recognized the Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 117 system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e f you want to cancel the command push and hold the TALK 4 switch for 1 second The message Voice canceled will be announced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Re member to speak after the tone e f you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only sin
4. SDI1949 Checking the tire pressure 1 Remove the valve stem cap from the tire tion shown on the Tire and Loading Information label Add air to the tire as needed If too much air is added press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure Re check the pressure and add or release air as needed Install the valve stem cap Check the pressure of all other tires including the spare Coupe models except for NISMO models FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 225 50R18 95W COLD TIRE INFLATION PRES SURE 240 kPa 35 PSI 245 40R19 94W 240 kPa 35 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 245 45R18 96W 240 kPa 35 PSI 275 35R19 96W 240 kPa 35 PSI SPARE TIRE T145 80 D17 T145 70 420 kPa 60 PSI 420 kPa 60 PSI 2 Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem Do not press too hard or R18 force the valve stem sideways or air will escape If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage 3 Remove the gauge 4 Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specifica 8 30 Maintenance and do it yourself Roadster models except for NISMO mod els SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRES SURE FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 225 50R18 95W 260 kPa 38 PSI 245 40R19 94W 240 kPa 35 PSI R
5. TRUNK light 2s sc ceteecs Vanity mirror lights Warning indicator lights and audible PEMUNGSS ani noa E naibieies 2 9 Xenon headlights ccceeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 29 Lights Exterior and interior light replacement 8 26 Loading information See vehicle loading IET EEE eset eee en eee 9 17 Lock Automatic door lOCKSs in sssaaecedaciececancinnsc er Door lOCkSiisccccceiees Power door lock Rear hatch lock TRUNK lid oisctcnsccdet tone nnay P ssi Locking with mechanical key ccscececcrcreree Low tire pressure warning light Low tire pressure warning system See tire pressure monitoring system TPMS 6 5 5 3 M Maintenance Bate aitivccaasnccnans re GE aN 8 14 General maintenance 8 2 Indicators for maintenance dot matrix 2 19 Inside the vehicle ccecceeeeeeee ne eee es 8 3 Maintenance information display 4 8 Maintenance precautions 000cceee ee 8 5 10 4 Maintenance requirements 00 eee ee 8 2 Outside the vehicle 0cceeee eee eens 8 2 Seat belt maintenance 1 16 Malfunction indicator light MIL 04 2 13 Manual front seat adjustment 0000 1 4 Map lighis nro aa ne 2 44 Master warning light 2 11 Mechanical key Intelligent Key system 3 3 Meter Trip computer 2 20 Meters and gaugeS ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eens 2 4 Instrument brightness control
6. 4 2 32 Mirror INSIDE MIMO enstans anena Outside mirrors Vanity mirror Multi function controller ina Music box hard disk drive N New vehicle break in 000008 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System NISSAN voice recognition system No key WaMing 2ccc00ccstcasratecaaadanssrsspane o QdometEn ar rea aN EE VAENE TEN EE 2 5 Offroad ECOV correya nE aN N 5 6 Oil Capacities and recommended fuel JUDPICANS siisi ccscidtnacete dnckaieen sinira 9 2 Changing engine oil and filter 0 0 8 9 Checking engine oil level 00000 8 9 ENGING Olllssaccaisicwesanveeiteadecginntenniaes as 8 9 Engine Oil VISCOSILY i rcircrsiranisssinsa issis Oil filter replacement indicator Opening the soft tps scusierse sec sesorissanaes Operation Indicators for operation dot Matrik oieri in seni annie niai Outside MiNoS iiia weed innia beaa Overheat If your vehicle overheats Owner s Manual Service Manual order ID OVMANON sssaaa a snnnd EEE Panic alarm sciccciccnsriscebsceiiiade daetmag ae ve panes Parking Brake Breakin irimas irinenn Parking brake operation sssssssessn Parking Om hillSsi ss sdstsanveccinteretiaaceniend Performance dampers ccceseeeeeneeeeenees Phone Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system Car phone or CB radio 0ceee Power Front seat adjustment
7. 8 Seat heater switch if so equipped P 2 34 or Climate controlled seat switch if so equipped 1 2 3 4 P 2 36 9 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models P 3 21 10 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE switch if so equipped P 5 16 11 Heater and air conditioner P 4 17 Rear window defroster switch P 2 29 12 Audio system P 4 24 13 Power outlet P 2 37 14 Glove box P 2 39 wi Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 7 898 10 11 12 13 SS10653 1 Ventilator P 4 17 2 Center display and multi function control panel P 4 2 Instrument pocket P 2 38 Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting buttons if so equipped P 4 6 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 74 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 32 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 27 Fuse box cover P 8 20 Push button ignition switch P 5 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 33 NOs Illustrated table of contents 0 11 METERS AND GAUGES 12 13 14 SSl0521 10 Odometer Twin trip odometer control knob P 2 5 11 Odometer Twin trip odometer P 2 5 12 Engine oil temperature gauge P 2 7 13 Voltmeter P 2 7 14 Clock P 2 7 P 2 23 7 8 g 10 11 SSI0509 1 ENTER NEXT switch P 2 20 7 Vehicle information display P 2 16 2 Fuel gauge P 2 6 8 Engine coolant temperature gauge P
8. Commercial Skip Next Previous Image Top Menu When the Top Menu key is selected in the screen while a DVD is being played the top menu specific to each disc will be displayed For details see the instructions on the disc DVD gt Setting Key Title Menu Title Search 10Key Search Angle Mark SAA2498 Example DVD settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings Key DVD VIDEO DVD AUDIO Keys for the DVD menu operation are displayed eo Move the cursor to select a DVD menu Enter Enter the selected menu Move Change the display location by moving the operation key Back Return to the previous screen gt Hide Hide the operation key Title Menu DVD VIDEO Some menus specific to each disc will be shown For details see the instructions on the disc Title Search DVD VIDEO DVD VR The scene with the specified title will be displayed each time the side or side is selected Group Search DVD AUDIO VIDEO CD A scene in the specified group will be displayed each time the side or side is selected 10 Key Search DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD CD DA DVD VR Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified Title Chapter or Group Track will be p
9. SAA2476 MENU OPTIONS The start menu can be displayed using the menu control switch on the steering wheel mounted controls 1 While the MAP or STATUS screen is displayed push and hold the menu control switch until the Menu Options screen appears 2 Highlight the preferred item by tilting the menu control switch up or down and then push the menu control switch to select it Available items Destination Route These items are for the navigation system See the separate Navigation System Owner s Man ual for details Info Displays the information screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the INFO button Settings Displays the settings screen It is the same screen that appears when you push the SET TING button Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 5 Settings Comfort Auto Interior Illumination ON Light Sensitivity E bed Light Off Delay Speed Sensing Wiper Interval Selective Door Unlock Adjust head lamp on time after shut off SAA2477 HOW TO SELECT MENUS ON THE SCREEN Vehicle functions are viewed on the display screen in menus To select each key item highlight the preferred item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Whenever a menu selection is made or menu item is highlighted different areas on the screen provide you with important information S
10. The system announces Cancel ends the VR session and returns to the call e Send Enter Call Dial Use the Send command to enter numbers or during a call For example if you were directed to dial an extension by an auto mated system Say Send one two three four The system acknowledges the command and sends the tones associated with the numbers The system then ends the VR session and returns to the call Say star for kiii say pound for eM e Transfer call Use the Transfer Call command to transfer the call from the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System to the cellular phone when privacy is desired The system announces Transfer call Call transferred to privacy mode The system then ends the VR session To reconnect a call from the cellular phone to the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone sys tem push the 44 button e Mute Use the Mute command to mute your voice so the other party cannot hear it Use the mute command again to unmute your voice NOTE If a call is ended or the cellular phone network connection is lost while the Mute feature is on the Mute feature will be reset to off for the next call so the other party can hear your voice Main menu Phonebook Transfer Entry A Delete Entry List Names 4 92 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Phonebook phones w
11. 3 Image_3 jpg COO Full Screen Display SAA2491 Image Viewer The image files in the USB memory will be displayed To display the Image Viewer push the SETTING button select the Other key and then select the Image Viewer key The image of the selected file is displayed on the right side of the screen When a number of folders are included in the USB memory select a folder from the list to display the file list Images will not be shown on the display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction To view images stop the vehicle in a safe location and apply the parking brake Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 15 SAA2492 Full Screen Display The full screen display will appear when select ing the Full Screen Display key To operate the Image Viewer or to change the settings select the desired key using the multi function controller e _ amp _ Start Select the Co key to start playing the slideshow e C Stop Select the Ca key to stop the slideshow e gt Next Select the t key to display the next file e _ _ Previous Select the Cw key to display the previous file Setting the Image Viewer The Image Viewer setting display will appear when selecting the Settings key on the full screen display The following settings are avail
12. Artist and Genre in formation of the current track using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Edit the Mode information by selecting from the list Edit Information by Album Edit the displayed name and of a selected album and the track information in the album Update Gracenote from USB Device Update the in vehicle Gracenote Database using a USB memory Search the title from a information acquired on the Internet Visit www nissanusa com gracenote for details Transfer Missing Titles to USB Transfer the information of an album re corded without titles to a USB memory Visit www nissanusa com gracenote for details Update Gracenote from HDD Search the title using the database in the hard disk Music Box Music Box Settings Music Box Used Free Space Automatic Recording Delete Songs from Music Box 132 kbps Recording Quality CDDB Version SAA2517 Music Box settings To set the Music box hard drive to your preferred settings select the Menu key during playback and the Music Box Settings key with the multi function controller and then push the ENTER button Music Box Used Free Space Information about Saved Album Saved Track and Remaining Time is displayed Automatic Recording When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive automatically starts
13. Foreword Welcome to the growing family of new NISSAN owners This vehicle is delivered to you with confidence It was produced using the latest techniques and strict quality control This manual was prepared to help you under stand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle A separate Warranty Information Booklet explains details about the warranties cov ering your vehicle The NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide explains details about maintaining and servicing your ve hicle Additionally a separate Customer Care Lemon Law Booklet U S only will explain how to resolve any concerns you may have with your vehicle as well as clarify your rights under your state s lemon law Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle best When you require any service or have any questions we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY Before driving your vehicle read your Owner s Manual carefully This will ensure familiarity with controls and maintenance requirements assist ing you in the safe operation of your vehicle AA WARNING IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMA TION REMINDERS FOR SAFETY Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers NEVER drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs A
14. The system confirms the name location and number Delete Entry Use the Delete Entry command to delete one entry from the phonebook After the system acknowledges a command say the name to delete or say List Names to choose an entry List Names Use the List Names command to hear all the names in the phonebook The system recites the phonebook entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When playback of the list is complete the system returns to the main menu Playback of the list can be stopped at any time by pushing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session Phonebook phones with automatic phonebook download function NOTE Phonebook commands are not available when the vehicle is moving Main menu List names Record Name For phones that support automatic download of the phonebook PBAP Bluetooth profile the Phonebook command is used to manage entries to the vehicle phonebook You can say the name of an entry at this menu to initiate dialing of that entry The phonebook stores up to 1000 names for each phone paired with the system Each name can have up to 4 locations phone numbers associated with it When a phone is connected to the system the phonebook is automatically downloaded to the vehicle This feature allows you to access your phonebook from the Bluetooth system and call contacts by name You can record
15. 2 10 Key operating range ccceeeeee cence een ee 3 8 Key operatio siicssicsiccnmanannnaes tes neniani 3 9 Warming SigNaAlS is rrsisiiatanani pienia 3 11 Interior light control switch sssssssssesss 2 44 Interior light replacement eceee eee es 8 26 Interior GMS asma Interior trunk lid release iPod player operation cccceeeeee een eenes J JUMP StAMING i ciccscciiecciccectias sadiimedeae cies 6 15 K Keyless entry See remote keyless entry system 4 5 3 13 KEYS arseno au a A EE PAINE 3 2 For Intelligent Key system 3 6 L Labels Air bag warning labels cceeeee ee 1 39 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Emission control information label 9 11 Engine serial number 000eee eee 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Tire and Loading information label 8 29 9 12 Vehicle identification number VIN 9 10 License plate Installing front license plate 9 13 Light Air bag warning light cece eee Bulb replacement 0ccceeeee teen eeeee Cargo area courtesy light Cargo light Fog light switch Headlight Switch iiss ciciscaiiceiincceteainainien nies 2 30 Headlights bulb replacement 8 26 Indicator lIQGhtS ssnin enu 2 12 Interior light control switch 00008 2 44 INteriOmliGhtS eaoin Map lights Replacement
16. Secondary rear hatch release Secondary trunk lid release s4 Security system Vehicle security system 2 25 Security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System Engine start cccccccccccc ener 2 26 Selector lever Shift lOCk tel ase erns aaa 5 15 Servicing air Conditioners iisisti 4 24 SETTING Dutton smic cesrvvhesidedeiewens dacestiee 4 10 Shift P warning Automatic Transmission models 0505 2 17 Shift lock release Transmission caccsscencacsassccntsacessseananans 5 15 Shifting Automatic transmission Manual transmission Small light indicator light Soft top Care and cleaning cccceeee eee eee If the top does not open or close Opening using the Intelligent Key Soft top indicator light Soft top operation Spare tires cnedecesie nies wants Spark PUJE sissen didain SPCC OMOter csiicinvie cee ccivsieis tncadamerenaiselaee cans Starting Before starting the engine 66 5 10 JUMP stating wees ceccirceiedaccepewiier se eeinoes 6 15 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 PUSH Stating eainiie ia aac 6 17 Starting the engine ssseereressrrrane 5 11 STATUS DOM aoco menise aen a EEN 4 6 Status light Front passenger air bag 1 33 Steering Power steering fluid isaisip erregen 8 12 Power steering system s c 5 24 Steering lock release malfunction INGICALOR s c eiccceeeanss toomasensena
17. The cargo cover keeps the contents in the cargo vehicle with it disengaged from the t the top tether strap m area hidden from the outside holder acis tne top teiner earls es damage the top tether strap To use the cargo cover pull it out and hang both e Properly secure all cargo with ropes during a collision sides on the hooks Q located on the inside of or straps to help prevent it from the rear hatch sliding or shifting Do not place Instruments and controls 2 41 WINDOWS POWER WINDOWS AA WARNING e Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows Use the win dow lock switch to prevent unex pected use of the power windows e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols and become trapped in the window Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents The power windows operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position or for about 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position If the driver s or front passenger s door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds power to the windows is canceled The power window switches will be deactivated during soft top operation Roadster models 2 42 Instruments and controls 1 3 5 aeee pan KE eee e YY A C Te c a aW SIC3241 Main power window
18. e Audio File Playback Switch to the audio playback mode This item is displayed only when the USB memory contains the audio files e Play Mode Select the Normal or 1 Track Repeat play mode Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 55 e 10 Key Search Select the 10 Key Search key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified folder file will be played e Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items e DRC DRC Dynamic Range Compression auto matically adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers e Audio Select the preferred language for audio e Subtitle Select the preferred language for subtitle e Display Mode Select the Normal Wide Cinema or Full mode BLUETOOTH STREAMING AUDIO models with navigation system Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Streaming Audio If you have a compatible Bluetooth device with streaming audio A2DP profile you can set up the wireless connection between your Bluetooth device and the in vehicle audio system This connection allows you to listen to the audio from the Bluetooth device using your vehicle speakers It also may allow basic control of the device for playing and skipping audio files using the AVRCP Blue tooth pr
19. 0600e 5 5 B Bate hy pirat etarios NE sla alsieles 8 14 Battery saver system nas 2 31 Intelligent Key ce cece 8 22 Variable voltage control system 8 16 Before starting the engine 5 10 Belts See drive belts bas 8 16 Bluetooth hands free phone system models with navigation system 6 065 4 74 Bluetooth hands free phone system models without navigation system 6 5 4 85 Booster seats cccceeee eee Brake Anti lock Braking System ABS 4 5 26 Brake and clutch fluid 0 ceee eee 8 12 Brake fluidic iniiae nnana 8 13 Brake SySteMiza scawesaiit aandadeadecaonisaalss 5 25 Parking brake operation 6 ceeee eee 5 20 Warming lightinas scsctaceciisnaceesadesenneacass 2 9 Break in schedule cccicc00 cctegeceectsseages 5 22 Brightness control Display ON OFF button 000c eee 4 6 Instrument panel c cece eee eee eee 2 32 Bulb check instrument panel 00000ee 2 8 Bulb replaGement tic sicc ss seecwcnedeeewegennak thas 8 24 c Cabin ait filter errsnni iann aea 4 23 Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Car phone or CB radio ccccecee ees 4 74 Cargo COVER cancaccntaarndtincing ysadmamenatanansieion 2 41 Catalytic converter Three way catalyst 5 2 Center multi function control panel models with navigation system 6064 4 2 Child restraint
20. Connected Phones key The registered cellular phones are shown on the list If you select a cellular phone that is different from the one currently connected the newly selected phone will be connected to the system VEHICLE PHONEBOOK This vehicle has two phonebooks available for hands free use Depending on the phone the system may automatically download the entire cell phone s phonebook into the Handset Phonebook For the details about downloading a phonebook see PHONE SETTING later in this section If a phonebook does not auto matically download the vehicle phonebook may be set for up to 40 entries This phonebook allows the recording of a name to speak while using voice recognition Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 77 Settings Edit Vehicle Phonebook ll Y l Add New E 1 XXXXXXXXXXXX EJ 2 XXXXXXXXXXXX SAA2521 OM Y l Ea Settings Vehicle Phonebook O m Ful Gece Settings Vehicle Phonebook Copy from Call History Copy from the Handset Enter Number by Keypad SAA2522 111 111 1111 Voicetag SAA2523 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Vehicle Phonebook key 2 Select the Add New key at the top of the screen 3 Choose the method for entering the phone book entry For this example select Enter Number by Keypad 4
21. Front seats P 1 3 Illustrated table of contents 0 3 EXTERIOR FRONT D N SS10594 0 4 Hood P 3 16 Headlight and turn signal Operation P 2 29 Bulb replacement P 8 24 Illustrated table of contents Windshield wiper and washer Operation P 2 27 Maintenance P 8 18 Power windows P 2 42 Oris O01 Outside mirrors P 3 38 Recovery hook P 6 22 License plate installation P 9 13 Tires Wheels and tires P 8 28 P 9 8 Flat tire P 6 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS P 2 10 P 5 3 Doors Keys P 3 2 Door locks P 3 4 Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 EXTERIOR REAR SSI0506 COUPE MODELS 1 High mounted stop light bulb replacement P 8 24 Rear window defroster P 2 29 Satellite antenna if so equipped P 4 25 Rear hatch Intelligent Key system P 3 6 Remote keyless entry system P 3 13 Rear hatch opener switch P 3 17 Rear fog light if so equipped P 2 33 Rear combination light bulb replacement P 8 24 T Fuel filler door Operation P 3 34 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 Illustrated table of contents 0 5 SSI0658 ROADSTER MODELS 1 Trunk lid opener switch P 3 19 2 High mounted stop light bulb replacement P 8 25 3 Antenna P 4 25 0 6 Illustrated table of contents ONoOasr Rear
22. If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire punc ture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit CHANGING A FLAT TIRE for models with spare tire If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below Stopping the vehicle 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic Turn on the hazard warning flashers Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake Move the selector lever to the P y Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the R JE Reverse gear Manual transmission mod els Turn off the engine O Q Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance person nel that you need assistance Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place away from traffic MCE0001A i SCE0844 and clear of the vehicle Without subwoofer Blocking wheels Place suitable blocks 4 at both the front and A WARNING back of the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire to prevent the vehicle from moving w
23. Observe the following restricted towing speeds and distances for manual transmission models only e Rear wheels on the ground Speed Below 50 MPH 80 km h Distance Less than 50 miles 80 km e Four wheels on the ground Speed Below 70 MPH 112 km h Distance Less than 500 miles 800 km If the speed or distance must necessarily be greater remove the propeller shaft before tow ing to prevent damage to the drivetrain SCE0836 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISMO models A CAUTION Do not tow NISMO models with any wheel on the ground or with the front or rear wheels raised because this may cause damage to the front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser or ex haust pipes NISSAN recommends that you place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated In case of emergency 6 21 VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle AV WARNING e Stand clear of a stuck vehicle e Do not spin your tires at high speed This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury Parts of your vehicle could also overheat and be damaged Pulling a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use a tow strap or other device designed specifically for vehicle recovery Always follow the manufacturer s instructions for the recovery device 6 22 Incase of emergency SCE0793 Access the mounting hole for the
24. Rear fog light indicator light Intelligent Key system warning light Security indicator light Slip indicator light Seat belt warning light Small light indicator lights Supplemental air bag warning light 0 14 Illustrated table of contents Soft top indicator light Road ster models SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator Transmission position indicator light Turn signal hazard indicator lights VDC OFF Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light if so equipped 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supple mental restraint system SOAtS iat E EN 1 2 Front seals oaa O EE 1 3 Head restraint iiucctaceveccc free died inc bias E EES 1 5 Seat belt eredni nE 1 8 Precautions on seat belt usage aececi 1 8 Child SA Efesini 1 11 Pregnant WOMEN esis cctnincdbeanemnenidnc tonne eabiaton 1 13 Injured Perso Seinas A enoo EE eevee 1 13 Three point type seat belt neccen 1 13 Seat belt extenders cccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 1 16 Seat belt maintenance ccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 16 Child restraints ccccccccececeeeeeneeseaeeeeeneeeeaes 1 17 Precautions on child restraints ccceeeeeee 1 17 Top tether strap child restraint for Coupe models seceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 19 Child restraint installation using the seat b
25. Use the Bluetooth Off command to prevent a wireless connection to your phone SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out of dialect users to train the system to improve recognition accuracy By repeating a number of commands the users can create a voice model of their own voice that is stored in the system The system is capable of storing a different speaker adaptation model for each connected phone Training procedure 1 Position the vehicle in a reasonably quiet outdoor location 2 Sit in the driver s seat with the engine running the parking brake on and the transmission in Park 3 Press and hold the 44 button for more than 5 seconds 4 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND 44 button for the hands free phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END sea button to select a different language 10 Press the 4 button For information on selecting a different language see Choosing a language earlier in this section If the connected phone is already in use the system will prompt you to overwrite Follow the instructions provided by the system When preparation is complete and you are ready to begin press the 44 button The SA mode will be explained Follow the instructions provided by the system When training is finished the system will tell you an adequate number of phrases have been recorded The system wil
26. cceceeeeeeeee eee ee ene eeee 5 23 Parking parking On hillSsci0 00 ccc tenscceteesseteeoe 5 23 Power steen giessen ioiai 5 24 Bra ke s ySteMi orisni i EEE 5 25 Braking preCautions 2ccccs c0ccencteiewacc eaten rassis 5 25 Parking brake break in cccccceseteeeeeee eee eeees 5 25 Brake assistiiiiiiiesitevisist cea saceatis deta e a 5 26 Brake assisteerima e aa 5 26 Anti lock Braking System ABS 5 26 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system 06 5 27 Performance dampers NISMO models 6 5 29 Cold weather driving seceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee ees 5 30 Freeing a frozen door lock ccccceeee eee eee eee 5 30 AMUMCSZE titi ectattcarecnds ube ee inae ai 5 30 Battery siisic siactcucnicen iani aon aE 5 30 Draining of coolant water cc eens 5 30 TiFGsQuIPMONE ee casi airen e 5 30 Special winter equipment eee 5 30 Driving ON SNOW OF ICO ccc sseiees aaeti set ecteneseaeie 5 30 Engine block heater if so equipped 066 5 31 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING AA WARNING Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent op eration of the vehicle Also on hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or a
27. Type A Type A 1 Remove the NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant and the air compressor 2 Check the expiration date of the sealant shown on the label attached to the bottle Never use a sealant whose expiration date 6 10 In case of emergency has passed Shake the sealant bottle well Q NOTE Make sure to shake the bottle well before attaching the hose Doing so afterward may cause the repair com pound to splatter Remove the cap from the bottle and screw the sealant filler tube into the bottle Remove the cap of the valve from the flat tire and deflate the tire completely by pushing the valve core using the valve core tool AV WARNING Remove the valve core carefully Air pressure remaining in the tire can cause it to fly out 6 Remove the valve core using the valve core tool Keep it free of dirt Remove the plug from the sealant filler tube and insert the tube into the tire valve Hold the bottle upside down and squeeze it repeatedly until the sealant is injected into the tire After the sealant is completely injected pull the tube out of the valve Install the tire valve core securely into the valve using the valve core tool Do not throw away the empty sealant bottle This bottle is necessary when the tire is repaired or replaced by a NISSAN dealer Put the Sealant applied sticker on a flat surface of the wheel Attach label to instrument panel
28. a D x 12 13 14 SAA2742 FM AM radio band select button CD EJECT button CD button Station and preset select buttons Audio display AUX auxiliary button DO GN 9 10 Tik 12 MENU button SEEK APS automatic program search FF fast forward APS REW rewind button RDM random button PWR power button VOL volume control knob SCAN tuning button AUX IN jack 4 36 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 13 RPT repeat button 14 TUNE FF REW button FM AM RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and then push the PWR button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the PWR button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume MENU MENU button Push the MENU button to change the selecting mode as follows Hi BAS Bass gt TRE Treble FAD Fade gt BAL Balance 7 Normal mode CLOCK Push the TUNE lt 4 or gt gt or SEEK ia lt or gt gt
29. affect the function or performance of the brake system Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed For additional information see the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide SDI1479A ENGINE COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF Open the engine hood and remove the cover on the battery and the fuse fusible link holder Remove the fuse fusible link holder cover Remove the fuse with the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box SDI1754 5 If the fuse is open A replace it with a new fuse Spare fuses are stored in the passenger compartment fuse box 6 If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and fuses are in good condition check the fusible links If any of these fusible links are melted replace only with genuine NISSAN parts Maintenance and do it yourself 8 21 pe j 0p D000 OF SDI2361 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT A CAUTION Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am
30. ceccececceeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeaeees 0 6 Exterior NISMO models ccccceceeceeceeseeeeeneeees 0 7 Passenger Compartment cece eee eee ee ees 0 8 Coupe models 0 eeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaes 0 8 Roadster modelis araar 0 9 COCkKPIt aserne o 0 10 Instrument Panel cciscieeeannacanacueneeenensieaednet 0 11 Meters and Gauges aereis ingina 0 12 Engine compartment sameina 0 13 VQ37VHR engine model 0 13 Warning and indicator lights s snensnsnsnrnerennne 0 14 SEATS SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM SRS 8 Front seats P 1 3 SS10648 COUPE MODELS 1 Seat belts Page 1 8 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 38 2 Head restraints P 1 5 3 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags P 1 27 0 2 Illustrated table of contents Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags P 1 27 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 27 Child restraint anchor point for top tether strap child restraint P 1 19 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 32 6 7 SS10649 ROADSTER MODELS 1 Seat belts P 1 8 Seat belts with pretensioners P 1 38 Head restraints P 1 5 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags P 1 27 Door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags P 1 27 Supplemental front impact air bags P 1 27 Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor P 1 32
31. ing and driving section Since the Intelligent Key is continuously receiv ing radio waves if the key is left near equipment which transmits strong radio waves such as signals from a TV and personal computer the battery life may become shorter For information regarding replacement of a battery see INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section Because the steering wheel is locked electri cally unlocking the steering wheel with the ignition switch in the LOCK position is impos sible when the vehicle battery is completely discharged Pay special attention that the vehicle battery is not completely discharged As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle For information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e Do not allow the Intelligent Key which contains electrical compo nents to come into contact with water or salt water This could affect the system function e Do not drop the Intelligent Key e Do not strike the Intelligent Key sharply against another object e Do not change or modify the Intel ligent Key e Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is comple tely dry e Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140 F 60 C e Do not attach the Intell
32. key on the PHONE menu Select the desired entry from the list Confirm the correct entry by selecting for the correct number from the list 4 80 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Select the Call key to start dialing the number There are different methods to make a call Select one of the following options instead of Handset Phonebook in step 2 above Vehicle Phonebook Select an entry stored in the Vehicle s Phonebook Call History Select an outgoing incoming or missed call downloaded from your cell phone depend ing on your phone s compatibility Dial Number Input the phone number manually using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section Incoming Call amp 0 00 XXXXXXXXXXX Answer Hold Call Reject Call 1 3 SAA2525 RECEIVING A CALL When you hear a phone ring the display will change to the incoming call mode To receive a call perform one of the following procedures listed below a Select the Answer key b Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel c Pushthe button on the steering wheel There are some options available when receiving a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen a b c Answer Accept an incoming call to talk Hold Call Put an incoming call on hold Reject Call Reject an
33. 0 c0ceeee eee Power door IOGK scieisisscininaicccaneaiemwi vais ste ames Power outlet citi sje acnale vate aan sainn Power steering fluid a src Power steering system ircre Power WiINdGOWS 0 ceeeeeeeeee eee eeee eee Precautions AUGIO Operations icccsicesazdsicnccce crane Sale Braking precautions cceee eee ee eee Child restraints s0cv seies secscsersareaeeas Cruise COM Ol aries ecnasicesie aittiqamelnneantstls Cruise control operations 0000088 MaintenaNGE sisira AEN 8 5 Seat Del USA J nine riranin 1 8 Supplemental restraint system 1 27 When starting and driving seee 5 2 PuShiStartinG wads casactcctrtandesisews ansmcpesmntaas 6 17 Push warning Automatic Transmission models 0 005 2 17 Push button ignition switch 005 5 7 5 8 R RADIO c sccscsccasaaaeneaeni n msanaee ted Seinas Ria Car phone or CB radio Saas FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player estcewsrdsesenteinn saved enednecddidedeeamets 4 36 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer models without navigation Syste M sia iavsentdor ins ies aeons EE devas 4 41 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player models with navigation SYSTSM A AT 4 45 Rapid air pressure lOSS 00ccece eee eee 5 6 Readiness for inspection maintenance I M test US only Rear hatch Rear hatch opener 3 17 Rear hatch opener switch 3 17 Rear
34. 3 Tighten cell plugs Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Maintenance and do it yourself 8 15 JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary see JUMP STARTING in the 6 In case of emergency section If the engine does not start by jump starting the battery may have to be replaced Contact a NISSAN dealer 8 16 Maintenance and do it yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM AV CAUTION e Do not ground accessories directly to the battery terminal Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely e Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery The variable voltage control system measures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage generated by the generator DRIVE BELTS SDI2119 VQ37VHR engine Power steering fluid pump Alternator Crankshaft pulley Air conditioner compressor Drive belt auto tensioner AA WARNING Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts The engine could rotate unex pectedly OT GO ND e 1 Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear cuts fraying or looseness If the belt is in poor condition or loose have it replaced or adjusted by a NISSAN dealer 2 Have the belt condition checked
35. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features SIC2045 How to arm the vehicle security system 1 Close all windows The system can be armed even if the windows are open Push the ignition switch to the OFF position Remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle Close all doors hood and rear hatch trunk Lock all doors and trunk Roadster models The doors can be locked with the Intelligent Key door handle request switch power door lock switch or mechanical key 5 Confirm that the security indicator light comes on The security indicator light stays Instruments and controls 2 25 on for about 30 seconds The vehicle security system is now pre armed After about 30 seconds the vehicle security system automatically shifts into the armed phase The security light begins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds If during this 30 second pre arm time period the door is unlocked or the ignition switch is pushed to ACC or ON the system will not arm Even when the driver and or passengers are in the vehicle the system will activate with all doors hood and rear hatch locked with the ignition switch in the LOCK position When pushing the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position the system will be released Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the follow ing alarm e The headlights blink and the
36. Enter the digits and select the OK key See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section 4 78 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Select the Voicetag key to record a name to speak when using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system D Select the Store key and prepare to speak the name after the tone 7 When the voicetag is successfully saved select the OK key to save the phonebook entry 8 After the phonebook entry is saved it will show a screen that is ready to call the number Press the BACK button to return to the Vehicle Phonebook There are different methods to input a phone number Select one of the following options instead of Enter Number by Keypad in step 3 Copy from Call History The system will show a list of incoming Phone Vehicle Phonebook m Full Geacd Settings Vehicle Phonebook BO M Y Geack outgoing or missed calls that were down as loaded from the connected cellular phone depending on the phone s compatibility t Select one of these entries to save in the E xxx C oao vehicle phonebook XXXXXXXXXXX T 1111 Copy from the Handset 2 3 The system will show the connected cellular phone s phonebook that was downloaded depending on the phone s compatibility Select one of these entries to save in the SAA2620 SAA2523 vehicle phonebook Editing the Vehicle P
37. If a malfunction occurs in the system the amp and indicator lights come on in the instrument panel The VDC system automatically turns off when these indicator lights are on The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system The VDC off indicator illuminates to indicate the VDC system is off When the VDC switch is used to turn off the system the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non slipping drive wheel The amp indicator flashes if this occurs All other VDC functions are off and the amp indicator will not flash The VDC System is automatically reset to on when the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position The computer has a built in diagnostic feature Starting and driving 5 27 that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and is not an indication of a malfunction AV WARNING The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driving and cornering on slip pery surfaces and always drive care fully Do not modify the vehicle s suspen sion
38. If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan does not run stop the engine AV WARNING Be careful not to allow your hands hair jewelry or clothing to come into contact T with or get caught in engine belts or the engine cooling fan The engine cooling fan can start at any time After the engine cools down check the coolant level in the reservoir with the engine running Add coolant to the reservoir if necessary Have your vehicle repaired at the nearest NISSAN dealer TOWING YOUR VEHICLE When towing your vehicle all State Provincial in Canada and local regulations for towing must be followed Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN dealer Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions AA WARNING e Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed e Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck A CAUTION e When towing make sure that the transmission axles steering system and drivetrain are in working condi tion If any unit is damaged dollies must be used e Always attach safety chains before towing For information about towing your vehicle behind a
39. Intelligent Key 4 All the doors the rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once 1 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear hatch trunk lid is open Unlocking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the UNLOCK gj button on the Intelligent Key once 2 The hazard indicator flashes once The driver s door and fuel filler door will unlock 3 14 Pre driving checks and adjustments w Push the UNLOCK p button on the Intelligent Key again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once again All the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock All doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key while the doors are locked If during this 1 minute time period the UNLOCK wa button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will be locked automatically after another 1 minute e Opening any door e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port Opening windows The UNLOCK p button operation also allows you to ope
40. Readjust the time Instruments and controls 2 7 WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Automatic transmission check warning light Brake warning light Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light Intelligent Key system warning light Low tire pressure warning light CHECKING BULBS With all doors closed apply the parking brake and push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine The following lights will come on if so equipped E BRAKE OF ER TON A SOON 2 8 Instruments and controls Master warning light Seat belt warning light and chime Supplemental air bag warning light Transmission position indicator Bior D SERVICE ENGINE SOON Cruise indicator light Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light Malfunction Indicator Light MIL OF Rear fog light indicator light The following lights come on briefly and then go off if so equipped 2r ABS or otk wd If any light does not come on it may indicate a burned out bulb or an open circuit in the electrical system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer KEY o Security indicator light Slip indicator light Small light indicator light
41. Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended A CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control systems and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used since this will damage the three way catalyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty For additional information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION e Engine oil with API Certification Mark e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for engine oil a
42. X anni re X m DIMENSIONS PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR ar PP XXX XX R XK The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX lbs umids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XX kg ou XX b O LeT SIZE COLD TIRE PRESSURE XXX kPa XX PSI P XXX XX RXX XXX kPa XX PSI T XXX XXR XX XXX kPa XX PSI ADDITIONAL INFORMATION VOIR LE MANUEL DE LUSAGER DE RECHANGE POUR PLUS DE RENSEIGNEMENTS SDI2462 Tire and Loading Information label Seating capacity The maximum num ber of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle Vehicle load limit See VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Original size The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory Cold tire pressure Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear vehicle handling driveability tire noise etc up to the vehicle s GVWR Tire size see TIRE LABELING later in this section Spare tire size or compact spare tire size if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 29
43. codec File Systems CD ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 Romeo Joliet UDF Bridge owned by DivX Inc used for a lossy ie UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 compression of video based on MPEG 4 DVD ISO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported e AVI AVI stands for Audio Video Interleave DVD R Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows It is a standard file format originated by DVD RW Vista based computer are not supported Microsoft Corporation A divx encoded file DVD RW DL VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported can be saved into the avi file format for USB Memory FAT16 FAT32 playback on this system if it meets the File Tyoes IEN F A f requirements stated in the table in this yP iaia Video Codecs DivX DivX Dis DivX6 section However not all the avi files are Audio Codecs MP3 MPEG2 5 Audio Layer3 AC3 LPCM playable on this system since alice asf Video Codec ISO MPEG4 N can be used than the DivX Audio Codec G 726 Bit Rates divx avi Maximum Average 4Mbps e ASF ASF stands for Advanced Systems Maximum Peak 8Mbps Format It is a file format owned by Microsoft i p Corporation Note Only asf files that meet Resolution divx avi Minimum 32 x 32 the requirements stated in the table in this Maximum 720 x 480 section can be played asf Minimum 39 x 32 e Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of Maximum 720 x 576 bits per second used by a digit
44. e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible to hear the caller s voice clearly as well as to minimize its echoes e f reception between callers is unclear adjusting the incoming or outgoing call volume may improve the clarity REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 75 1 2 Operation is subject to the following two conditions this device may not cause interference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trademark a owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc Bluetooth U S A and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd VOICE COMMANDS You can use voice commands to operate various Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System features usi
45. follow these precautions 1 Open all the windows 2 Set the gt air recirculation to off and the fan control to high to circulate the air The exhaust system and body should be inspected by a qualified mechanic whenever The vehicle is raised for service You suspect that exhaust fumes are entering into the passenger compartment You notice a change in the sound of the exhaust system You have had an accident invol ving damage to the exhaust system underbody or rear of the vehicle THREE WAY CATALYST The three way catalyst is an emission control device installed in the exhaust system Exhaust gases in the three way catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants AV WARNING The exhaust gas and the exhaust system are very hot Keep people animals or flammable materials away from the exhaust system com ponents Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire A CAUTION Do not use leaded gasoline Depos its from leaded gasoline seriously reduce the three way catalyst s abil ity to help reduce exhaust pollu tants Keep your engine tuned up Mal functions in the ignition fuel injec tion or electrical systems can cause overrich fuel flow into the three way catalyst causing it to overheat Do not keep driving if the engine mis fires or if noticeable loss of perfor man
46. is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number 0 zero even if you 4 102 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems speak oh instead of zero Please speak Zero for the number 0 zero oh for the letter o oh Command List Category Command Command Action Phone Operates the Phone function Navigation Operates the Navigation function Information Displays the vehicle Information function Audio Operates the Audio function Help e Phone Command Command Displays User Guide Action Dial Number Makes a call to a spoken phone number up to 10 digits Vehicle Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the Vehicle Phonebook Handset Phonebook Makes a call to a contact that is stored in the mobile phone Call history Incoming Calls Outgoing Calls Missed Calls Makes a call to the incoming call number Makes a call to the dialed number Makes a call to the Missed calls number International Call Makes an international call by allowing more than 10 digits to be spoken Change Number Corrects the recognized phone number available during phone number entry Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 103 e Navigation Command Command Action Home Sets a route to your home that is st
47. on other vehicles The jack is de signed for lifting only your vehicle during a tire change e Use the correct jack up points Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support e Never jack up the vehicle more than necessary e Never use blocks on or under the jack e Do not start or run the engine while vehicle is on the jack as it may cause the vehicle to move This is especially true for vehicles with limited slip differentials e Do not allow passengers to stay in the vehicle while it is on the jack Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the following instruc tions OO A ge 2 a SCE0790 Jack up point Place the jack directly under the jack up point as illustrated so the top of the jack contacts the vehicle at the jack up point Align the jack head between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown Also fit the groove of the jack head between the notches as shown The jack should be used on level firm ground SCE0504 SCE0661 2 Loosen each wheel nut one or two turns by turning counterclockwise with the wheel nut wrench Do not remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground To lift the vehicle securely hold the jack lever and rod with both hands as shown above Carefully raise the vehicle until the tire clears the ground Remove the wheel nuts and then remove the tire Installing the spare tire The T typ
48. pa position 2 14 Instruments and controls By Soft top indicator light Roadster models This light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or it is stopped before reaching a full open close state When the top is fully opened or closed the light will turn off The light blinks while the soft top is not fully opened or closed under the following condi tions e When the vehicle is driven e When the selector lever or shift lever is in the R Reverse position Be sure to fully open or close the soft top when driving the vehicle The soft top can be moved with the soft top operating switch only under all of the following conditions e When the vehicle is stopped e When the ignition switch is ON e When the trunk is closed e When the selector lever or shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position AV CAUTION Operate the soft top with the engine running to prevent a discharged battery When the soft top is operating if any of the above conditions are discontinued or any of the following conditions are met the top will stop operating e When the selector lever or shift lever is in the R Reverse position e When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3 MPH 5 km h or more e When the battery voltage is extremely low e When the temperature of the soft top system becomes extremely high Release the operating switch and push it again under the above conditions until
49. position There is a small reserve of fuel remaining in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches the empty E position 3 Low washer fluid warning This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level Add washer fluid as necessary See WINDOW WASHER FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 4 Door rear hatch trunk open warning ignition switch is in the ON position This warning appears if any of the doors and or the rear hatch trunk are open or not closed securely The vehicle icon indicates which door is open on the display 5 Time to rest indicator This indicator appears when the set time to rest indicator activates You can set the time for up to 6 hours See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 6 Low outside temperature warning This warning appears if the outside temperature is below 37 F 3 C The warning can be set not to be displayed See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 7 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warning This warning appears if a system malfunction occurs When the warning appears the S MODE function will not operate but the manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer MAINTENANCE 7 ol P1390 MAINTENANCE FILTER TZ MAINTENANCE OTHER 4 Thi SIC4237 INDICATORS FOR MAINTENANCE 1 Engine oil replacement indicator This indi
50. speak commands in order for them to be properly recognized by the system 4 116 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Voice Recognition Settings Describes the available voice recognition settings e Adapting the System to Your Voice Tutorial adapting the system to your voice USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK y switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data downloaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the following e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizing the voice commands cor rectly e When the air conditioner is in the AUTO mode the fan speed decreases automati cally for easy recognition Wait until a tone sounds before speaking a command Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words SAA2167 Voice Recognition E Jj j Information 4J Audio J Help Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch
51. suspension system or front end structure This could affect proper operation of the front air bag sys tem Tampering with the front air bag system may result in serious perso nal injury Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instrument panel assembly by placing material over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 35 serious personal injury For exam ple do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim ma terial such as seat covers on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation Additionally do not stow any ob jects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback Such objects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classification sensor No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system This may affect the front air bag system Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal in jury Work on and around the front air bag system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer The Supplemental Restraint System SRS wiring should not be modif
52. test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat by the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure tighten the belt as necessary or put the restraint in another seat and test it again You may need to try a different child restraint Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles e When your child restraint is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident AA CAUTION Remember that a child restraint left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the child restraint In general child restraints are designed to be installed with the lap portion of a lap shoulder seat belt Several manufacturers offer child restraints for children of various sizes When selecting any child restraint keep the following points in mind e Choose only a restraint with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 e Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system e lf the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle place your child in t
53. ties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be unin terrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES 4 68 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTI CULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRIN GEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACE NOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES Copyright Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technol ogy and related content delivery For more information please visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 200
54. to open and close the window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See POWER WINDOWS in the 2 Instruments and controls section To open the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the rear of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is unlocked and the window keeps opening while turning the key This function can also be performed by pushing and holding the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key See REMOTE KEYLESS EN TRY SYSTEM later in this section To close the window turn the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle for longer than 1 second The door is locked and the window keeps closing while turning the key SPA2566 LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door individually move the inside lock knob to the lock position Q then close the door To unlock move the inside lock knob to the unlock position When locking the door without an Intelli gent Key be sure not to leave the Intelli gent Key inside the vehicle LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors and trunk lid The switches are located on the driver s and front passenger s door armrests To lock the doors and trunk lid push the power door lock switch to the lock position with the driver s or front passenger s door open then close the door and trunk lid When locking the door this way
55. 2 Warning indicator lights and audible FOMINGSNS siiin emsemnaeieanmenames adem 2 8 Warning labels Air bag warning labels 1 39 Warning light Air bag warning light 008 1 39 2 12 Anti lock braking system ABS warning jig Di areon yodin a a A 2 9 Brake warning lightiiii ics viveiescciececenrsaeens 2 9 Intelligent Key system warning light 2 10 Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 Seat belt warning light and chime 2 11 Warnings and alerts vehicle information display 00064 2 18 Warranty Emission control system warranty 9 21 Washer switch Windshield wiper and washer SWHCNG sai sscnsecnecadienee cs sinarna s peeaiennes ae 2 27 WASHING senatin nannini eia Epia EESE 7 2 Waking annia E aA ETE E 7 3 Wheel tire SIZES ccicciiarserataseta iniri aiia 9 8 Wheels andi tireSoriiii iinan anian 8 28 Care of wheels 0 ceeeeee sees ene eeees 7 4 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels 7 4 Window washer fluid ccceee cece eee 8 13 Window s Automatic adjusting function 0 2 43 Cleaning Wi beet arderiaaeabens 7 4 Power windows vi 2 42 Windshield wiper and washer switch 2 27 Wiper Windshield wiper and washer switch Wiper blades i ccctsicecmsauisinniciaesaesnenceaeis Xenon headlights ccceeeeeeee eee eee 2 29 10 7 GAS STATION INFORMATION FUEL RECOMMENDATION VQ37VHR engine
56. 2 6 3 Warning Indicator lights P 2 8 9 Transmission position indicator if so equipped 4 Tachometer P 2 5 P 2 12 n SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator 5 Speedometer P 2 5 7 if so equipped P 5 16 6 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 32 0 12 Illustrated table of contents ENGINE COMPARTMENT 5 6 7 0 Soa N SSI0510 VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 1 Fuse fusible link holder P 8 20 2 Battery P 8 14 3 Radiator filler cap P 8 8 4 Engine oil dipstick P 8 9 5 Engine oil filler cap P 8 9 Brake fluid reservoir P 8 12 Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Transmission mod els P 8 12 Power steering fluid reservoir P 8 12 Window washer fluid reservoir P 8 13 Air cleaner P 8 18 Drive belt location P 8 16 12 Engine coolant reservoir P 8 8 Illustrated table of contents 0 13 WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS Warning light Name Indicator light Name Indicator ight Name ABS Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light Cruise indicator light Automatic Transmission AT check warning light Brake warning light D Front passenger air bag status light High beam indicator light SERVICE ENGINE SOON Malfunction Indicator Light MIL Charge warning light Engine oil pressure warning light
57. 47 e Direct Tune Inputs the channel number by using a keypad Compact Disc CD player operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and insert the Compact Disc CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs TUX PLAY When the DISC AUX CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while the CD is being played the menu screen will be displayed The following menu options are available e Folder List for CD with compressed audio files Displays the folder list e Track List Displays the track list e Play Mode Select a play mode from the following items Normal 1 Folder Repeat for CD with compressed audio files 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random 1 Folder Random for CD with com pressed audio
58. 90 turn onto the part 4 Make sure the side end surface of the license plate bracket is aligned with the bumper Screw grommets Screws ST10618 Technical and consumer information 9 13 STI0629 Mark the center of the hole on both sides with a felt tip pen Remove the bracket from the bumper and then open 0 9 to 1 0 inch 22 to 25 mm diameter holes on the bumper using the marks B as a center 5 Insert J nuts into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 6 Install the license plate bracket with screws 7 Install the license plate with bolts that are no longer than 0 55 in 14 mm 9 14 Technical and consumer information Step 2 The license plate bracket j rk DRAW MARK oD where to drill hole g e TS re SSS Felt tip pen Mounting holes Mounting holes i Step 6 6 ENGS Screw BS Ses Step 7 7 Step 7 Bumper Flat blade screwdriver Screw Grommet if STIO650 FOR NISMO MODELS Use the following steps to mount the license plate Before mounting the license plate confirm that the following parts are enclosed in the vinyl bag e License plate bracket e J nut x 2 e Screw x 4 e Screw grommet x 4 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground 2 Temporarily place the license plate bracket while aligning points A of the front bumper fasc
59. Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink If the liquid is hot it can scald you or your passenger Use only soft cups in the cup holder Hard objects can injure you in an accident SA N AA S SIC4071 SIC3988 SIC3999 A cup holder is located on the center console Soft bottle holder AA CAUTION e Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident e Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers GLOVE BOX AV WARNING Keep glove box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop To open the glove box pull the handle To close push the lid in until the lock latches To lock unlock the glove box use the mechanical key For the mechanical key usage see KEYS in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section Instruments and controls 2 39 SIC4070 SIC3989 CONSOLE BOX To open the console box push the button Q and pull up the lid To close push the lid down until latched 2 40 Instruments and controls REAR PARCEL BOX The rear parcel box is located behind the right side seat To open the rear parcel box pull the upper part of the lid to position or To remove the rear parcel box pull the lid to position 8 wit
60. FLASHER SWITCH r SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency condi tions All turn signal lights will flash WARNING e If stopping for an emergency be sure to move the vehicle well off the road e Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the high way unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic Instruments and controls 2 33 HORN e Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on The flasher can be actuated with the ignition switch in any position Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving SIC3982 To sound the horn push the center pad area of the steering wheel AA WARNING Do not disassemble the horn Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in serious personal injury 2 34 Instruments and controls HEATED SEATS if so equipped AA WARNING Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tempera tures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury A CAUTION e The battery could run down if the seat heater is opera
61. For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals for this model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321 In Canada To purchase a copy of a genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owner s Manual please contact a NISSAN dealer For the phone number 9 24 Technical and consumer information and location of a NISSAN dealer in your area call the NISSAN Satisfaction Center at 1 800 387 0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you Also available are genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION Unfortunately accidents do occur In this unlikely event there is some important informa tion you should know Many insurance compa nies routinely authorize the use of non genuine collision parts in order to cut costs among other reasons Insist on the use of Genuine NISSAN Collision Parts If you want your vehicle to be restored using parts made to NISSAN s original exacting specifications if you want to help it to last and hold its resale value the solution is simple Tell your insurance agent and your repair shop to only use Genuine NISSAN Colli sion Parts NISSAN does not warrant non NISSAN parts nor does NISSAN s warranty apply to damage caused by a non genuine part Using Genuine NISSAN Parts can help protect your personal safety preserve your warranty protection and maintain the resale value of your vehicle
62. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers struts springs stabilizer bars bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recom mended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC sys tem may not operate properly This could adversely affect vehicle hand ling performance and the in dicator may flash or both and 5 28 Starting and driving oc indicator lights may illuminate If brake related parts such as brake pads rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are extre mely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly and both amp and Y indicator lights may illuminate If engine control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated both the amp and Y indicator lights may illuminate When driving on extremely inclined surfaces such as higher banked corners the VDC system may not operate properly and the in dicator may flash or both and voc indicator lights may illuminate Do not drive on these types of roads When driving on an unstable sur face such as a turntable ferry elevator or ramp the amp indicator may flash or both and Y indicator lights may illuminate This is not a malfunction Restart the engine after driving onto a stable surface If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used the VDC system may not operate properly and the in dicator may flash or both and voc indicator lights may illuminate
63. NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time or you do not know how to operate it you can display the User Guide for confirmation You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key 4 Select the User Guide key 5 Select a preferred item You can skip steps 1 and 3 above if you say Help Available items e Getting Started Describes the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Tutorial for entering a destination by using the Address Book e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Tutorial for entering a destination by street address e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips of speaking for correct command recognition by the system Note that the Command List feature is only available when Alternate Command Mode is active Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 99 Information User Guide Using Voice Recognition With voice recognition you can use voice commands to control navigati
64. Recognition allows hands free operation of the Phone Navigation Information and Audio systems in one of two modes Standard Mode or Alternate Command Mode In Standard Mode commands that are available are always shown on the display and announced by the system You can complete your desired operation by simply following the prompts given by the system See NISSAN VOICE RECOG NITION STANDARD MODE later in this section for details For advanced operation you can use the Alternate Command Mode See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION ALTERNATE COM MAND MODE later in this section for details When this mode is active an expanded list of commands can be spoken after pushing the TALK y amp switch and the voice command menu prompts are turned off Review the expanded command list which is available when this mode is active Note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and the ways of speaking each command are increased To switch one mode to another see each mode description later in this section To improve the recognition success rate when Alternate Command Mode is active try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode Otherwise it is recommended that Alternate Command Mode be turned off and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance For the voice commands for the navigation system refer to the Navigation System Owner s M
65. Soft top indicator light Roadster models SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indi cator Turn signal hazard indicator lights E5 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light VDC OFF if so equipped Some indicators and warnings are also dis played on the vehicle information display See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY later in this section WARNING LIGHTS ABS or Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminates and then turns off This indicates the ABS is operational lf the ABS warning light illuminates while the engine is running or while driving it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer lf an ABS malfunction occurs the anti lock function is turned off The brake system then operates normally but without anti lock assis tance See BRAKE SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section cheek Automatic transmission check warning light if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the light comes on for 2 seconds If the light comes on at any other time it may indicate the transmission is not functioning properly Have your NISSAN dealer check and repair the transmission BRAKE or This light functions fo
66. The oil and oil filter change intervals for your engine are based on the use of the specified quality oils and filters Oil and filter other than the specified quality or oil and filter change intervals longer than recommended could reduce engine life Damage to engines caused by improper maintenance or use of incorrect oil and filter quality and or viscosity is not covered by the new NISSAN vehicle limited warranties Your engine was filled with a high quality engine oil when it was built You do not have to change the oil before the first recommended change interval Oil and filter change intervals depend upon how you use your vehicle Operation under the following conditions may require more Technical and consumer information 9 5 frequent oil and filter changes e repeated short distance driving at cold outside temperatures e driving in dusty conditions e extensive idling e stop and go rush hour traffic Refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for the maintenance schedule AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM RE FRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RE COMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a and the lubricant NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or the exact equivalents AV CAUTION The use of any other refrigerant or lubricant will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air con ditioner sys
67. The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations channels List AM and FM radio When the List key on the display is selected while the FM or AM radio is being played the preset station list will be displayed If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset Menu XM Satellite Radio When the Menu key on the display is selected while the XM Satellite Radio is being played the menu list will be displayed The following items are available e Preset List Displays the preset channel list If 1 of the 6 preset stations listed is touched and held the current station will be stored as the new preset e Customize Channel List Selects specific channels to skip while using the TUNE SEEK CATEGORY or Menu Categories feature e Favorite Artists amp Songs Stores the current artist or song that is being played Touch the Alert key to be reminded when the stored artist or song is playing ona station while listening to XM e Categories Selecting a category will go to the first channel in that category as defined by XM Radio Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4
68. Windshield wiper blades cccceceeee eee ee eea es 8 18 Cle ani giae E 8 18 Replacin Gs sascisccieie renerion esinsin 8 19 Brake Sonnur aaa EN aE I mance 8 20 Self adjusting brakes rrisnsaccreusisanrnn 8 20 Brake pad wear Warning cceceeeeeeeee eee eee es 8 20 FUSE Skotna bateataigete di G 8 20 Engine compartment asrorini eriesrinaseris 8 20 Passenger Compartment ss ssssssrcrsrerserrresen 8 22 Intelligent Key battery replacement 0 ceee 8 22 LiGhtSs22snsdew Miienes de enegie nacheanan elie ES 8 24 Oeil oer Re ee ee eer ee 8 24 Roadstar iccincccsaniesactaciadesepstaatacvactaadianaune ne 8 25 Headlights x sicids tava cactiinseseanteecearnehsisaatage 8 26 Exterior and interior lightS c cece 8 26 WheelSand tieSici ids cviccirssdtneatsnuidearsinsiieybanees 8 28 TE iPreSSU le ners oino evened 8 28 Tire labeling aicn inaina nnek 8 31 Types Of Uros orons krri nen 8 33 Tire Chas ssmiiisrererinenanirisroi nininini 8 34 Changing wheels and tires sseseesererrererren 8 35 Emergency tire puncture repair kit if So EQUIPPE aeeie eneernas teturi 8 37 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance requirements with long service intervals to save you both time and money However some day to day and regular maintenance is essential to maintain your NISSAN s fine mechanical condition as well as its emission and engine performance It is the owner s
69. You can also adjust the audio volume by turning the VOLUME control knob Guidance Volume To adjust the guidance voice volume louder or softer select the Guidance Volume and adjust Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 11 it with the multi function controller You can also adjust the guidance voice volume by turning the VOLUME control knob while voice guidance is being announced Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call For the details of these items see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section Switch Beeps When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button Guidance Voice When this item is turned to ON you will hear voice guidance in the navigation operation or in other operations NOTE When the voice guidance is being an nounced during audio playback turning the volume knob does not adjust the music level it adjusts the guidance volume level If voice guidance is not being heard please check the Guidance Volume level Settings Display Display Adjustment Color Theme SAA2486 Display settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Display key Display Adjustment To adjust the display settings select the Dis play Adjustment key The following settings are a
70. a speed of 80 km h 50 MPH or less After driving make sure that the air com pressor switch is in the OFF position then 10 screw the hose securely onto the tire valve Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge The temporary repair is completed if the tire pressure does not drop Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specified on the tire and loading information label before driving If the tire pressure drops repeat the steps from 5 to 9 If the pressure drops again or under 130 kPa 19 psi the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer The sealant bottle and hose can not be reused to repair another punctured tire Contact a NISSAN dealer to purchase replacements After repairing tire See a NISSAN dealer for tire repair replacement as soon as possible AA WARNING After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Immediately after using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer to inspect and re pair or replace the tire The Emer gency Tire Sealant cannot permanently seal a punctured tire Continuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash If you used Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in
71. accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated Air pollution Industrial pollution the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process Road salt will also accelerate the disintegration of paint surfaces TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION e Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep the vehicle clean e Always check for minor damage to the paint and repair it as soon as possible e Keep drain holes at the bottom of the doors open to avoid water accumulation e Check the underbody for accumulation of sand dirt or salt If present wash with water as soon as possible A CAUTION e NEVER remove dirt sand or other debris from the passenger compart ment by washing it out with a hose Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner e Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic components inside the vehicle as Appearance and care 7 7 this may damage them Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the exhaust system fuel and brake lines brake cables floor pan and fenders In winter the underbody must be cleaned periodically For additional protection against rust and corrosion which may be required in some areas consult a NISSAN dealer 7 8 Appearance and care 8 Maintenance and do it yourself Maint
72. an automatic en gine cooling fan It could come on at any time Keep hands and other objects away from it In case of emergency SCE0791 A WARNING Always follow the instructions below Failure to do so could result in damage to the charging system and cause personal injury If the booster battery is in another vehicle position the two vehicles and to bring their batteries into close proximity to each other Do not allow the two vehicles to touch Apply parking brake Move the selector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmis sion models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmission models Switch off all unnecessary elec trical systems light heater air conditioner etc Remove vent caps on the battery if so equipped Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated GQ gt gt gt If the battery is disconnected or dis charged the steering wheel will lock and cannot be turned Supply power using jumper cables before pushing the ignition switch and disengaging the steering lock AV CAUTION e Always connect positive to posi tive and negative to body ground as illustrated not to the battery e Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the engine compartment and that clamps do not contact any other m
73. and hold the TALK 4 switch The message Voice canceled will be an nounced e To skip the voice guidance function and give the command immediately press the TALK amp switch to interrupt the system Re member to speak after the tone e f you want to adjust the volume of the system feedback push the volume control buttons or on the steering switch or use the audio system volume knob while the system is making an announcement How to speak numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers when giving voice commands Refer to the following examples General rule Only single digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Examples e 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Improving Recognition of Phone numbers You can improve the recognition of phone numbers by saying the phone number in three groups of numbers For example when you try to call 800 662 6200 say eight zero zero first and the system will then ask you for the next three digits Then say six six two After recognition the system will then ask for the last four digits Say six two zero zero Using this method of phone digit entry can improve recognition performance When speaking a house number speak the number O as zero If the letter o Oh
74. and replacement of these sys tems should be done only by a NISSAN dealer When maintenance work is required on the vehicle the front air bags side air bags curtain air bags pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out to the person conducting the maintenance The ignition switch should always be in the LOCK position when working under the hood or inside the vehicle AV WARNING e Once a front air bag side air bag or curtain air bag has inflated the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced Additionally if any of the front air bags inflate the activated pretensioner must also be replaced The air bag mod ule and pretensioner system should be replaced by a NISSAN dealer The air bag module and preten sioner system cannot be repaired The front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and the pretensioner system should be in spected by a NISSAN dealer if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle If you need to dispose of the supplemental air bag or preten sioner systems or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner system disposal pro cedures are set forth in the appro priate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury 1 40 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system MEMO Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint syste
75. as The combined weight of occu pants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information label Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Capacity on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label To get the combined weight of occupants and cargo add the weight of all occu pants then add the total luggage weight Examples are shown in the illustration 9 18 Technical and consumer information Steps for determining correct load limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX Ibs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs or 640 340 5 x 70 300 kg 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how th
76. as follows iPod USB CD DVD gt Music Box gt Bluetooth Audio AUX iPod USB FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM SAT radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 gt XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam 4 46 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Turn the radio TUNE knob for manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Turn the radio TUNE knob to seek channels from all of the categories when any category is not selected Ma PP SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button maty or we to tu
77. at the first opportunity to avoid possi ble tire or differential damage Drive carefully while the TEMPOR ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in stalled Avoid sharp turns and abrupt braking while driving Periodically check spare tire infla tion pressure Always keep the pressure of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire at 60 psi 420 kPa 4 2 bar Always keep the pressure of the full size spare tire if so equipped at the recommended pressure for standard tires as in dicated on the Tire and Loading Information label For Tire and Loading Information label location see Tire and Loading Information label in the index of this manual With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire installed do not drive your vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h When driving on roads covered with snow or ice the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire should be used on the front wheels and original tire used on the rear wheels drive wheels Use tire chains only on the two rear original tires Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire will wear at a faster rate than the standard tire Replace the spare tire as soon as the tread wear indicators appear Do not use the spare tire on other vehicles Do not use more than one spare tire at the same time A CAUTION Do not use tire chains on a TEM PORARY USE ONLY spare tire Tire chains will not fit properly and may cause damage to the vehicle Because the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spar
78. be given to vehicle operation e If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION Keep the antenna as far away as possible from the electronic control modules Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in 20 cm away from the electronic control system harness Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness Adjust the antenna standing wave ratio as recommended by the man ufacturer Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body For details consult a NISSAN deal er 4 74 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system AA WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Ifyou find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so A CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine Your NISSAN is equipped with Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you are an owner of a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and
79. be certain not to leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle To unlock the doors the fuel filler door and the trunk push the power door lock switch to the unlock position Lockout protection When the power door lock switch driver or front passenger is moved to the lock position with the Intelligent Key in the port and any door open all doors and the trunk lid will lock and unlock automatically With the Intelligent Key left in the vehicle not in the Intelligent Key port and any door open all doors and the trunk lid will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door and or the trunk lid are closed These functions help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS e All doors lock automatically when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH 24 km h e All doors unlock automatically when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position The automatic unlock function can be deactivated or activated To deactivate or activate the automatic door unlock system perform the following procedure 1 Close all doors 2 Place the ignition switch in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 5 3 Within 20 seconds of performing Step 2 push and hold the power door lock switch to the g position UNLOCK for more than 5 seconds 4 When activated the hazard indicator will flash twice When deactivated the hazard indicator will flash
80. breaks do not touch the liquid crystalline material which contains a small amount of mercury In case of contact with skin wash immedi ately with soap and water e To clean the display use a soft dry cloth If additional cleaning is ne cessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never use a rough cloth alcohol benzine thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a che mical cleaning agent They will scratch or deteriorate the panel e Do not splash any liquid such as water or car fragrance on the dis play Contact with liquid will cause the system to malfunction To ensure safe driving some functions cannot be operated while driving The on screen functions that are not available while driving will be grayed out or muted Park the vehicle in a safe location and then operate the navigation system WARNING e ALWAYS give your full attention to driving e Avoid using vehicle features that could distract you If distracted you could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 3 Settings Navigation Audio Phone SAA2473 Audio Volume Guidance Volume Z ereseesenee one P j Ringtone CE eee CEREN i Incoming Call SAA2474 O Ml Full Sep Phone Phonebook SAA2475 Touch screen operation With t
81. by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic 1 Remain calm and do not overreact Do not apply the brakes 3 Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course 4 When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle 5 If there is nothing in the way steer the vehicle to follow the road while the vehicle speed is reduced Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until vehicle speed is reduced 6 When it is safe to do so gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface When all tires are on the road surface steer the vehicle to stay in the 5 6 Starting and driving appropriate driving lane e f you decide that it is not safe to return the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle road or traffic conditions gra dually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under inflated tires Rapid air pressure loss can affect the handling and stability of the vehicle especially at highway speeds Help prevent rapid air pressur
82. char acteristics and climate TRACTION AA A B AND C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on spe cified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AA WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics TEMPERATURE A B AND C The temperature grades A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sus tained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law AA WARNING The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed under inflation or excessive loading either separately or in combi nation can cause he
83. chime also sounds If this indicator appears remove the Intelligent Key from the key port and take it with you when leaving the vehicle 5 NO KEY warning This warning appears in either of the following conditions No Intelligent Key inside the vehicle The warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle Unregistered Intelligent Key The warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed from the LOCK position and the Intelligent Key cannot be recognized by the system You cannot start the engine with an unregistered key Use the registered Intelligent Key See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section for more details 6 SHIFT P warning Automatic Trans mission models This warning appears when the ignition switch is pushed to stop the engine with the selector lever in any position except the P Park position If this warning appears move the selector lever to the P Park position or push the ignition switch to the ON position An inside warning chime will also sound See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section 7 PUSH warning Automatic Trans mission models This warning appears when the selector lever is moved to the P Park position with the ign
84. cleaner housing filter a e 8 18 Air conditioner Air conditioner operation 0 000eeee 4 17 Air conditioner Service siirsi iiccei dissini 4 24 Air conditioner specification label 9 12 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations In cabin microfilter Air GetleCtors 25 2ccicccnacsaiesseteaiazeaniaeenscts Alarm How to stop alarm see vehicle security system 6 06000e 2 26 Alcohol drugs and driving ccceeee eee e es 5 7 ANION iaaio enea a ENE EEE ERRES 4 73 Anti lock Braking System ABS 0 5 26 Anti lock braking system ABS warning light 2 9 Appearance care Exterior appearance Care sssssrersssr 7 2 Interior appearance Care cece eee eee 7 5 Audible reminders 0cccccceeee eee eee 2 15 Audio operation precautions 0 eee ee 4 24 Audio Syste Merser esea 4 24 Steering wheel audio controls 4 71 Autochanger Compact Disc CD 6 eceeeee eee 4 42 Autolight SYStOM ccccccccessecasines pi eeneemanccesmes 2 30 Automatic Air conditioner Type A ceceeeeeee eens 4 18 Automatic adjusting function front windows csicievisssaett hanenn nariai 2 43 Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 DOOMGGKS inaran na E A 3 5 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Auxiliary input jackSicsis ssrvenisous a nner D 4 69 Avoiding collision and rollover
85. could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 1 2 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat If the seat back is reclined the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased AV CAUTION When adjusting the seat positions be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and or damages FRONT SEATS Front power seat adjustment Operating tips e The power seat motor has an auto reset overload protection circuit If the motor stops during operation wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch e Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the engine is off This will discharge the battery SSS0928 Forward and backward Moving the switch forward or backward will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Reclining Move the recline switch backward until the desired angle is obtained To bring the seatback forward again move the switch 2 forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section T
86. damage the top tether strap during a collision Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a colli sion if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged Top tether anchor point location The Anchor point is located on the floor of the cargo area Installing top tether strap First secure the child restraint with the seat belt Flip down the flap marked with a label as shown in the illustration Position the top tether strap over the top of the seatback and secure it to the tether anchor bracket that provides the straight est installation Tighten the strap according to the manufacturer s instructions to remove any slack If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint consult your NISSAN dealer for details Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0100 CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS for Coupe models AA WARNING e Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger seat Supplemental front air bags inflate with great force A rear facing child restraint could be struck by the supplemental front air bag in a crash and could seriously injure or kill your child 1 19 e The three point seat belt in your vehicle is equipped with an Auto matic Locking Retractor ALR which must be used when installing a child restraint e Failure to use the ALR will result
87. files e Record to Music Box for CD Select to choose specific songs on the CD to record to the Music Box 4 48 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e Title Text Priority for CD Set the priority to CDDB Compact Disc Data Base to acquire track information from the Gracenote Database or set the priority to CD TEXT to acquire the information from CDs e Automatic Recording for CD When this item is turned to ON the Music Box hard drive automatically starts recording when a CD is inserted e Recording Quality for CD The larger number 132 will increase the recorded sound quality while taking up more space on the Music Box leaving less room for more songs For the details of Music Box see MUSIC BOX HARD DISK DRIVE models with navigation system later in this section rack PI 44 Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the w fast forward or mas rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed When the w or 44 button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the CD will be played RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the pl
88. for a few seconds The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle and cargo trunk room area The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle and cargo trunk room area Carry the Intelligent Key with you Carry the Intelligent Key with you A door is not closed securely Close the door securely When closing the trunk lid Roadster models The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and all doors unlock The Intelligent Key is inside the trunk Carry the Intelligent Key with you When shifting the selector lever to the P Park position The inside warning chime sounds continuously 3 12 Pre driving checks and adjustments The ignition switch is in the ON position The ignition switch is in the OFF position REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM AA WARNING The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and com munication systems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight It is possible to lock unlock all doors fuel filler door activate the panic alarm and open the windows by pushing the buttons on the Intelli gent Key from outside the vehicle Before locking the doors make sure the Intelligent Key is not left in the vehicle The LOCK UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key can operate at a distance
89. for a short distance first especially in cold weather In cold weather keep the engine running for a minimum of 2 3 minutes before shutting it off Starting and stopping the engine over a short period of time may make the vehicle more difficult to start When racing the engine up to 4 500 rpm or more under no load condition the engine will enter the fuel cut mode To stop the engine shift the selector lever to the P Park position AT model or move the shift lever to the N Neutral position MT model and push the ignition switch to the OFF position Starting and driving 5 11 DRIVING THE VEHICLE AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION 1 7 speed automatic transmission The automatic transmission in your vehicle is Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and push the selector lever button to shift into a driving gear AW CAUTION e When stopping the vehicle on an 2 Release the parking brake and foot brake uphill grade do not hold the vehicle electronically controlled by a transmission con trol module to produce maximum efficiency and smooth operation Shown on the following pages are the recom mended operating procedures for this transmis sion Follow these procedures for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment Starting the vehicle After starting the engine fully depress the foot brake pedal and push the selector lever button before shifting the selector lever to the R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or M
90. general purpose dishwashing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water 7 2 Appearance and care A CAUTION Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent Some car washes especially brushless ones use some acid for cleaning The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo nents causing them to crack This could affect their appearance and also could cause them not to func tion properly Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap strong chemical detergents gasoline or solvents Do not wash the vehicle in direct sunlight or while the vehicle body is hot as the surface may become water spotted Avoid using tight napped or rough cloths such as washing mitts Care must be taken when removing caked on dirt or other foreign sub stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged e For Roadster models observe the following e Donot use an automatic car wash or a high pressure car wash The soft top may be damaged e Avoid applying direct water pres sure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lining of the soft top and vehicle body Avoid applying con tinuous water on the parts around the soft top and the windows These may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water Inside flanges seams and folds on the doors hatches and h
91. horn sounds intermittently e The alarm automatically turns off after approximately 1 minute However the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tampered with again The alarm is activated by e Unlocking the door or opening the rear 2 26 Instruments and controls hatch without using the button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or the mechanical key Even if the door is opened by releasing the door inside lock knob the alarm will activate e Opening the hood How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop by unlocking a door by pushing the unlock button on the Intelligent Key the door handle request switch or using the mechanical key The alarm will not stop if the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position If the system does not operate as de scribed above have it checked by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS TEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered Intelligent Key Never leave these keys in the vehicle Statement related to section 15 of FCC rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System CONT ASSY CARD SLOT This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana da Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may
92. in alphabetical order Genres Play tracks by a selected genre My Playlists Displays the Playlist and edits the Playlist if necessary Select the Edit key The following items are available Add Current Songs Add a current track to the Playlist Add Songs by Album Displays a list of albums in alphabetical order Selecting an album displays all of the tracks in the album Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist e Add Songs by Artist Displays a list of artists in alphabetical order Selecting an artist displays all of the tracks by the artist Select tracks from the list to add to the Playlist e Edit Songs Order Reorder the tracks in the Playlist by select ing a track and specifying the order e Edit Name Edit the name of the Playlist using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE MULTI FUNCTION CON TROLLER earlier in this section e Delete Songs Delete tracks in the Playlist by selecting from the displayed song list Play Mode Choose the preferred play mode from the following items Normal 1 Album Repeat 1 Track Repeat 1 Playlist Random 4 66 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 1 Artist Random 1 Album Random 1 All Track Random 1 All Random Edit Music Information Displays the following information about the Music Box hard drive to edit if necessary Edit Information of Current Song Edit the Track
93. inflate in certain frontal collisions Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has dual stage air bag inflators The system monitors information from the crash zone sensor the Air bag Control Unit ACU seat belt buckle switches and the occupant classification sensor pattern sensor Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver For the front passenger the occupant classification sensor is also monitored Based on information from the sensors only one front air bag may inflate in a crash depending on the crash severity and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted Additionally the front passenger air bag may be automatically turned OFF under some conditions depending on the information provided by the occupant classifica tion sensor If the front passenger air bag is OFF the passenger air bag status light will be illuminated if the seat is unoccupied the light will not be illuminated but the air bag will be off See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section for further details One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system If you have any questions about your air bag system contact a NISSAN dealer If you are considering modification of your vehicle due to a disability you may also contact a NISSAN dealer Contac
94. inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode Operation keys To operate the USB memory select the desired key displayed on the operation screen using the multi function controller ll Pause Select the key to pause the movie file To resume playing the movie file select the P key gt Play Select the P gt key to start playing a movie file for example after pausing a movie file mM stop Select the mi key to stop playing a movie file gt Skip Next chapter Select the key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward The chapters will advance the number of times the ENTER button is pushed 4 Skip Previous chapter Select the 44 key to skip the chapter s of the disc backward The chapters will go back the number of times the ma key is selected List Select the List key on the movie file operation screen to display the file list USB Settings Audio File Play Back Play Mode 10Key Search Display SAA2504 Example Settings Select the Settings key to adjust the following settings
95. interior water damage stains or mildew on the top material Be sure to turn off the rear window defroster switch Never turn it on while the top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material SPA2691 A CAUTION e Do not place any objects between the top cloth and the structure Doing so could interfere with top operation and cause damage to the top operating system or the objects e Do not place anything on the top and the storage lid Even small items may interfere with the top operation and could cause damage to the top or the vehicle body e Do not place anything in the top storage area The top will not fit there properly and this could da mage the top and or the vehicle body e Do not sit or place excessive weight on the top and the storage lid especially when the top is being operated The top may be damaged e Donot drive the vehicle with the top partially opened Always make sure the top is either fully opened or closed before driving e Secure items so that they cannot be blown from the vehicle while driving with the top open e Do not operate the top manually except for emergency cases Manual Operation may damage the top e Be sure to fully open or fully close the top Do not release the switch half way through the roof opening or closing process If the top is only partially opened significant da mage to the top could occur Make sure the trunk lid i
96. is exposed to fluids other than water evapora tive residue may cause a short between the connector pins Large video podcast files cause slow responses in an iPod The vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover If an iPod automatically selects large video podcast files while in the shuffle mode the vehicle center display may momentarily black out but it will soon recover Audiobooks may not play in the same order as they appear on an iPod An iPod nano 1st Generation may remain in fast forward or rewind mode if it is connected during a seek operation In this case please manually reset the iPod An iPod nano 2nd Generation will con tinue to fast forward or rewind if it is disconnected during a seek operation An incorrect song title may appear when the Play Mode is changed while using the iPod nano 2nd Generation iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries Compressed Audio Files MP3 WMA AAC ATRACS3 Explanation of terms MP3 MP3 is short for Moving Pictures Experts Group Audio Layer 3 MP3 is the most well known compressed digital audio file format This format allows for near CD quality sound but at a fraction of the size of normal audio files MP3 conversion of an audio track can reduce the file size by approximately a 10 1 ratio Sampling 44 1 kHz Bit rate 128 kbps with virtually no perceptible loss in q
97. is OFF it could be that the person is a small adult or is not sitting on the seat properly If a child restraint must be used in the front seat the passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated depending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used If the passenger air bag status light is not illuminated indicating that the air bag might inflate in a crash it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly If the passen ger air bag status light is still not illuminated try a different child restraint If the passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned the system may be sensing an unoccupied seat in which case the air bag is OFF Your NISSAN dealer can check that the system is OFF by using a special tool However until you have confirmed with your dealer that your air bag is working properly do not transport a child in this vehicle The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the passenger seat status However if the seat becomes unoccupied the air bag status light will remain off If a malfunction occurs in the front passenger air bag syste
98. is being driven this could lead to a crash and serious injury Before operating the push button ignition switch be sure to move the selector lever to the P Park position for automatic transmission model or the shift lever to the N Neutral position for manual transmission model Starting and driving 5 7 SSD0825 OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key can only be used for starting the engine when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location the Intelligent Key system s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone even someone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the ignition switch to start the engine 5 8 Starting and driving The cargo trunk room area is not included in the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function If the Intelligent Key is placed on the instrument panel rear parcel shelf inside the glove box or door pocket the Intelligent Key may not function If the Intelligent Key is placed near the door or window outside the vehicle the Intelligent Key may function LOCK ACC ON _ Ss ae SSD0910 PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH OPERATION When the ignition switch is pushed without depressin
99. is stolen you should change the codes of any non rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink Consult the Owner s Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional information When your vehicle is recovered you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Univer sal Transceiver with your new transmitter information 2 50 Instruments and controls FCC Notice This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation The transmitter has been tested and complies with FCC and DOC MDC rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device DOC ISTC 1763K1313 FCC I D CB2V67690 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments KYS ascorn aT E ONN 3 2 inteligent Kayser siir mitna antibyadene 3 2 Valet hand Offener eee 3 3 DOOS arinireki aa aE aE TENRA 3 4 Locking with mechanical key s sssssrsssrsrerseen 3 4 Opening and closing windows with the mechanical Key m ccnsstacciazsgent iaciguienisGis aeeai 3 4 Locking with inside lock knob s sssssnsisrsrenseen 3 5 Locking with power door lock switch 00 3 5 AuitomaticcdOor lOCkKS aisinn 3 5 Intelligent Ke
100. j Dial J Change Number Manual Controls Please continue or say Dial To exit hold the TALK switch Voice Recognition International Call SAA2542 5 Speak 011811112223333 6 Speak Dial 7 System makes a call to 011 81 111 222 3333 Note Any digit input format is available in the International Number input process 4 110 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION AL TERNATE COMMAND MODE The following section is applicable when Alter nate Command Mode is activated When Alternate Command Mode is activated an expanded list of commands can be used after pressing the TALK 4 switch In this mode available commands are not fully shown on the display or prompted Review the expanded command list when this mode is active See examples of Alternate Command Mode screens Please note that in this mode the recognition success rate may be affected as the number of available commands and ways of speaking each command are increased To improve the recog nition success rate try using the Speaker Adaptation Function available in that mode See Speaker adaptation function for Alternate Command Mode later in this section Other wise it is recommended that Alternate Com mand Mode be turned OFF and Standard Mode be used for the best recognition performance Settings Others Comfort Language a
101. light non headlights replaced at a NISSAN Vanity mirror light dealer For additional information see HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section Cargo area courtesy light Roadster Cargo light Coupe Trunk light Roadster High mounted stop light Use the same number and wattage shown in the following chart as originally installed See a NISSAN dealer for replacement NOTE Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer 8 26 Maintenance and do it yourself Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A B C D E or F When replacing a bulb first remove the lens and or cover SDI1679 SDI2352 Map light SDI1839 Vanity mirror light Maintenance and do it yourself 8 27 WHEELS AND TIRES If you have a flat tire see FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section TIRE PRESSURE Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressu
102. may also be used 7 Available in mainland US through a NISSAN dealer 8 For additional information see VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION later in this section for air conditioner specification label 9 2 Technical and consumer information FUEL RECOMMENDATION VQ37VHR engine Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI Anti Knock Index number Research octane number 96 If premium gasoline is not available unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of 87 AKI number Research octane number 91 may be temporarily used but only under the following precautions e Have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt accel eration However for maximum vehicle perfor mance the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended AV CAUTION e Using a fuel other than that speci fied could adversely affect the emis sion control system and may also affect warranty coverage e Under no circumstances should a leaded gasoline be used because this will damage the three way cat alyst e Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle Your vehicle is not designed to run on E 85 fuel Using E 85 fuel can damage the fuel system compo nents and is not covered by the NISSAN vehicle limited warranty Gasoline specifications NISSAN recommends using gasoline that meets the Worl
103. more easily SAA2167 Voice Recognition BACK Ey E KET KET W Navigation ___ di Pracie C Information ____ Luho i i To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2535 Giving voice commands 1 Push the TALK y switch located on the steering wheel 2 A list of commands appears on the screen and the system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help 3 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak a command Selecting the Practice key will start the practice mode See Let s Practice earlier in this section 4 Continue to follow the voice menu prompts and speak after the tone sounds until your desired operation is completed Selecting the Help key can display the Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 101 detailed information of the each command Operating tips e Say acommand after the tone e Commands that are available are always shown on the display and spoken through voice menu prompts Commands other than those that are displayed are not accepted Please follow the prompts given by the system e lf the command is not recognized the system announces Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e Push the BACK button once to return to the previous screen e To exit the voice recognition system push
104. not to scratch or damage the rear window antenna Lightly wipe along the antenna with a dampened soft cloth zs SAA2374 Trunk mounted antenna for Roadster models Removing the antenna You can remove the antenna if necessary Hold the bottom of the antenna and remove by turning counterclockwise A CAUTION To avoid damaging or deforming the antenna be sure to remove the antenna under the following condi tions The vehicle enters an automatic car wash The vehicle enters a garage with a low ceiling The vehicle is covered with a car cover Always properly tighten the antenna rod during installation Otherwise the antenna rod may break during vehicle operation Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 73 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO When installing a car phone or a CB radio in your NISSAN be sure to observe the following cautions otherwise the new equipment may adversely affect the electronic control modules and electronic control system harness AA WARNING e A cellular telephone should not be used while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular telephones while driving e If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion the hands free cellular phone operational mode if so equipped is highly recom mended Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may
105. number try each solution in turn starting with number one until the problem is resolved Symptom error message Solution Displays COMMAND NOT RECOGNIZED or the system fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command format is valid see Command List earlier in this section 2 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level 3 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defrost on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that voice commands will not be recognized 4 If optional words of the command have been omitted then the command should be tried with these in place The system consistently selects the wrong voicetag in 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE the phonebook The system cannot be operated For Roadster models PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system earlier in this section page 4 74 2 Replace one of the voicetags being confused with a different voicetag 1 Make sure that the soft top is usable If the soft top is not working contact a NISSAN dealer 2 Close the retractable hard top 3 Open and close the retractable hard top before operating the system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 121 MEMO 4 1
106. of approximately 33 ft 10 m from the vehicle The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be used with one vehicle For information concerning the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys contact a NISSAN dealer The lock and unlock buttons on the Intelligent Key will not operate when e the distance between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle is over 33 ft 10 m e the Intelligent Key battery is discharged After locking with the remote keyless entry function pull the door handle to make sure the doors are securely locked The LOCK UNLOCK operating range varies depending on the environment To securely operate the lock and unlock buttons approach the vehicle to about 3 ft 1 m from the door SPA2252B 1 LOCK button f 2 UNLOCK button p 3 PANIC button 3p HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM When you lock or unlock the doors and rear hatch trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 13 Locking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid 2 3 Push the LOCK f button on the
107. operated with unleaded gasoline Therefore avoid taking your vehicle to areas where appropriate fuel is not available When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country state province or district it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations The laws and regulations for motor vehicle emission control and safety standards vary according to the country state province or district therefore vehicle specifications may differ When any vehicle is to be taken into another country state province or district and registered its modifications transpor tation and registration are the responsi bility of the user NISSAN is not responsible for any inconvenience that may result 9 10 Technical and consumer information VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION ce STI0612 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is at tached as shown This number is the identifica tion for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration ST10613 VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER chassis number The number is stamped as shown in the engine compartment STIO509 w G ZZ A STI0615 ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER The number is stamped on the engine as shown F M V S S C M V S S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards F M V S S C MLV S S certification label is affixed
108. or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the climate controlled seat Any liquid spilled on the seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth The climate controlled seat has air filters Do not operate the climate controlled seat without the air fil ters This may result in damage to the system When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any malfunctions are found or the climate controlled seat does not Operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC OFF SWITCH VDC SIC4004 The vehicle should be driven with the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system on for most driving conditions If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow the VDC system reduces the engine output to reduce wheel spin The engine speed will be reduced even if the accelerator is depressed to the floor If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle turn the VDC system off To turn off the VDC system push the VDC OFF switch The 8 indicator will illuminate Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system See VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC
109. panel and select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key 3 Select the Speaker Adaptation key Settings Speaker Adaptation Settings Speaker Adaptation Store delete or edit voice data for User 1 SAA2550 Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands SAA2551 Select the user whose voice is memorized by the system Select the Start Speaker Adaptation Learn ing key 6 Select a category to be learned by the system from the following list Phone Commands Navigation Commands Information Commands Audio Commands Help Commands The voice commands in the category are displayed 7 Select a voice command and then push the ENTER button The voice recognition system starts Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 119 Settings Speaker Adaptation Loy Dial Number Enters a domestic phone number and dials it Alternate Command Mode ON To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2552 Settings Speaker Adaptation Edit User Name Delete Voice Data Continuous Learning Identify voice data by adding a name SAA2553 8 The system requests that you repeat a command after a tone 9 After the tone sounds and the icon on the screen changes from to 3y speak the command that the system
110. programmed retain the original transmit ter for future programming procedures Example new vehicle purchases Upon sale of the vehicle the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes For additional information see PRO GRAMMING HomeLink later in this sec tion AA WARNING e Do not use HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by federal safety standards These standards became effective for Opener models manufactured after April 1 1982 A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a closing garage door and then automatically stop and reverse does not meet current federal safety standards Using a garage door opener without these features in creases the risk of serious injury or death e During programming procedure your garage door or security gate may open or close Make sure that people and objects are clear of the garage door gate etc that you are programming e Your vehicle s engine should be turned off while programming HomeLink Universal Transceiver PROGRAMMING HomeLink To program your HomeLink Transceiver to operate a garage door gate or entry door opener home or office lighting you need to be at the same location as the device Note Garage door openers manufactured after 1996 have rolling code protection To pro gram a garage d
111. recording when a CD is inserted Delete Songs from Music Box Deletes the current song selected songs or albums by choosing from the list or all songs albums in the Music Box Recording Quality Set the recording quality of 105 kbps or 132 kbps The default is set to 105 kbps CDDB Version The version of the built in Gracenote Database is displayed Gracenote NOTE e The information contained in the Gracenote Database is not fully guar anteed e The service of the Gracenote Database on the Internet may be stopped without prior notice for maintenance cracencte End User License Agreement USE OF THIS PRODUCT IMPLIES ACCEP TANCE OF THE TERMS BELOW Gracenote MusicID Terms of Use This application or device contains software Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 67 from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this appli cation to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Grace note Data from online servers or embedded databases collectively Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this application or device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software a
112. repeat button AUX auxiliary button RDM random button AUX IN jack TUNE the CH channel or FOLDER FF REW button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD CHANGER models without navigation system For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing to the XM Satellite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to call up the mode radio CD or AUX which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume MUTE button Push the button to mute the audio sound Push the button again to release the mute Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and F
113. restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for belt routing Front facing step 4 Front facing step 5 4 Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully 5 Allow the seat belt to retract Pull up on the extended At this time the seat belt retractor shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt is in the Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode child restraint mode It reverts to Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 21 SSS0653 SSS0641 Front facing step 6 6 Remove any additional slack from the seat belt press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point See TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT for Coupe models earlier in this section Front facing step 8 After attaching the child restraint test it before you place the child in it Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the seat belt path The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch 25 mm from side to side Try to tug it forward and check to se
114. switch driver s side 1 Driver side window 2 Front passenger side window 3 Window lock button To open or close the window push down A or pull up the switch and hold it The main switch driver side switches will open or close all the windows Locking passengers window When the lock button is pushed in only the driver side window can be opened or closed Push it in again to cancel Passenger side power window switch The passenger side switch will open or close only the corresponding window To open or close the window push down or pull up the switch and hold it SIC3288 Automatic operation To fully open or close the window completely push down or pull up the switch and release it it need not be held The window will automatically open or close all the way To stop the window just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released Auto reverse function AA WARNING There are some small distances imme diately before the closed position which cannot be detected Make sure that all passengers have their hands etc in side the vehicle before closing the window If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing the window will be immediately lowered The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when th
115. that Intelligent Key This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unauthorized use to unlock the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure please con tact a NISSAN dealer gt amp SPA2033 Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key To install the mechanical key firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the doors and glove box See DOORS later in this section and STO RAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section AV CAUTION Always carry the mechanical key in stalled in the Key VALET HAND OFF When you have to leave a key with a valet give them the Intelligent Key itself and keep the mechanical key with you to protect your belongings To prevent the glove box from being opened during valet hand off follow the procedures below 1 Push the trunk release power cancel switch to the OFF side Roadster models 2 Remove the mechanical key from the In telligent Key 3 Lock the glove box with the mechanical key 4 Hand the Intelligent Key to the valet keeping the mechanical key in your pocket or bag for insertion into the Intelligent Key when you retrieve your vehicle See STORAGE in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 3 DOORS AA WARNING e Alw
116. the Outgoing command to list the outgoing calls made from the vehicle Incoming Use the Incoming command to list the incoming calls made from the vehicle Missed C Use the Missed command to list the missed calls made to the vehicle that were not answered Connect Phone NOTE Add Phone command is not available when the vehicle is moving Main menu Connect Phone Add Phone Select Phone Delete Phone Turn Bluetooth Off Use the Connect Phone commands to manage the phones connecting to the vehicle or to enable the Bluetooth function on the vehicle Add Phone A Use the Add Phone command to add a phone to the vehicle See Connecting procedure earlier in this section for more information Select Phone Use the Select Phone command to select from a list of phones connected to the vehicle The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you wish to select Only one phone can be active at a time Delete Phone Use the Delete Phone command to delete a phone that is connected to the vehicle The system will list the names assigned to each phone and then prompt you for the phone you 4 94 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems wish to delete Deleting a phone from the vehicle will also delete that phonebook for that phone Bluetooth Off
117. the RESUME ACCELERATE or SET COAST switch and reset at the cruising speed the cruise control will disengage Turn the MAIN switch off once and then turn it on again e The cruise control will automatically cancel if the vehicle slows more than 8 MPH 13 km h below the set speed e f you move the selector lever to the N Neutral position Automatic Transmission Starting and driving 5 21 models or depress the clutch pedal Man ual Transmission models the cruise control will be canceled To reset at a faster cruising speed use one of the following methods Depress the accelerator pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push and release the SET COAST switch Push and hold the RESUME ACCELERATE switch When the vehicle attains the desired speed release the switch Push then quickly release the RESUME ACCELERATE switch Each time you do this the set speed will increase by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h To reset at a slower cruising speed use one of the following methods Lightly tap the brake pedal When the vehicle attains the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Push and hold the SET COAST switch Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed Push then quickly release the SET COAST switch Each time you do this the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH 1 6 km h 5 22 Starting and driving BREAK IN SCHEDULE To resume the preset speed push and r
118. the engine speed is kept at the proper level for the engaged gear Thus the engine speed may be kept high depending on the gear position and vehicle speed When the clutch pedal is depressed with the transmission in neutral the system operates for approximately 2 seconds and then the engine speed will decrease to the idle speed When the engine coolant temperature is low right after starting the engine engine speed synchronization will be delayed or may be insufficient The system controls the engine speed up to the rev limit Note that S MODE is not a function that prevents over revving resulting from shifting mistakes The system does not operate while the vehicle is backing up If the engine speed is limited lower than usual when the engine oil temperature is extremely high the system will control up to the limited engine speed If the malfunction indicator light illuminates the system may not operate and the S MODE indicator turns off WARNING 0 0 S MODE CEXIT SSD0830 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warn ing The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE warn ing will appear on the vehicle information display and the S MODE indicator will turn off if a system malfunction occurs If the warning appears the S MODE function will not operate but manual transmission will operate normally and driving can be continued Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer SSD0831 Activating the s
119. the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless tech nology you can make or receive a telephone call with your cellular phone in your pocket Once a cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no phone connecting procedure is required anymore Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the registered cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can register up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time The NISSAN Voice Recognition system sup ports the phone commands so dialing a phone number using your voice is possible For more details see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 98 Before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System e Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recom mended phone list e You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is i
120. the top is fully opened or closed The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top operation is completely finished If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the ignition switch ON it may indicate the electric soft top control unit is not functioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible For more details about the electric soft top operation see SOFT TOP Roadster models in the 3 Pre driving checks and adjustments section SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator if so equipped This indicator will illuminate when the SynchroRev Match mode S MODE is acti vated SynchroRev Match mode S MODE if so equipped for Manual Transmission models in the 5 Starting and driving section gt gt Turn signal hazard indicator lights The light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on we Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light The light comes on when the vehicle dynamic control off switch is pushed to OFF This indicates that the vehicle dynamic control system and traction control system are not operating When the vehicle dynamic control off indicator light and slip indicator light come on with the vehicle dynamic control system turned on this light alerts the driver to the fact that the vehicle dynamic control system s fail safe mode is operating for ex
121. to remove ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades e A sturdy flat board to be placed under the jack to give it firm support e A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snowdrifts e Extra window washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE AV WARNING e Wet ice 32 F 0 C and freezing rain very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on The vehicle will have much less traction or grip under these conditions Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded e Whatever the condition drive with caution Accelerate and slow down with care If accelerating or down shifting too fast the drive wheels will lose even more traction e Allow more stopping distance under these conditions Braking should be started sooner than on dry pave ment e Allow greater following distances on slippery roads Watch for slippery spots glare ice These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas If a patch of ice is seen ahead brake before reaching it Try not to brake while on the ice and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers Do not use the cruise control on slippery roads Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gases under your vehicle Keep snow Clear of the exhaust pipe and from around your vehicle ENGINE BLOCK HEATER if so equipped Engine block heaters are used to assist with cold temperature starting The engine block heater should be used wh
122. to the OFF position off while driving the power assist for 2 Automatic transmission models the steering will not work Steering will Move the selector lever to the P Park be harder to operate position The power assisted steering uses a hydraulic Manual transmission models pump driven by the engine to assist steering Place the shift lever in the R Reverse gear If the engine stops or the drive belt breaks you When parking on an uphill grade place the will still have control of the vehicle However shift lever in the 1st gear much greater steering effort is needed espe ft cially in sharp turns and at low speeds 3 To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a sloping drive way it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated e HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb e HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL NO CURB 5 24 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM BRAKING PRECAUTIONS The brake system has two separate hydraulic circuits If one circuit malfunctions you will still have braking at two wheels Vacuum assisted brakes The brake booster aids braking by using engine vacuum If the engine stops you can stop the vehicle by depressing
123. torque 80 ft lb 108 N m The wheel nuts must be kept tightened to specification at all times It is recommended that wheel nuts be tigh tened to specifications at each lubrica tion interval e Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pressure COLD pressure After the vehicle has been parked for three hours or more or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km COLD tire pressures are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver side center pillar Stowing the damaged tire and tools Coupe models I Securely store the damaged tire and jacking tools in the storage area Place the spare tire cover and the cargo room carpet over the damaged tire Close the rear hatch SCE0845 Roadster models Securely store the jacking tools in the storage area Place the spare tire cover and trunk room carpet back in the trunk and then close the trunk lid Securely store the damaged tire according to the following procedure as illustrated 1 Put the damaged tire in the plastic bag stored in the trunk 2 Move the passenger seat forward and then place the damaged tire wrapped in the plastic bag behind the seat 3 Move the passenger seat backward to REPAIRING FLAT TIRE for models with secure the damaged tire AV WARNING Always make sure that the spare tire and jacking equipment are properly secured after use Such items can become dangerous projectiles in an accident or sud
124. vary according to road conditions the weather and individual driving habits For normal acceleration in low altitude areas less than 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 8 13 2nd to 3rd 16 26 3rd to 4th 25 40 Ath to 5th 28 45 5th to 6th 33 53 For quick acceleration in low altitude areas or in high altitude areas over 4 000 ft 1 219 m Gear change MPH km h 1st to 2nd 15 24 2nd to 3rd 25 40 3rd to 4th 40 64 Ath to 5th 45 72 5th to 6th 50 80 Suggested maximum speed in each gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly or if you need to accelerate Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed shown below in any gear For level road driving use the highest gear suggested for that speed Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions which will ensure safe operation Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control Gear MPH km h 1st 38 62 2nd 63 102 3rd 91 146 4th 5th 6th Starting and driving 5 19 PARKING BRAKE AA WARNING e Be sure the parking brake is fully released before driving Failure to do so can cause brake failure and lead to an accident e Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle e Do not use the gear shift in place of the parking brake When parking be sure the parking brake is fully engage
125. will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the album folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch will show the Music Box Menu 4 72 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number AUX e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the AUX Menu BACK switch models with navi gation system Push this switch to go back to the previous screen or cancel the selection if it is not completed Volume control switches Push the upper or lower side switch to increase or decrease the volume Audio source switch Push the audio source switch to change the mode as follows e Models with navigation system AM FM gt SAT gt CD DVD Music Box USB iPod Bluetooth Audio AUX Models without navigation system AM gt FM gt CD gt AUX gt SAT if so equipped ANTENNA Window antenna for Coupe models The antenna pattern is printed inside the rear window A CAUTION Do not place metalized film near the rear window glass or attach any metal parts to it This may cause poor reception or noise When cleaning the inside of the rear window be careful
126. window defroster P 2 29 Soft top P 3 21 Interior trunk lid release P 3 20 Rear fog light if so equipped P 2 33 Rear combination light bulb replacement P 8 25 9 Fuel Fuel filler door P 3 34 Fuel recommendation P 9 3 EXTERIOR NISMO models SS10585 gi OB For NISMO models the vehicle parts listed below require special care or caution for treating Refer to the additional information in each section le 2 Performance dampers P 5 29 Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter P 3 32 P 6 21 Side sill extensions P 3 32 Rear spoiler P 3 18 P 7 3 Exhaust pipes P 3 32 P 6 21 Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser P 3 32 P 6 21 Illustrated table of contents 0 7 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 8 Console box 1 2 T a A Power outlet P 2 37 N USB memory operation if so equipped 2 z P 4 52 C AS iPod player operation if so equipped P 4 61 Ra 9 Front cup holders P 2 38 SSI0650 COUPE MODELS 5 Map light P 2 44 i 6 Inside rearview mirror 1 Cargo cover if so equipped P 2 41 Operation P 3 36 2 Secondary rear hatch release P 3 18 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 47 3 Power windows P 2 42 7 Rear parcel box P 2 40 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 38 4 Sun visors P 3 36 0 8 Illustrated table of contents 6 Console box Power outlet P 2 37 USB memory operation if so equi
127. with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not install a deformed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning The use of retread tire is not re commended For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life Even with regular use wheels can get out of balance Therefore they should be balanced as required Wheel balance service should be per formed with the wheels off the vehicle Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet Care of wheels See CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Ap pearance and care section for details about care of the wheels Spare tire TEMPORARY USE ONLY T type spare tire if so equipped Observe the following precautions if the T type spare tire must be used otherwise your vehicle could be damaged or involved in an accident AA WARNING e The T type spare tire should be used for emergency use It should be replaced with the standard tire
128. 10 Odometer Twin trip odometer control knob P 2 5 11 Odometer Twin trip odometer P 2 5 12 Engine oil temperature gauge P 2 7 13 Voltmeter P 2 7 14 Clock P 2 7 P 2 23 SIC3973 SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER Speedometer The speedometer indicates vehicle speed in miles per hour MPH and kilometers per hour km h Odometer twin trip odometer The odometer 4 and twin trip odometer are displayed when the ignition switch is in the ON position The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven The twin trip odometer records the distance of individual trips Changing the display Pushing the TRIP A B RESET knob changes the display as follows TRIP A gt TRIP B gt TRIPA Resetting the trip odometer Pushing the TRIP A B RESET knob for more than 1 second resets the trip odometer to zero SIC3974 TACHOMETER The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute RPM Do not rev the engine into the red zone 4 AV CAUTION When engine speed approaches the red zone shift to a higher gear or reduce engine speed Operating the engine in the red zone may cause serious engine damage Instruments and controls 2 5 O00000000000000 SIC3975 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the engine coolant tem perature The engine coolant temperature is within the normal range when the gauge points with
129. 22 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 Starting and driving Precautions when starting and driving 0c0 5 2 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 00seeeeeeees 5 2 Three way Catalysts cscevsdvcsei dl eshedsitecsicietieds 5 2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 5 3 Avoiding collision and rollover cccceeeeeee ees 5 5 Off rodd reCOvVeiy irissen niinniin onset 5 6 Rapid air pressure lOSS ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 6 Drinking alcohol drugs and driving c0c0 0 5 7 Push button ignition SWItCh ccc eee eee eee 5 7 Operating range for engine start function 5 8 Push button ignition switch operation 5 8 Push button ignition switch positions 0 0 5 9 Intelligent Key battery discharge ccceee 5 10 Before starting the eEngine ceeeeeeeeeeeeee tees 5 10 Starting the ENGIN cieo E E 5 11 Driving the vehicle 3 scccccertt ciaeiorncatcarsavecanderwncsines 5 12 Automatic tranSMiSSiOn c ceeecee eee eee eee 5 12 Manual Transmission 0 00cccseeeee eee ee seen eee 5 16 Parking Drake i isane a EN 5 20 Crise COMO i faiiiwircistievnerrse E 5 20 Precautions on cruise control cccceceee eee 5 20 Cruise control operations eee 5 21 Break in SCheQul oc cicciisevtstyccdimeesenietinyvcisetsditnaws 5 22 Increasing fuel ECONOMY
130. 51 be changed to the one specified Display To adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items Audio Select the preferred language for audio Subtitle DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the preferred language for subtitles Display Mode DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD DVD VR Select from the Full Wide Normal or Cinema modes Title List DVD VR Select the preferred title from the list Play Mode Select the preferred play mode PG PL Mode DVD VR Select the PG or PL mode T SAA2499 This USB device contains multisession contents Please select item to play Play Movie Contents Play Audio Contents SAA2500 USB MEMORY OPERATION models with navigation system Audio main operation Open the console lid and connect a USB memory as illustrated Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the USB memory mode If the system has been turned off while the USB memory was playing pushing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the USB memory 4 52 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems File selection When there are both audio and movie files in the USB memory the mode select screen is displayed Select the preferred contents to play When there is only one type of file the audio or movie operation screen is displayed and starts to play If a video file restrict
131. 5J 17 x 4T 1 18 x 4T 1 9 8 Technical and consumer information 1 57 40 0 90 23 1 18 30 0 0 Tire Type Size Pressure PSI kPa Cold Conventional NISMO models Front 225 50R18 Rear 245 45R18 Front 245 40R19 Rear 275 35R19 Front 245 40R19 Rear 285 35R19 35 240 2 38 260 3 35 240 35 240 Spare T type 1 if so equipped 2 Coupe models 3 Roadster models T145 80D17 1 T145 70R18 1 4 The emergency tire puncture repair kit is supplied 3 4 DIMENSIONS bt O 3 A 25 6 in mm 167 2 4 246 1 167 4 4 253 2 173 4 4 405 1 3 173 5 4 407 2 3 Overall length Overall width 72 6 1 845 51 8 1 315 Overall height 52 2 1 395 4 Front tread 61 0 1 550 5 60 6 1 540 6 61 2 1 555 6 3 Rear tread 62 8 1 595 5 61 6 1 565 6 62 2 1 580 6 3 Wheelbase 100 4 2 550 Without front license plate bracket With front license plate bracket NISMO models Roadster models 18 inch wheel models 19 inch wheel models Technical and consumer information 9 9 WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOUR VEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY If you plan to travel in another country you should first find out if the fuel available is suitable for your vehicle s engine Using fuel with too low an octane rating may cause engine damage All gasoline vehicles must be
132. 8 SIDE VENTILATORS Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators as illustrated HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER AA WARNING The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle Pets should not be left alone either On hot sunny days temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up Start the engine and operate the heater and air conditioner system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 17 Status Audio OFF aw 75 xno tL SAA2493 SAA2277 For the models with navigation system push the STATUS button to display the heater and air conditioner status screen See HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON earlier in this section A fan speed control dial Temperature control dial The display of degrees 60 75 90 is used for F US 18 25 32 is used for C Canada Air flow control dial A C air conditioner button Intake air control button ag gt outside air and A gt air recirculation t rear window defroster button See REA
133. 9 Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 2009 Gracenote This product and service may practice one or more of the following U S Patents 5 987 525 6 061 680 6 154 773 6 161 132 6 230 192 6 230 207 6 240 459 6 330 593 and other patents issued or pending Some services supplied under license from Open Globe Inc for U S Patent 6 304 523 Gracenote and CDDB are registered trade marks of Gracenote The Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Gracenote f SAA2282 AUXILIARY INPUT JACKS models with navigation system The auxiliary input jacks are located in the center console NTSC compatible devices such as video games camcorders and portable video players can be connected to the auxiliary jacks Compatible audio devices such as some MP3 players can also be connected to the system through the auxiliary jacks The auxiliary jacks are color coded for identifica tion purposes e Yellow video input e White left channel audio input e Red right channel audio input Before connecting a device to a jack turn off the power of the portable device With a compatible device connected to the jacks push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display switches to the AUX mode The output from the device will be played through the monitor and audio system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition sy
134. Aluminum alloy wheels Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution especially during winter months in areas where road salt is used Salt could discolor the wheels if not removed A CAUTION Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels e Do not use a cleaner that uses strong acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels e Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature e Rinse the wheel to completely re move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non abrasive chrome polish to maintain the finish TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discoloration of the rubber If a tire dressing is applied to the tires it may react with the coating and form a com pound This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint If you choose to use a tire dressing take the following precautions e Use a water based tire dressing The coat ing on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil based tire dressing e Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread grooves where it would be difficult to remove e Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel Make sure the tire dressing
135. And if your vehicle was leased using Genuine NISSAN Parts may prevent or limit unnecessary excess wear and tear expenses at the end of your lease NISSAN designs its hoods with crumple zones to minimize the risk that the hood will penetrate the windshield of your vehicle in an accident Non genuine imitation parts may not provide such built in safeguards Also non genuine parts often show premature wear rust and corrosion Why should you take a chance In over 40 states the law says you must be advised if non genuine parts are used to repair your vehicle And some states have enacted laws that restrict insurance companies from authorizing the use of non genuine collision parts during the new vehicle warranty These laws help protect you so you can take action to protect yourself It s your right If you should need further information visit us at www nissanusa com for U S customers or www nissan ca for Canadian customers 10 Index A ABS Anti lock Braking System 5 26 Advanced air bag system cceeee eee eee 1 32 Air bag system Advanced air bag system 0ceee eee 1 32 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 33 Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system 00 1 36 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag system 0 1 36 Air bag warning labels cceeee eee ee eee 1 39 Air bag warning light essees 1 39 2 12 Air
136. BODY In areas where road salt is used in winter the underbody must be cleaned regularly This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corrosion on the underbody and suspension Before the winter period and again in the spring the underseal must be checked and if necessary re treated 7 4 Appearance and care GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces It is normal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film A CAUTION e When cleaning the inside of the windows do not use sharp edged tools abrasive cleaners or chlorine based disinfectant cleaners They could damage the electrical conduc tors radio antenna elements or rear window defroster elements e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean water Roadster models WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance e Clean the inner side of the wheels when the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed e Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead e NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during winter A CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels
137. CAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations Eighteen stations channels can be set for the SAT band 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 twelve can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FMQ2 and 6 can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 4 42 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 8 Push and hold the desired radio station preset button Q to until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse opens the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations DISP RADIO DISPLAY change When the DISP button is pushed while the radio is being played the audio display will change as follows C Category Name Channel Name gt Artist Feature Station amp Channel Number Normal Mode Song Program Compact Disc CD changer operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position push the LOAD button and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playi
138. Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Safety Note iene vui raaro aE aei 4 2 Center multi function control panel models with navigation system 6scseeeeeeeeee ees 4 2 How to use multi function controller 0 4 3 How to use touch SCreen ce ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 3 Menu Options ieseana eenn a R 4 5 How to select menus on the screen 00000 4 6 Vehicle information and settings models with navigation system 06ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 6 How to use STATUS button c eee 4 6 How to use brightness control and display ON ORF DUMON creena eE EESE 4 6 How to use INFO button ssseserserererrerrrrererres 4 6 How to use SETTING DUTTON eee 4 10 Ventilators nine sore yi vadtaclotanaayeadebayedieh bikers 4 17 Center ventilato Scsi 4 17 Side Ventilators snn uea i aeni 4 17 Heater and air conditioner 4 17 Automatic air conditioner Type A 4 18 Automatic air conditioner Type B Type C 4 21 Operating tips etiani aE 4 23 In Gabini MICKOTITSR onma o e 4 23 Servicing air conditioner eeseeerecerereerereere 4 24 A dio syste M nrden E a 4 24 Audio operation precautions ss sssssssrereee 4 24 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player 4 36 FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD changer models without navigation system FM AM SAT radio with Compact Disc CD player models with navigat
139. Digital Audio Hybrid CD DA specification in Super Audio CDs e Compact Disc Digital Audio CD DA spe cification in CD Extras e First session of multisession disc Extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C could affect the performance of the hard disk NOTE If the hard disk needs to be replaced due to a malfunction all stored music data will be erased cD Artist TUNE Track XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1 of 13 SAA2513 Recording CDs 1 Operate the audio system to play a CD For the details of playing CDs see Compact Disc CD player operation earlier in this section 2 Select the Start REC key NOTE e The system starts playing and record ing the 1st track on the CD when the Start REC key is selected e The recording process can be stopped at any time All tracks that were played before the CD was stopped are stored Individual tracks can be deleted from the hard disk drive after the CD is recorded Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 63 cD Attist TUNE Track XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 10f13 0 08 SAA2514 If the title information of the track being recorded is stored either in the hard disk drive or in the CD the title is automatically displayed on the screen For title acquisition f
140. Display Clock SAA2484 Settings Audio Bass Treble Balance Fade Speed Sensitive Vol SAA2485 Others information The Others information display will appear when pushing the INFO button and selecting the Others key GPS Position For the details of this item see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual Voice Recognition For the details of this item see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with naviga tion system later in this section HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON The display as illustrated will appear when the SETTING button is pushed For navigation settings refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 4 10 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Example Audio settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Audio key Bass Treble Balance Fade To adjust the speaker tone quality and sound balance select the Bass Treble Balance or Fade key and adjust it with the multi function controller These items can also be adjusted by pushing and turning the AUDIO knob Speed Sensitive Vol The audio system s volume is increased with the vehicle speed Select the Speed Sensitive Vol and adjust the effect level with the multi function controller The Speed Sensitive Volume function is turned off when
141. EAR ORIGINAL TIRE 245 45R18 96W 260 kPa 38 PSI 275 35R19 96W T145 80 D17 240 kPa 35 PSI 420 kPa 60 PSI T145 70 R18 420 kPa 60 PSI NISMO models SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRES SURE FRONT ORIGINAL TIRE 245 40R19 98Y 240 kPa 35 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE SPARE TIRE T145 70R18 285 35R19 99Y 240 kPa 35 PSI 420 kPa 60 PSI SDI1575 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the side wall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental character istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety stan dard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall Maintenance and do it yourself 8 31 P215 60R16 94H SDI1606 Example Tire size example P215 60R16 1 94H P The P indicates the tire is designed for passenger vehicles Not all tires have this information Three digit number 215 This number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge Two digit number 60 This number known as the aspect ratio gives the tire s ratio of height to width 4 R The R stands for radial 8 32 Maintenance and do it yourself Two digit number 16 This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches Two or t
142. ELE REDER Trunk Interior trunk lid release LGM ET T Secondary trunk lid release TRUNK lid rerin annan nensi Trunk release power cancel switch TUrnSignal SWIG wigeencseviaaswnecedenssceneeeses Underbody cleaning cccceeeeee eee eee Uniform tire quality grading 0 cee eee Upshift indicator c 0 ccccnescccceaencens nese USB memory operation 0ccecee eee Vanity MUON steeasatigsadeiaeardsanenreries ane Vanity mirror lights wi isrener asyan Variable voltage control system 005 Vehicle Dimensions ierra i ean teaniig geen Identification number VIN 0 000008 Information and settings models with navigation system Information display 0ccceeeee eens Loading information 0 cccceeeeee eee 9 17 Recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 22 SECUIity Syste Manen iani 2 25 Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 37 Vehicle dynamic control VDC system 5 27 Ventil OS cstauiescatoracrizienarandnnseria es 4 17 Voice command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 0 0 ececeeeeeneeeee es 4 76 4 91 Voice command See NISSAN voice recognition system 2 0s0ees 4 103 4 113 VOIMOCLE esses ccccccccccams atosnatenimzangecemeser sa 2 7 w Warning Hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 LONS enaere ERE A 2 9 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS ssctiadcetes cage ea eetan it 5 3 6
143. ELT MAINTENANCE e To clean the seat belt webbings apply a mild soap solution or any solution recom mended for cleaning upholstery or carpets Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely 1 16 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system dry If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors the seat belts may retract slowly Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean dry cloth Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components such as buckles tongues retractors flexible wires and anchors work properly If loose parts deterioration cuts or other damage on the webbing is found the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced CHILD RESTRAINTS SSS0099 SSS0100 PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS AV WARNING Infants and small children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child re straint can result in serious injury or death Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle Failure to use a child restraint can result in serious injury or death Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and part
144. Installation using the seat DES ccuetnnmatate sgan EE R EAEE ES 1 19 Child festraints 22f8 cic tshaineniadetedserenihtvees 1 17 BOOSIGMSCatS iene sns madaire 1 23 Precautions on child restraints 1 17 TOP TSthS rr StaP ie casccsvsseatnedceaedeiensariien 1 19 Child Safes renean 1 11 Chimes Audible reminders ssia iccccaceees ceetiaces Seat belt warning light and chime Circuit breaker Fusible link 6 0000 Cleaning exterior and interior 0 E veaaiienma vin T 2 7 2 23 Gluten tide sannan ann nann A Cock pits sscasccaasteciamens EEEE N Cold weather driving cccceeee eee ee eee 5 30 Command See Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System 0 sceceeeeeeeeeee es 4 76 4 91 Command See NISSAN voice recognition system 4 103 Compact Disc CD changer See audio system c ccceeeeeeee ee ee eas 4 42 Compact Disc CD player See audio system 0cceeee cence 4 37 4 48 Compact spare tire ccccc cece eee eee 8 36 CONSE BOK ss 2d andeeeetaradaaensemsdaeneie ince 2 40 Coolant Capacities and recommended fuel lubnGantS siese oiire E iE aO ESR 9 2 Changing engine coolant 00 cee 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 0 8 8 Corrosion protection 00ccccce eee ee eee 7 7 Cover CargosCoVetes22si iss ania nu EAIN 2 41 Cruise Control ccacticovarsisssailidss odedve sorties 5 20 Cup holders scicai
145. LWAYS observe posted speed lim its and never drive too fast for conditions ALWAYS give your full attention to driving and avoid using vehicle features or taking other actions that could distract you ALWAYS use your seat belts and appropriate child restraint systems ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety features to all occupants of the vehicle ALWAYS review this Owner s Man ual for important safety information MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified Modification could affect its performance safety or durability and may even violate governmental regulations In addition damage or performance problems result ing from modification will not be covered under the NISSAN warranties WHEN READING THE MANUAL This manual includes information for all options available on this model Therefore you may find some information that does not apply to your vehicle All information specifications and illustrations in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications or design at any time without notice IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual They are used in the following ways AV WARNING This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or serious personal injury To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed precisel
146. M When the RPT button is pushed while the USB memory is played the play pattern can be change as follows To change the play mode push the RPT button repeatedly and the mode will change as follows Normal 1 Folder Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat gt All Random gt 1 Folder Random Normal Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 53 USB Menu Movie Playback Folder List Track List Play Mode Normal SAA2502 Menu There are some options available during play back Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Refer to the following information for each item e Movie Playback Switch to the movie playback mode This item is displayed only when a USB memory contains movie files e Folder List Track List Displays the folder or track list The Movie Playback key is also displayed in this list screen and enables switching to the movie 4 54 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems playback mode Play Mode Select the preferred play mode 0 00 00 Wide Settings __List _ SAA2503 Movie file operation Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the USB memory while watching the images TUX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory
147. OR SSS0159 SSS0162 A WARNING Front seat mounted side impact sup plemental air bags and roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted Roadster models curtain side impact supplemental air bags The front seat mounted side impact air bags and roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted Roadster models curtain air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact rear impact rollover or lower severity side collision Al ways wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The seat belts side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force Do not allow anyone to place their hand leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails Coupe models door trim Roadster models Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the previous illustrations Do not use seat covers on the front seatbacks They may interfere with supplemental side air bag inflation Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 31 789101112 SS1012 1 Crash zone sensor 2 Supplemental front air bag modules NISSAN Adva
148. OTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon and Xanavi Informatics Corpora tion Gracenote is a registered tra demark of Gracenote Inc The Gracenote logo and logo type and the Powered by Gracenote logo are trademarks of Grace note XM Radio requires a subscrip tion sold separately after the first 90 days It is not available in Alaska Hawaii or Guam For more information visit www xmradio com 2009 NISSAN MOTOR CO LTD TOKYO JAPAN All rights reserved No part of this Owner s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photo copying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co Ltd NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM NISSAN CARES Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs However if there is something that your NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or questions please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department using our toll free number For U S customers 1 800 NISSAN 1 1 800 647 7261 For Canadian customers 1 800 387 0122 The Consumer Affairs De
149. Power steering fluid o e 8 12 Window washer fluid n 8 13 FM AM radio with Compact Disc CD player i eiicancctcnavinmrnnetidameneaasedemeanaremeree 4 36 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD changer models without navigation system 4 41 FM AM SAT radio with compact disc CD player models with navigation system 4 45 FOG light SWG herioaren raan e eana 2 33 Front manual seat adjustment 0 00008 1 4 Front passenger air bag and status light 1 33 Front power seat adjustment 0 000008 1 3 Front seat Front seat adjustment 0 1 3 Fuel Capacities and recommended fuel JUBACANTS iei ated cme ct cnnaselen nino seine 9 2 Fuel Economy ineen sae 5 23 Fuel economy information display 4 8 F el OCTANE TANG cites weaaerndenintnamuenst e s 9 3 Fuel recommendation cccceeeneeeeenees 9 3 FUSING Gap aitscccaetesiss trains odes ncaa 3 34 FUSE OOOf ie cecccavinssesimenendectntncam umes 3 34 GAG disait i a n i 2 6 FUSES inreda ian a E sities 8 20 F sible MKS ae siicddiosiemm ante mhebine aaa 8 21 G Garage door opener HomeLink Universal MANSCCIVED iasan sects EAE ES AIE AINN Speedometer ccicccaecssaccnacnsesecdqencnoe cannes Tachometer raiou ant aaniu RNE ace ns Trip computer General maintenance A Glove Dox sarraie E AE AE Hands free phone system Bluetooth models with navigation system 6065 4 74 Hands free phone sys
150. R WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section 4 18 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER Type A In your vehicle the air conditioner system is designed to automatically activate the cooling function when operating the air flow control dial the amp fan speed control dial or the acy amp gt intake air control button The indicator light on the A C button will illuminate Push the A C button off when the cooling function is not necessary Automatic operation Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Turn the g fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will automatically turn on The A C button indicator light illuminates 2 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature can be set within the following range For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from
151. SPECIFICA TIONS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for recommended types and sizes of tires and wheels Maintenance and do it yourself 8 35 AA WARNING e The use of tires other than those recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands construc tion bias bias belted or radial or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride braking handling ground clearance body to tire clearance tire chain clearance speedometer calibration headlight aim and bum per height Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious personal injury e If the wheels are changed for any reason always replace with wheels which have the same off set dimen sion Wheels of a different off set could cause premature tire wear degrade vehicle handling character istics and or interference with the brake discs drums Such interfer ence can lead to decreased braking efficiency and or early brake pad shoe wear See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual for wheel off set dimen sions 8 36 Maintenance and do it yourself When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires
152. SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section POWER OUTLET Center console aa d SIC3984 SIC3985 Lower glove box The power outlet is located in the center console and on the lower glove box A CAUTION e The outlet and plug may be hot during or immediately after use e Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt 120W 10A power draw Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory e Use power outlet with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery e Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner headlights or rear window defroster is on e This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit e Push the plug in as far as it will go If good contact is not made the plug may overheat or the internal tem perature fuse may blow e Before inserting or disconnecting a plug be sure the electrical acces sory being used is turned OFF e When not in use be sure to close the cap Do not allow water to Instruments and controls 2 37 2 38 contact the outlet Instruments and controls STORAGE a eas eco en annnane SIC3987 INSTRUMENT POCKET except for na vigation system equipped models To open the lid push the knob up 4 To close push the lid down AA WARNING Keep the pocket lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop CUP HOLDERS A CAUTION
153. Speed restriction sticker NOTE For models with the emergency tire punc ture repair kit a spare tire jack and rod are not equipped as standard These parts are dealer options Contact a NISSAN dealer about obtaining these parts See CHAN GING A FLAT TIRE for models with spare tire earlier in this section for usage of jacking tools and tire replacement Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit e f any foreign object for example a screw or nail is embedded in the tire do not remove it e Check the expiration date of the sealant shown on the label attached to the bottle Never use a sealant whose expiration date has passed Repairing tire WARNING Observe the following precautions when using the tire repair compound e Swallowing the compound is dan gerous Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance e Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes If irritation persists seek prompt medical attention e Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children e The emergency repair compound may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi nate Have the tire pressure sensor replaced as soon as possible NOTE Do not remove any nails or screws that have penetrated the tire when performing repairs In case of emergency 6 9 SCE0775
154. T range HOT MAX 2 HOT MIN at fluid temperatures of 122 to 176 F 50 to 80 C or using the COLD range COLD MAX COLD MIN at fluid temperatures of 32 to 86 F 0 to 30 C If the fluid is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent Remove the cap and fill through the opening 8 12 Maintenance and do it yourself A CAUTION Do not overfill Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID For further brake and clutch fluid information see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual AA WARNING e Use only new fluid from a sealed container Old inferior or contami nated fluid may damage the brake and clutch system e Be sure to clean the filler cap before removing A CAUTION Do not spill the fluid on painted sur faces This will damage the paint If fluid is spilled wash the surface with water SDI2025A F MIN SDI1906A BRAKE FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning light comes on add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer CLUTCH FLUID Check the fluid level in the reservoir If the fluid level is below the MIN line add Genuine NISSAN Su
155. T16 FAT32 Versio n MPEG1 Audio Layer 3 Samp ing frequency 8 kHz 48 kHz Bit rat e 8 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 Versio n WMA7 WMA8 WMA9 ing frequency 32 kHz 48 kHz Supported Samp versions 1 Bit rat e 32 kbps 192 kbps VBR 4 Versio n MPEG AAC AAC Samp ing frequency 8 kHz 96 kHz Bit rat e 16 kbps 320 kbps VBR 4 ATRAC Versio n ATRAC3 ATRAC3 Plus Tag information Song title and Artist name ID3 tag VER1 0 VER1 1 VER2 2 VER2 3 VER2 4 MP3 only WMA tag WMA only Folder levels With navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders 255 including root folder Files 512 Max 255 files for one folder Without navigation system Folder levels 8 Folders and files 999 Max 255 files for one folder Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 31 wane With navigation system 100 characters Text character number limitation Without navigation system 64 characters Displayable character codes 3 01 ASCII 02 ISO 8859 1 03 UNICODE UTF 16 BOM Big Endian 04 UNICODE UTF 16 Non BOM Big Endian 05 UNICODE UTF 8 06 UNICODE Non UTF 16 BOM Little Endian 07 SHIFT JIS 1 Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit rate cannot be played 2 Protected WMA files DRM cannot be played 3 Available codes depend on what k
156. TAL AUDI a SAA0480 Compact Disc CD player Do not force a compact disc into the CD insert slot This could damage the CD and or CD changer player Trying to load a CD with the CD door closed could damage the CD and or CD changer During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to the humidity If this occurs remove the CD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD to direct sunlight CDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have pin holes may not work properly The following CDs may not work properly Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Do not use the following CDs as they may cause the CD player to malfunction 3 1 in 8 cm discs CDs that are not round 4 26 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems CDs with a paper label CDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prerecorded CDs It has no capabilities to r
157. The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road PERFORMANCE DAMPERS NISMO models 1 Front performance damper 2 Rear performance damper The performance dampers are installed in the front and rear parts of the NISMO models for improved handling and ride AA WARNING e High pressure nitrogen gas is sealed inside the performance dam pers Do not attempt to modify or disassemble them e For disposal of the performance 1 dampers or when scrapping the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Never burn or puncture the perfor mance dampers Incorrect disposal procedures could cause serious per sonal injury 2 SSD0876 Starting and driving 5 29 COLD WEATHER DRIVING FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing apply deicer through the key hole If the lock becomes frozen heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the Intelligent Key system ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is anticipated that the outside temperature will drop below 32 F 0 C check antifreeze to assure proper winter protec tion For additional information see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section BATTERY If the battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions the battery fluid may freeze and damage the battery To maintain maximum efficiency the battery should be checked regularly For a
158. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key compo nents when registering new keys be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer It is possible that the Intelligent Key functions become canceled Contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving The Intelli gent Key is a precision device with a built in transmitter To avoid dama ging it please note the following The Intelligent Key is water resistant however wetting may damage the Intelligent Key If the Intelligent Key gets wet immediately wipe until it is com pletely dry Do not bend drop or strike it against another object Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures ex ceed 140 F 60 C Do not change or modify the Intelligent Key Do not use a magnet key holder Do not place the Intelligent Key near an electric appliance such as a television set personal computer or cellular phone Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water and do not wash it in a washing machine This could affect the system function If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of
159. To increase your confidence in the seat belts check the operation as follows e Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward quickly The retractor should lock and Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 15 SSS0588 Shoulder belt arm for Coupe models Before fastening the seat belt pull the shoulder belt arm forward until it clicks at the detent position Pulling the arm forward will allow an easy access to the belt SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If because of body size or driving position it is not possible to properly fit the lap shoulder belt and fasten it an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available that can be purchased The extender adds approximately 8 in 200 mm of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position See a NISSAN dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required AA WARNING e Only NISSAN seat belt extenders made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts should be used with the NISSAN seat belts e Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident e Never use seat belt extenders to install child restraints If the child restraint is not secured properly the child could be seriously injured in a collision or a sudden stop SEAT B
160. YPE SEAT BELT earlier in this section PASSENGER AIR BAG PNO OFF SSS0988 T If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light Bore may or may not illuminate depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat used See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM This Supplemental Restraint System SRS section contains important information concern ing the driver and passenger front impact supplemental air bags NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag system roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted Roadster models curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt with pretensioners Supplemental front impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions Front seat mounted side impact supple mental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvis area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The front seat side impact supplemental air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Roof mounted curtain side impact supple men
161. a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If you have a flat tire follow the instructions below A CAUTION To avoid the emergency tire punc ture kit being damaged during sto rage or use Only use the emergency tire puncture repair kit on your ve hicle Do not use it on other vehicles Only use the kit to inflate the tires of your vehicle and to check the vehicle s tire pressure Only plug the compressor into a 12V DC car power point Keep the kit free of water and dirt Do not disassemble or modify the kit Do not drop the kit or allow hard impacts to the kit Do not use the emergency tire puncture repair kit under the follow ing conditions Contact a NISSAN dealer or professional road assis tance In case of emergency 6 7 when the sealant has passed its Manual Transmission models expiration date shown on the Move the shift lever to the R Reverse label attached to the boitle position when the cut or the puncture is approximately 0 16 in 4 mm Turn otf the engins Type A 0 25 in 6 mm Type B 6 Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to or longer signal professional road assistance person when the tire sidewall is da nel that you need assistance maged 7 Have all passengers get out of the vehicle when the vehicle has been dri and stand in a safe place away from traffic ven with extremely
162. a custom voice tag for contact names that the system has difficulty recognizing For more information see Record Name in this section NOTE Each phone has its own separate phone book You cannot access Phone A s phone book if you are currently connected with Phone B List names 4 Use the List Names command to hear all the names and locations in the phone book The system recites the phone book entries but does not include the actual phone numbers When the playback of the list is complete the system goes back to the main menu You can stop the playback of the list at any time by pressing the s button on the steering wheel The system ends the VR session See the Record Name command in this section for information about recording custom voice tags for list entries that the system has difficulty pronouncing ma Record name The system allows you to record custom voice tags for contact names in the phonebook that the vehicle has difficulty recognizing This feature can also be used to record voice tags to directly dial an entry with multiple numbers Up to 40 voice tags can be recorded to the system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 93 Recent Calls Main menu Recent Calls Outgoing A Incoming Missed Use the Recent Calls command to access outgoing incoming or missed calls Outgoing Use
163. able for the full screen display e Slideshow Speed Select the Slideshow Speed key From the following display select the changing time from 5 10 30 60 seconds or No Auto Change e Slideshow Order Select the Slideshow Order key From the following display select Random or Order List For Order List the image order is the order of the files as stored on the USB memory 4 16 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Operating tips e Only files that meet the following conditions will be displayed Image type JPEG File Extensions jpg jpeg Maximum Resolution 2048 x 1536 pixels Maximum Size 2 MB Colors 32768 15 bit Maximum File Name lengths 253 Bytes Maximum Folders 500 Maximum Images per Folder 1024 e f an electronic device such as a digital camera is directly connected to the vehicle using a USB cable no image will be displayed on the screen e lf the file name is too long some file names may not be entirely displayed e When the total number of characters in the file name exceeds 100 or if 1 file name in a directory exceeds 100 characters all files will show a shortened 8 character version The image will still be displayed when selected VENTILATORS SAA2275 CENTER VENTILATORS Open or close and adjust the air flow direction of ventilators SAA228
164. addition to repairing or replacing the tire NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure JUMP STARTING To start your engine with a booster battery the instructions and precautions below must be followed A WARNING If done incorrectly jump starting can lead to a battery explosion resulting in severe injury or death It could also damage your vehicle Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the battery Keep all sparks and flames away from the battery Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes skin clothing or painted surfaces Battery fluid is a corrosive sulphuric acid solution which can cause severe burns If the fluid should come into contact with anything immediately flush the con tacted area with water Keep the battery out of the reach of children The boosier battery must be rated at 12 volts Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle Whenever working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye In case of emergency 6 15 6 16 protectors for example goggles or industrial safety spectacles and remove rings metal bands or any other jewelry Do not lean over the battery when jump starting Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery It could explode and cause serious injury Your vehicle has
165. ade push the Audio button When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the SEEK or TUNE button to set the desired setting These items can also be adjusted by pushing the AUDIO button e Speed Sensitive Vol Sound volume is increased according to the vehicle speed Choose the effect level from HIGH MID LOW or OFF e Beep tuning When this item is turned to ON you will hear a beep sound when you use a button FM AM SAT radio operation FM AM radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM SAT radio SAT band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows XM1 gt XM2 gt XM3 gt XM1 When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the channel last played The last channel played will also come on when the ON OFF button is pushed to ON The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is turned to ON the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio channel played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatica
166. ades d If possible reduce the amount of cargo being hauled or towed The malfunction indicator light may stop blinking and remain on Have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer A CAUTION Continued vehicle operation without having the emission control system checked and repaired as necessary could lead to poor driveability reduced fuel economy and possible damage to the emission control system Instruments and controls 2 13 QF Rear fog light indicator light if so equipped The rear fog light indicator light illuminates when the rear fog light is on See FOG LIGHT SWITCH later in this section Security indicator light The light blinks when the ignition switch is in the ACC OFF or LOCK position This function indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational If the security system is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position For additional information see SECURITY SYSTEMS later in this section Slip indicator light This indicator will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating thus alerting the driver that the vehicle is nearing its traction limits The road surface may be slippery IDAE Small light indicator light The light illuminates when the headlight switch is turned to the
167. afety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system When the ignition switch is in the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illumi nates for about 7 seconds and then turns off This means the system is operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on approximately 7 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all Under these conditions the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag or pretensioner systems may not operate properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer AA WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag curtain air bag and or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your 1 39 vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO CEDURE The front air bags side air bags curtain air bags and pretensioners are designed to activate on a one time only basis As a reminder unless it is damaged the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc curred Repair
168. agement before the engine speed lowers to the target engine speed may cause shift shock When depressing the clutch pedal with the gear engaged The engine speed is automatically kept at the proper engine speed for the engaged gear This function will not operate when low 1st gear is selected There is a delay between the clutch pedal operation and the S MODE operation Make sure the engine speed is adjusted before engaging the clutch again SSD0832 Upshift indicator if so equipped for Manual Transmission models The manual transmission up shift indicator is located in the tachometer and shows the driver the timing to shift into a higher gear by illuminating The use of the up shift indicator will help you to upshift at a constant engine speed from any gear The up shift indicator will start flashing when the engine speed reaches about 500 rpm before the set figure while driving and then illuminate after the engine speed reaches the set figure The engine speed for upshifting can be set on the vehicle information display See Setting in the 2 Instruments and controls section There may be a slight difference between the timing of the up shift indicator illumi nation and the tachometer indication Suggested up shift speeds Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance Actual up shift speeds will
169. al video file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file 4 34 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Bluetooth Audio player models with navigation system Some Bluetooth audio devices may not be recognized by the in vehicle audio system It is necessary to set up the wireless connection between a compatible Blue tooth audio device and the in vehicle Bluetooth module before using the Blue tooth audio player Operating procedure of the Bluetooth audio player will vary depending on the device Make sure it is understood how to operate an audio device before using it with this system The Bluetooth audio player may be stopped under the following conditions Receiving a hands free call Checking the connection to the hands free phone Do not place a Bluetooth audio device in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle Bluetooth module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless con nection disruption While an audio device is connected through a Bluetooth wireless connection the bat tery power of the device may discharge quicker than usual e This system supports the Bluetooth Audio Distribution Profile A2DP AVRCP e BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd 3 Bluetooth Music Box hard dr
170. alid The DVD is not for region 1 or all regions Use DVDs with a region code 1 ALL or 1 included for your DVD entertain ment system The region code A is displayed as a small symbol printed on the top of the DVD This vehicle installed DVD player cannot play DVDs with a region code other than 1 or ALL Copyright and trademark e The technology protected by the U S patent and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other right holders is adopted for this system e This copyright protected technology cannot be used without a permit from Macrovision Corporation It is limited to be personal use etc as long as the permit from Macrovision Corporation is not issued e Modifying or disassembling is prohibited e Dolby digital is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Inc trademarks of Dolby Laboratories Inc e DTS and DTS Digital Surround dts are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc Parental level parental control DVDs with the parental control setting can be played with this system Please use your own judgement to set the parental control with the system Disc selection The following disc formats can be played with the DVD drive e DVD VIDEO e VIDEO CD e CD DA Conventional Compact Disc e DTS CD USB Universal Serial Bus models with navigation system This system supports various USB m
171. ammed within that time try holding the transmitter in another position keeping the indicator light in view at all times If you continue to have programming difficulties please contact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department The phone numbers are located in the Foreword of this Owner s Manual CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN FORMATION Individual buttons cannot be cleared however to clear all programming push and hold the two outside buttons and release when the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 20 seconds REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE Home Link BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transcei ver button complete the following 1 Push and hold the desired HomeLink button Do not release the button until step 4 has been completed 2 When the indicator light begins to flash slowly after 20 seconds position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 Instruments and controls 2 49 mm away from the HomeLink surface 3 Push and hold the hand held transmitter button 4 The HomeLink indicator light will flash first slowly and then rapidly When the indicator light begins to flash rapidly release both buttons The HomeLink Universal Transceiver button has now been reprogrammed The new device can be activated by pushing the HomeLink button that was just programmed This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink buttons IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle
172. ample the vehicle dynamic control system may not be functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer If an abnormality occurs in the system the vehicle dynamic control system function will be canceled but the vehicle is still driveable For additional information see VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual AUDIBLE REMINDERS Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver side door is opened while the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC position or pushed to the OFF or LOCK position with the Intelligent Key left in the Intelligent Key port Make sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle Light reminder chime A chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the zpa or 2D position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle Parking brake reminder chime A chime will sound if the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h with the parking brake applied Stop the vehicle and release the parking brake Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more w
173. amples some additional basic operations by voice commands are described here For navigation system commands see the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual SAA2167 Voice Recognition BACK Ey E KET KET W Navigation ___ di Pracie C Information ____ Luho i i To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2535 Example 1 Placing a call to the phone number 800 662 6200 1 Push the TALK y switch located on the steering wheel 4 106 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 3 The system announces Would you like to access Phone Navigation Information Audio or Help Speak Phone Y l Voice Recognition Dial Number Y l Voice Recognition Dial Number Y l Voice Recognition Phone BL LT PG J Dial Number Y Dial Number iy Verite Phonebook oor u Change Number y Handset Phonebook Please say the entire number or groups Manual Controls Manual Controls J Call History of numbers Say the next three digits Dial or say J International Call Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2537 SAA2538 SAA2536 4 Speak Dial Number 5 Speak 8 0 0 6 The system announces Please say the next three digits or dial or say change number Selecting the Manua
174. anual of your vehicle For Roadster models The voice recognition system cannot be oper ated when the soft top is not closed NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION STANDARD MODE The following section is applicable when the Standard Mode is activated The Standard Mode enables you to complete the desired operation by simply following the prompts that appear on the display and also are announced by the system 4 98 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Others Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529 Activating Standard Mode When the Alternate Command Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Standard Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Select the Others key 3 Select the Voice Recognition key Settings Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2530 Information User Guide Getting Started Let s Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking SAA2531 4 Select the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The indicator turns off and the Standard Mode activates Displaying user guide If you use the
175. anual shift mode position Be sure the vehicle is fully stopped before attempting to shift the selector lever This automatic transmission model is de signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from P Park to any drive position while the ignition switch position is ON The selector lever cannot be moved out of the P Park position and into any of the other gear positions if the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK OFF or ACC position 5 12 Starting and driving then gradually start the vehicle in motion AV WARNING Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P Park or N Neutral to R Reverse D Drive or manual shift mode Al ways depress the brake pedal uniil shifting is completed Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident Cold engine idle speed is high so use caution when shifting into a forward or reverse gear before the engine has warmed up Never shift to P Park or R Re verse while vehicle is moving for ward Never shift to P Park or D Drive while vehicle is moving rear ward Failure to do so could cause you to lose control and have an accident by depressing the accelerator pedal The foot brake should be used for this purpose Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control SSD0827 Selector lever Shifting To move the selector lever Push the button while depress
176. anually While the commands are displayed on the audio screen select a command by operating the audio tuning switch and then push the 44 switch Once a command is manually selected the voice command function is cancelled To return to voice command mode push the s switch to cancel the current operation and then perform the first procedure of voice command SAA2557 CONTROL BUTTONS The control buttons for the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System are located on the steering wheel G amp PHONE SEND Push the amp button to initiate a VR session or answer an incoming call You can also use the 44 button to interrupt system feedback and give a command at once gma PHONE END While the voice recognition system is active press the s button to go back one step Press and hold the s button for 5 seconds to quit the voice recognition system at any time GETTING STARTED The following procedures will help you get started using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System with NISSAN Voice Recognition For additional command options refer to LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section Choosing a language You can interact with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System using English Spanish or French To change the language perform the following 1 Press and hold the 44 button for more than 5 seconds 2 The system announces Press the PHONE SEND K button for the hands fr
177. ap properly may cause the exF malfunction indicator light MIL to illuminate If the FONE light illuminates because the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The Saxe light should turn off after a few driving trips If the e light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN deal er SPA2582 The fuel filler cap is a ratcheting type Turn the cap counterclockwise to remove To tighten turn the cap clockwise until ratcheting clicks are heard Use the fuel filler cap holder on the hook while refueling TILT STEERING AA WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an acci dent Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and comfort The driver s air bag inflates with great force If you are unrest rained leaning forward sitting side ways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel Always use the seat belts Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 35 SPA2583 MANUAL OPERATION Tilt operation Push the lock lever down and adjust the
178. appears push the TALK 4 switch on the steering wheel 3 Speak the displayed number after the tone The evaluation screen will be displayed and the result can be confirmed 4 100 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Useful tips for correct operation You can display useful speaking tips to help the system recognize your voice commands cor rectly Select Help on Speaking to start display USING THE SYSTEM Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seconds When completed the system is ready to accept voice commands If the TALK y switch is pushed before the initialization completes the display will show the message Phonetic data down loaded Please wait or a beep sounds Before starting To get the best recognition performance from NISSAN Voice Recognition observe the follow ing e The interior of the vehicle should be as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate the surrounding noises traffic noise and vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from correctly recognizing the voice commands e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command e Speak in a natural conversational voice without pausing between words e lf the air conditioner is set to Auto the fan speed is automatically lowered so that your commands can be recognized
179. ar before the vehicle comes to a stop When accelerating again it is necessary to shift up to the desired range Accelerator downshift In D Drive position For passing or hill climbing fully depress the accelerator pedal to the floor This shifts the transmission down into the lower gear depend ing on the vehicle speed Fail safe When the fail safe operation occurs note that the transmission will be locked in any of the forward gears according to the condition If the vehicle is driven under extreme conditions such as excessive wheel spin ning and subsequent hard braking the fail safe system may be activated This will occur even if all electrical circuits are functioning properly In this case push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait for 3 seconds Then push the ignition switch back to the ON position The vehicle should return to its normal operating condition If it does not return to its normal operating condition have a NISSAN dealer check the transmission and repair if ne cessary SSD0829 Shift lock release If the battery charge is low or discharged the selector lever may not be moved from the P Park position even with the brake pedal depressed and the selector lever button pushed To move the selector lever perform the following procedure 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF or LOCK position Apply the parking brake 3 Remove the shift lock cover A using a s
180. as shown This label contains valuable vehicle information such as Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR month and year of manufacture Vehicle Identification Number VIN etc Review it carefully EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is at tached as shown Technical and consumer information 9 11 STI0614 TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and The air conditioner specification label is at Loading Information label affixed to the pillar as tached as shown illustrated 9 12 Technical and consumer information INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE EXCEPT FOR NISMO MODELS Use the following steps to mount the license a License plate bracket plate Z Sf ee Before mounting the license plate confirm that Bumper Y following parts are enclosed in the plastic ag e License plate bracket e J nut x 2 e Screw x 2 e Screw grommet x 2 1 Park the vehicle on flat level ground Locate the two dents on the front bumper Carefully drill two pilot holes using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit Be sure that the drill only goes through the bumper fascia Step 2 Step 6 Step 3 Flat blade Bumper 2 Insert grommets into the hole on the bumper screwdriver fascia 3 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add
181. ashes twice When the UNLOCK button is pushed neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates Hazard indicator and horn mode Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice Using door handle or rear hatch trunk request switch OUTSIDE CHIME twice HAZARD once OUTSIDE CHIME once Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice Using a or a button HORN once Hazard indicator mode DOOR LOCK HAZARD once HORN none DOOR UNLOCK Intelligent Key system HAZARD twice door handle or rear hatch trunk request switch OUTSIDE CHIME none Remote keyless entry system HAZARD twice Using a or a button HORN none HAZARD none OUTSIDE CHIME none HAZARD none HORN none Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 15 Switching procedure To switch the hazard indicator and horn chime operation push the LOCK and UN LOCK 4 buttons on the Intelligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 seconds e When the hazard indicator mode is set the hazard indicator flashes 3 times e When the hazard indicator and horn mode is set the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once t Push ie for more than 2 sec HAZARD INDICATOR AND HORN MODE HAZARD once HORN once t t e HAZARD 3 times Push for more than 2 sec HAZARD INDICATOR MODE 3 16 Pre driving checks and adjustments HOOD 1 Pull the hood lock release handle Q loca
182. at build up and possible tire failure EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY Your NISSAN is covered by the following emission warranties For US e Emission Defects Warranty e Emissions Performance Warranty Details of these warranties may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty In formation Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canada Emission Control System Warranty Details of this warranty may be found with other vehicle warranties in your Warranty Information Booklet which comes with your NISSAN If you did not receive a Warranty Information Booklet or it is lost you may obtain a replacement by writing to e Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 Technical and consumer information 9 21 REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS US only If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying NISSAN If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot be come inv
183. ater e Do not apply direct water pressure such as high pressured water from household hoses on the lining of the soft top and vehicle body as this may cause water to leak into the inside of your vehicle After cleaning always be sure the top and its storage are completely dry before opening the top Opening the top while it is wet or damp may cause interior water damage water stains or mildew on the top SAIO0046 NISMO models A CAUTION Do not use an automatic car wash for NISMO models The rear spoiler may be damaged WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance Polishing is recommended to remove built up wax residue and to avoid a weathered appearance before reapplying wax A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choosing the Appearance and care 7 3 proper product e Wax your vehicle only after a thorough washing Follow the instructions supplied with the wax e Do not use a wax containing any abrasives cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish Machine compound or aggressive polishing on a base coat clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots industrial dust insects and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining Special cleaning products are available at a NISSAN dealer or any automotive accessory stores UNDER
184. attery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual The Blue tooth Hands Free Phone System cannot charge cellular phones If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning see Trouble shooting guide later in this section You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for troubleshooting help Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding battery charging cellular phone antenna etc This wireless hands free car kit is based on Bluetooth technology Frequency 2402 MHz 2480 MHz Output Power 7 94 dBm E I R P Modulation FHSS GFSK 8DPSK 1r 4 86 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4DQPSK Number of Channel 79 This wireless equipment can t be used for any services related to safety because there is the possibility of radio interfer ence REGULATORY INFORMATION FCC Regulatory information 1 2 CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two conditions this device may not cause inte
185. ave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle The Intelligent Key is always communicating with the vehicle as it receives radio waves The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves Environmental conditions may interfere with the operation of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions e When operating near a location where strong radio waves are transmitted such as a TV tower power station and broad casting station e When in possession of wireless equipment such as a cellular telephone transceiver and CB radio e When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials e When any type of radio wave remote control is used nearby e When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer e When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter In such cases correct the operating conditions before using the Intelligent Key function or use the mechanical key Although the life of the battery varies depending on the operating conditions the battery s life is approximately 2 years If the battery is dis charged replace it with a new one When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged insert the Intelligent Key into the Intelligent Key port to start the engine Replace the discharged battery with a new one as soon as possible For more details see PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Start
186. ay pattern can be changed as follows CD Normal 1 Track Repeat 1 Disc Random _ CD with compressed audio files a 1 Folder Repeat 1 Track Repeat 7 1 Folder Random 1 Disc Random amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will be ejected If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it DVD DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC PLAYER OPERATION models with na vigation system Precautions Start the engine when using the DVD entertain ment system Movies will not be shown on the front display while the vehicle is in any drive position to reduce driver distraction Audio is available when a movie is played To view movies in the front display stop the vehicle in a safe location move the selector lever to the P Park position and apply the parking brake WARNING e The driver must not attempt to operate the DVD system or wear the headphones while the vehicle is in motion so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation e Do not attempt to modify the system to display a movie on the front screen while the vehicle is being driven Doing so may distract the driver and may cause a collision and serious personal injury or death CAUTION e Only operate the DVD while the vehicle engin
187. ays have the doors locked while driving Along with the use of seat belts this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors and will help keep out intruders e Before opening any door always look for and avoid oncoming traffic e Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci dents 3 4 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2565 LOCKING WITH MECHANICAL KEY The power door lock system allows you to lock or unlock all doors simultaneously using the mechanical key e Turning the driver s door key cylinder to the front of the vehicle 4 will lock all doors e Turning the driver s door key cylinder once to the rear of the vehicle will unlock the driver s door After returning the key to the neutral position turning it to the rear again within 60 seconds will unlock all doors e You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Center dis play heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS WITH THE MECHANICAL KEY The driver s door key operation also allows you
188. ble to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry such as rings watches etc before working on your vehicle Always wear eye protection when ever you work on your vehicle If you must run the engine in an enclosed space such as a garage be sure there is proper ventilation for exhaust gases to escape Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands Keep smoking materials flame and sparks away from fuel tank and the battery Your vehicle is equipped with an automatic engine cooling fan It may come on at any time without warn ing even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the engine is not running To avoid injury always disconnect the negative battery cable before working near the fan e The fuel filter or fuel lines should be serviced by a NISSAN dealer be cause the fuel lines are under high pressure even when the engine is off AV CAUTION e Do not work under the hood while the engine is hot Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down e Avoid direct contact with used en gine oil and coolant Improperly disposed engine oil coolant and or other vehicle fluids can damage the environment Always conform to local regulations for disposal of vehicle fluid This 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy
189. button to adjust Bass Treble Fade and Balance to the desired level Fade adjusts the sound level between the front and rear speakers and Balance adjusts the sound between the right and left speakers Once you have adjusted the sound quality to the desired level push the MENU button repeatedly until the radio or CD display reappears normal mode Otherwise the radio or CD display will automatically reappear after approximately 10 seconds For information about adjusting the clock dis play see TRIPLE METER in the 2 Instruments and controls section FM AM radio operation FM AM Radio FM AM band select Pushing the radio band select button will change the band as follows AM gt FM1 gt FM2 gt AM When the radio band select button is pushed while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position the radio will come on at the station last played The last station played will also come on when the PWR button is pushed to ON If another audio source is playing when the radio band select button is pushed the audio source will automatically be turned off and the last radio station played will come on When the stereo broadcast signal is weak the radio will automatically change from stereo to monaural reception lt lt TUNE TUNE Tuning Push the TUNE button lt lt or gt gt for manual tuning mse SEEK tuning Push the SEEK button i44 or pI to tu
190. by warranty Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to do so KEY o Intelligent Key system warning light After the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off This light warns of a malfunction with the electrical steering lock system or the Intelligent Key system If the light comes on while the engine is stopped it may be impossible to free the steering lock or to start the engine If the light comes on while the engine is running you can drive the vehicle However in these cases contact a NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as possible Low tire pressure warning light Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that monitors the tire pressure of all tires except the spare The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly After the ignition switch is pushed ON this light illuminates for about 1 second and turns off Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the warning light will illuminate When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After th
191. cator appears when the set time comes for changing the engine oil You can set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 2 Oil filter replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing the oil filter You can set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter See TRIP COMPUTER later in this section 3 Tire replacement indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires See TRIP COM PUTER later in this section 4 OTHER indicator This indicator appears when the set time comes for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires You can set or reset the distance for replacing the items See TRIP COMPU TER later in this section More maintenance reminders are also available on the center display See HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section Instruments and controls 2 19 000000000500000 fo SIC3978 TRIP COMPUTER Switches for the trip computer are located on the left side of the combination meter panel To operate the trip computer push the switches as shown above J ENTER switch NEXT switch When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position modes of the tri
192. cause undesired operation of the device CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOID THE USER S AUTHORITY TO OPER ATE THE EQUIPMENT SIC2045 Security indicator light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel lt indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The light blinks after the ignition switch is in the LOCK ACC or OFF position This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning this light will remain on while the ignition switch is in the ON position If the light still remains on and or the engine will not start see a NISSAN dealer for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System service as soon as possible Please bring all Intelligent Keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN dealer for service WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH AA WARNING In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident Warm windshield with the defroster before you wash the windshield A CAUTION e Do not operate the washer continu ously for more than 30 seconds e Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concent
193. cc ecece eens na e N TR Operating the HomeLink Universal TRANS CON Gh rosanegra nei iei 2 47 Programming trouble diagnosis 0 0 ee 2 49 Clearing the programmed information 2 49 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button 2 49 If your vehicle is stolen ccceseeeeeeeee eee eeees 2 50 COCKPIT D 9 10 11 12 w A SS10652 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 5 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 27 P 5 27 6 Hood release handle P 3 16 2 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 29 7 Intelligent Key port P 5 10 3 Meters and Gauges combimeter P 2 4 8 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 14 4 Triple meter P 2 7 2 2 Instruments and controls Steering wheel mounted controls left side Menu control switch or tuning switch P 4 71 BACK switch P 4 71 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 74 Volume control switches P 4 71 Source select switch P 4 71 Tilt steering lever P 3 35 Steering wheel Horn P 2 34 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 27 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 20 Selector lever for automatic transmission P 5 12 Shift lever for manual transmission P 5 16 Parking brake P 5 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL 8 Seat heater switch if so equipped P 2 34 or Climate controlled seat switch if so equ
194. cccceee 4 98 Troubleshooting guide seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 84 NISSAN voice recognition standard mode 4 98 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System Using the System sccaci 2i2ccigehesseeecdeeeetadeatentes 4 100 models without navigation system ceeeeereee 4 85 NISSAN voice recognition alternate command Regulatory information 0cccseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 86 MOOG EE E T E anameleins 4 110 Using thessysSteM asirning na eeee es 4 87 Using the system 0ccccececeeeeceeeeeeeeeaeeeeees 4 116 Control Buttons asosini aieiaa i 4 89 Troubleshooting QUide cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 121 Getting Stated errico denn iie 4 89 CENTER MULTI FUNCTION SAFETY NOTE CONTROL PANEL models with navigation system AA WARNING e Do not disassemble or modify this system If you do it may result in accidents fire or electric shock e Do not use this system if you notice any abnormality such as a frozen screen or lack of sound Continued use of the system may result in accident fire or electric shock e In case you notice any foreign object in the system hardware spill liquid on it or notice smoke or smell coming from it stop using the system immediately and contact 10 1i SAA2273 1 STATUS status display button P 4 6 2 3 7 8 9 your nea ee gealeriignor For navigation system control buttons Refer to the ing such conditions may lead to separate Navigation System Owner s Ma
195. ce will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the Bluetooth audio device will return to normal play speed When the rm or mass button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the Bluetooth audio device will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the Blue tooth audio play mode screen is shown on the display Bluetooth audio will be indicated on the header of the screen RPT RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM To change the play mode push the ffm button repeatedly and the mode changes as follows Normal gt Shuffle All Tracks gt Shuffle Group Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks gt Repeat Group gt Normal Operation keys To operate a Bluetooth audio device select a key displayed on the operation screen using the multi function controller gt Play Select the key to start playing when pausing Select this key again to pause the audio play ll Pause Select the __ key to pause the Bluetooth audio device Select this key again to resume playing Play Mode The play mode setting display will appear when the Menu key is selected Choose the preferred play mode from the Center display heater air conditioner audio pho
196. ce Recognition Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 115 Information User Guide Getting Started Let s Practice Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address Placing Calls Help on Speaking SAA2547 Displaying user guide You can confirm how to use voice commands by accessing a simplified User Guide which contains basic instructions and tutorials for several voice commands 1 Push the INFO button on the instrument panel 2 Select the Others key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button 4 Highlight the User Guide key using the multi function controller and push the EN TER button 5 Highlight an item using the multi function controller and push the ENTER button Available items e Getting Started Describe the basics of how to operate the NISSAN Voice Recognition system e Let s Practice Mode that allows practicing by following the instructions of the system voice e Using the Address Book Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual e Finding a Street Address if so equipped Refer to Navigation System Owner s Man ual e Placing Calls Tutorial for making a phone call by voice command operation e Help on Speaking Displays useful tips for how to correctly
197. ce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control AA WARNING e While driving on a slippery surface be careful when braking accelerat ing or downshifting Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid and result in an accident If the engine is not running or is turned off while driving the power assist for the brakes will not work Braking will be harder Starting and driving 5 25 BRAKE ASSIST BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force AA WARNING The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device It is the driver s responsibility to stay alert drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times ANTI LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM ABS AA WARNING e The Anti lock Braking System ABS is a sophisticated device but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques It can help maintain vehicle control during braking on slippery surfaces Remember that stopping distances on slippery sur faces will be longer than on normal surfaces even with ABS Stopping 5 26 Starting and driving distances may also be longer on rough gravel or snow covered roads or if you are using tire chains Always maintain a safe distance from
198. ce or eliminate the noise MAXIMUM SIGNAL DISTANCES FM 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km AM 60 to 130 miles 97 to 209 km SAA0306 FM radio reception Range FM range is normally limited to 25 to 30 miles 40 to 48 km with monaural single channel FM having slightly more range than stereo FM External influences may sometimes interfere with FM station reception even if the FM station is within 25 miles 40 km The strength of the FM signal is directly related to the distance between the transmitter and receiver FM signals follow a line of sight path exhibiting many of the same characteristics as light For example they will reflect off objects Fade and drift As your vehicle moves away from a station transmitter the signals will tend to fade and or drift Static and flutter During signal interference from buildings large hills or due to antenna position usually in conjunction with increased distance from the station transmitter static or flutter can be heard This can be reduced by lowering the treble setting to reduce the treble response Multipath reception Because of the reflective characteristics of FM signals direct and re flected signals reach the receiver at the same time The signals may cancel each other resulting in momentary flutter or loss of sound AM radio reception AM signals because of their low frequency can bend around objects and skip along the ground In addition the s
199. ce or other unusual operating conditions are detected Have the vehicle inspected promptly by a NISSAN dealer e Avoid driving with an extremely low fuel level Running out of fuel could cause the engine to misfire dama ging the three way catalyst e Do not race the engine while warm ing it up e Do not push or tow your vehicle to start the engine TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pres sure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel effi ciency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that th
200. child has grown so the shoulder belt is no longer on or near the face and neck use the shoulder belt without the booster seat 1 11 AA WARNING Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas while the vehicle is moving The child could be seriously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop SSS0927 For Roadster models There are three basic types of child restraint AA WARNING systems e Rear facing child restraint should not be e Do not let infants and small children installed in Roadster models ride in Roadster models e Roadster models are not designed to accommodate Rear facing child e Front facing child restraint should not be installed in Roadster models restraints or Front facing child re e Booster seat only children large enough for straints booster seats can ride in Roadster models e If you let infants or small children ride in Roadster models they may A WARNING be killed or seriously injured in a aech W e Never let an infant or a small child who requires the use of a rear or 1 12 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system front facing child restraint ride in this vehicle Do not attempt to hold a child in your lap or arms e Roadster models do not have an anchor for a top tether strap re quired for most child restraints Never let children who require the use of rear or front facing child restraints ride in t
201. ctric pumps hydraulic solenoids and a computer The computer has a built in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you start the engine and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse When the self test occurs you may hear a clunk noise and or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction If the computer senses a malfunction it switches the ABS off and illuminates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel The brake system then oper ates normally but without anti lock assistance lf the ABS warning light illuminates during the self test or while driving have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer Normal operation The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 MPH 5 to 10 km h When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pressure This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating This is normal and indicates that the ABS is operating properly However the pulsa tion may indicate that road conditions are hazardous and extra care is required while driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL VDC SYSTEM The Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion Under certain driving con diti
202. d e Do not leave children unattended in a vehicle They could release the parking brake and cause an acci dent 5 20 Starting and driving SPA2110 To apply Pull the parking brake lever up 4 To release 1 Firmly apply the foot brake 2 While pulling up on the parking brake lever slightly push the button 2 and lower the lever completely Before driving be sure the brake warning light goes out CRUISE CONTROL PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON TROL e lf the cruise control system malfunctions it will cancel automatically The CRUISE in dicator light on the meter panel will then blink to warn the driver e If the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high the cruise control system will cancel automatically e If the CRUISE indicator light blinks turn the cruise control main switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer e The CRUISE indicator light may blink when the cruise control main switch is turned ON while pushing the RESUME ACCELERATE SET COAST or CANCEL switch To prop erly set the cruise control system perform the following procedures AV WARNING Do not use the cruise control when driving under the following conditions e when it is not possible to keep the vehicle at a set speed e in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies in speed e on winding or hilly roads e on slippery roads rain snow ice etc e in very windy areas Doing so could ca
203. d Wide Fuel Charter WWEC speci fications where it is available Many of the automobile manufacturers developed this spe cification to improve emission system and vehicle performance Ask your service station manager if the gasoline meets the World Wide Fuel Charter WWEC specifications Reformulated gasoline Some fuel suppliers are now producing refor mulated gasolines These gasolines are specially designed to reduce vehicle emissions NISSAN supports efforts towards cleaner air and sug gests that you use reformulated gasoline when available Gasoline containing oxygenates Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol MTBE and metha nol with or without advertising their presence NISSAN does not recommend the use of fuels of which the oxygenate content and the fuel compatibility for your NISSAN cannot be readily determined If in doubt ask your service station manager If you use oxygenate blend gasoline please take the following precautions as the usage of such fuels may cause vehicle performance problems and or fuel system damage e The fuel should be unleaded and have an octane rating no lower than that recommended for unleaded gasoline e If an oxygenate blend excepting a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 10 oxygenate MTBE may however be added up to 15 e If a methanol blend is used it should contain no more than 5 methanol methyl alcohol wood alc
204. d restraint mode locks the seat belt for child restraint installation Pull the seat belt out until it is fully extended to activate the ALR mode Detach the seat belt tongue from the buckle and retract the seat belt completely to cancel the ALR mode and revert back to the ELR mode When the ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted For additional information see CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation During normal seat belt use by an occupant the ALR mode should not be activated If it is activated it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension AA WARNING When fastening the seat belts be certain that seatbacks are completely secured in the latched position If they are not completely secured passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden restrict further belt movement stop If the retractor does not lock during this check or if you have any question about seat belt operation see a NISSAN dealer SSS0326 Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt push the button on the buckle The seat belt automatically retracts Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods e When the belt is pulled quickly from the retractor e When the vehicle slows down rapidly
205. d transmitters to stop transmitting after 2 seconds To program your hand held trans mitter to HomeLink continue to push and hold the HomeLink button note steps 2 through 4 under Programming HomeLink while you push and re push cycle your hand held transmitter every 2 seconds until the indicator light flashes rapidly indicating successful pro gramming NOTE If programming a garage door opener etc it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener com ponents OPERATING THE HomeLink UNIVER SAL TRANSCEIVER HomeLink Universal Transceiver once pro grammed may now be used to activate the garage door etc To operate simply push the appropriate programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver button The red indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being transmitted PROGRAMMING TROUBLE DIAGNO SIS If HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand held transmitter information e replace the hand held transmitter batteries with new batteries e position the hand held transmitter with its battery area facing away from the Home Link surface e push and hold both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons without inter ruption e position the hand held transmitter 2 to 5 in 50 to 127 mm away from the HomeLink surface Hold the transmitter in that position for up to 15 seconds If HomeLink is not progr
206. dditional information see BATTERY in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze drain the cooling system including the engine block Refill before operating the vehicle For details see ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 5 30 Starting and driving TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement How ever the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy condi tions If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads NISSAN recommends the use of MUD amp SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Consult a NISSAN dealer for the tire type size speed rating and availability information For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires Tire chains may be used For details see TIRE CHAINS in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter e A scraper and stiff bristled brush
207. den stop The spare tire is designed for emer gency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section emergency tire puncture repair kit AA WARNING After using Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 MPH 80 km h Immediately after using the Emer gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture take your vehicle to a NISSAN dealer to inspect and re pair or replace the tire The Emer gency Tire Sealant cannot perma nently seal a punctured tire Con tinuing operation of the vehicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash e If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire punc ture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire e NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN Genuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure This vehicle does not have a spare tire The emergency tire puncture repair kit Emergency Tire Sealant is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures If possible have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause
208. described below as permitted by U S regulations If the front passenger air bag is OFF it will not inflate in a crash The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants such as children by requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF The occupant classification sensor pattern sensor is in the front passenger seat cushion and is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat For example if a child is in the front passenger seat the Advanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the passenger air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations Also if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat the occupant classification sensor can detect it and cause the air bag to turn OFF Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the passenger air bag to be automatically turned OFF For small adults it may be turned OFF however if the occupant does not sit in the seat properly for example by not sitting upright by sitting on an edge of the seat or by otherwise being out of position this could cause the sensor to turn the air bag OFF Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by t
209. dis down to e Never remove the radiator cap when F tilled water the engine is hot Wait until the 30 50 engine and radiator cool down Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator See precautions in IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual e The radiator is equipped with a pressure type radiator cap To pre vent engine damage use only a genuine NISSAN radiator cap A CAUTION When adding or replacing coolant be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equiva lent with the proper mixture ratio of 50 antifreeze and 50 demineralized 8 8 Maintenance and do it yourself D12043 CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the engine is cold If the coolant level is below MIN open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX A level If the reservoir is empty check the coolant level in the radiator when the engine is cold If there is insufficient coolant in the radiator fill the radiator with coolant up to the filler opening and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level Q Tighten the cap securely after adding engine coolant If the cooling system requires coolant frequently have it checked by a NISSAN dealer CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT Major cooling system repairs should be per formed by a NISSAN dealer The service p
210. drop in tire pressure for example a flat tire while driving The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by the vehicle s operation and the outside temperature Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature check the tire pressure for all four tires 5 4 Starting and driving For additional information see Low tire pres sure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MON ITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section AV WARNING e If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and
211. e player push the CD play select buttons to 6 RPT REPEAT RPT play When the RPT button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCS RPT 1 DISC RPT E 1 TRK Track RPT CD with MP3 or WMA ALL DISCS RPT 1 DISC RPT 1 FOLDER 1 TRK Track RPT RDM RANDOM RDM play When the RDM button is pushed while the CD is played the play pattern can be changed as follows CD ALL DISCS RDM 1 DISC RDM ALL DISCS RPT CD with MP3 or WMA ALL DISCS RDM 1 DISC RDM 1 FOLDER i ALL DISCS RPT ISCRL Scroll SCRL button When the title is displayed but it is a long one the whole title is not shown in the display In this case push the seri button to scroll the title When the title is scrolled to the end of it the display will stop moving and return to the first condition CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected 4 44 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems To eject the discs selected by the CD select button push the EJECT button for less than 1 5 seconds To eject all the discs push the EJECT button for more than 1 5 seconds When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it w
212. e solvent or similar ingredients that can be harmful to the fuel system and engine 9 4 Technical and consumer information Octane rating tips Using unleaded gasoline with an octane rating lower than recommended above can cause persistent heavy spark knock Spark knock is a metallic rapping noise If severe this can lead to engine damage If you detect a persistent heavy spark knock even when using gasoline of the stated octane rating or if you hear steady spark knock while holding a steady speed on level roads have a NISSAN dealer correct the condition Failure to correct the condition is misuse of the vehicle for which NISSAN is not responsible Incorrect ignition timing will result in knocking after run or overheating This in turn may cause excessive fuel consumption or damage to the engine If any of the above symptoms are encountered have your vehicle checked at a NISSAN dealer or other competent service facility However now and then you may notice light spark knock for a short time while accelerating or driving up hills This is no cause for concern because you get the greatest fuel benefit when there is light spark knock for a short time under heavy engine load FOR GASOLINE ENGINES STI0505 1 API certification mark 2 API service symbol ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RE COMMENDATION Selecting the correct oil It is essential to choose the correct grade quality and viscosity engine o
213. e Pressing the brake pedal with the engine stopped and or low brake fluid level may increase your stop ping distance and braking will re quire greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel e If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir do not drive until the brake system has been checked at a NISSAN dealer Instruments and controls 2 9 Charge warning light If the light comes on while the engine is running it may indicate the charging system is not functioning properly Turn the engine off and check the alternator belt If the belt is loose broken missing or if the light remains on see a NISSAN dealer immediately A CAUTION Do not continue driving if the alternator belt is loose broken or missing 7 Engine oil pressure warning light This light warns of low engine oil pressure If the light flickers or comes on during normal driving pull off the road in a safe area stop the engine immediately and call a NISSAN dealer or other authorized repair shop The engine oil pressure warning light is not designed to indicate a low oil level Use the dipstick to check the oil level See ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section A CAUTION Running the engine with the engine oil 2 10 Instruments and controls pressure warning light on could cause serious damage to the engine almost immediately Such damage is not cov ered
214. e TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approxi mately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indi cator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replace ment or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on Starting and driving 5 3 your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly Additional information The TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h Also this system may not detect a sudden
215. e Third generation iPod nano version 1 1 or later e Fourth generation iPod nano version 1 0 2 or later Make sure that the iPod version is updated Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the iPod mode If the system has been turned off while the iPod was playing pushing the ON OFF button will Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 61 start the iPod AUX DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the iPod connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the iPod is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the iPod mode Interface The interface for iPod operation shown on the vehicle center display is similar to the iPod interface Use the multi function controller and the ENTER or BACK button to play the iPod with your favorite settings The following items can be chosen from the menu list screen For further information about each item see the iPod Owner s Manual e Now Playing e Playlists e Artists e Albums e Songs e Podcasts e Genres e Composers e Audiobooks e Shuffle Songs The following touch panel buttons shown on the screen are also available e menu returns to the previous screen e ll plays pauses the music s
216. e if the belt holds the restraint in place If the restraint is not secure you may need to try a different child restraint Not all child re straints fit in all types of vehicles 1 22 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 10 Check that the retractor is in the ALR mode by trying to pull more seat belt out of the retractor If you cannot pull any more belt webbing out of the retractor the retractor is in the ALR mode Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use If the seat belt is not locked repeat steps 3 through 8 PASSENGER AIR BAG SSS0988 Front facing step 11 11 If the child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat push the ignition switch to the ON position The front passenger air bag status light or should illuminate If this light is not illuminated see Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted the ALR mode child restraint mode is canceled BOOSTER SEATS SSS0099 PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS WARNING Children should always be placed in an appropriate child restraint while riding in the vehicle A child restraint that requires a top tether strap for installation should not be used in Roadster models Failure to use a child restraint or booster seat can resul
217. e ignition switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position Depending on the environment or driving conditions the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs Automatic window lowering Roadster models When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise automatically after the soft top open close operation is completed Use the power window switches to raise them Automatic adjusting function AV CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of the front doors The automatic win dow adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be da maged The power window has an automatic adjusting function When the door is being opened the window is automatically lowered slightly to avoid contact between the window and the side roof panel When the door is closed the window is automatically raised slightly While the automatic adjusting function does not work the window will be controlled as follows e When the door is opened the window lowers for approximately 2 seconds Instruments and controls 2 43 e While the door is open the window cannot be raised If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function closing only does n
218. e indicator on the button will illuminate and AUTO will be displayed Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature The temperature can be set within the following range Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 21 For U S 60 to 90 F 16 to 32 C For Canada 64 to 90 F 18 to 32 C e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed will also be controlled automatically A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate in this mode When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Push the AUTO button on 2 Push the A C button The A C indicator will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger compart ment will be maintained automatically Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Push the y front defroster button The indicator light on the button will come on 2 Turn the temperature control dial t
219. e indicator light turns off e Windows will automatically be fully opened Release the switch when the top is fully opened The indicator light turns off NOTE If you release the switch and press it again while the top is being opened the top will slightly move to the closing direction then start moving to the opening direction again The top is designed to move in this way lt is not a malfunction Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 25 SPA2633 SPA2570 CLOSING THE TOP 1 Start the engine 2 Push CLOSE on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully closed e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the closing movement will finish e Windows will automatically be fully opened 3 Release the switch when the top is fully closed The indicator light will turn off 3 26 Pre driving checks and adjustments OPENING THE TOP USING THE IN TELLIGENT KEY The soft top can be opened using the request switch Opening the soft top Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you Push the door handle request switch driver s or passenger s A and hold it until the soft top is fully open TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE If the soft top stops halfway during operation or does not operate normally follow the procedures shown in the following table If the procedures in the foll
220. e is running Operating the DVD for extended periods of time with the engine OFF can dis charge the vehicle battery e Do not allow the system to get wet Excessive moisture such as spilled liquids may cause the system to malfunction e While playing VIDEO CD media this DVD player does not guarantee complete functionality of all VI DEO CD formats Display settings To adjust the front display mode push the SETTING button while the DVD is being played select the Others key and then select the Display key To adjust the display ON OFF brightness tint color and contrast select the Display Adjust ment key and then select each key Then you can adjust each item using the multi function controller After changes have been made push the BACK button to save the setting Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 49 0 00 00 Wide Ba occa O1Giral 5 1 ch SAA2497 Playing a DVD DISC AUX button Park the vehicle in a safe location for the front seat occupants to operate the DVD drive while watching the images Push the DISC AUX button on the instrument panel and turn the display to the DVD mode When a DVD is loaded it will be replayed automatically The operation screen will be turned on when the DISC AUX button located on the instrument panel is pushed while a DVD is being played and it will turn off automatically after a period o
221. e loss by main taining the correct air pressure and visually inspect the tires for wear and damage See WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section of this manual If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows out while driving maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below Please note that this procedure is only a general guide The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle road and traffic AA WARNING The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury e The vehicle generally moves or pulls in the direction of the flat tire e Do not rapidly apply the brakes e Do not rapidly release the accelera tor pedal e Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel Remain calm and do not overreact Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course When appropriate slowly release the accel erator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe location off the road and away from traffic if possible Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradually stop the vehicle 6 Turn on the hazard warning flashers and either contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire or see CHANGING A FLAT TIRE for models w
222. e of the setting mode 7 select BACK ve 9 Warning check To see if there are any of the following warnings and corresponding details select this menu e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning e Parking brake release warning e Door rear hatch open warning 2 24 Instruments and controls SECURITY SYSTEMS SIC2132 Your vehicle has two types of security systems as follows e Vehicle security system e NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors hood or rear hatch when the system is armed It is not however a motion detection type system that activates when a vehicle is moved or when a vibration occurs The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period Never leave your Intelligent Key s in the vehicle and always lock it when un attended Be aware of your surroundings and park in secure well lit areas whenever possible Many devices offering additional protection such as component locks identification markers and tracking systems are available at auto supply stores and specialty shops Your NISSAN dealer may also offer such equipment
223. e spare tire is designed for emergency use See specific instructions under the heading WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 1 Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub Carefully put the spare tire on and tighten the wheel nuts finger tight Check that all the wheel nuts contact the wheel surface horizontally In case of emergency 6 5 6 6 Models equipped with different sized tires in the front and rear When replacing a front tire make sure that the hole in the spare tire wheel is aligned with the pin on the brake rotor With the wheel nut wrench tighten wheel nuts alternately and evenly in the sequence as illustrated 2 until they are tight Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire touches the ground Then with the wheel nut wrench tighten the wheel nuts securely in the sequence as illustrated Lower the vehicle completely AA WARNING Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightened wheel nuts can cause the wheel to become loose or come off This could cause an accident Do not use oil or grease on the wheel studs or nuts This could cause the nuts to become loose Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc In case of emergency e As soon as possible tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque with a torque wrench Wheel nut tightening
224. e tire is inflated to the recommended pressure the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure For additional information see TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute when the ignition switch is pushed ON The light will remain on after the 1 minute Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer For additional information see TIRE PRES SURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AV WARNING e If the light does not illuminate with the ignition switch pushed ON have the vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e If the light illuminates while driving avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible Driving with un der inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pressure for all four ti
225. e tire is smaller than the original tire ground clearance is reduced To avoid damage to the vehicle do not drive over obstacles Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE RE PAIR KIT if so equipped The emergency tire puncture repair kit Emer gency Tire Sealant is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures If possible have the vehicle towed to a facility that can repair or replace the flat tire Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for more details Maintenance and do it yourself 8 37 MEMO 8 38 Maintenance and do it yourself 9 Technical and consumer information Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants 9 2 Fuel recommendation sssr rreccrsersnerrerie nsee 9 3 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant FECOMMEN CATIONS eain n a 9 6 Specification S ares dautetasesoveveditexatinertaleeneutearastans 9 7 ENGINE irrena tise ntepaagueedceininaestanae 9 7 Wheels and tireSvs 2ecccchonseieveuertaieiginecse reese 9 8 DIMP NSIONS ss ece2saceacocsdaieieceeigantwiacsstneieaseeeeses 9 9 When traveling or registering your vehicle
226. e un desired operation of the device AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL OVER AV WARNING Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident Be alert and drive defensively at all times Obey all traffic regulations Avoid excessive speed high speed cornering or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle As with any vehicle a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the vehicle to rollover particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide sideways Be attentive at all times and avoid driving when tired Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs including prescription or over the counter drugs which may cause drowsiness Always wear your seat belt as outlined in the SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual and also instruct your passengers to do so Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers In a rollover crash an unbelted or improperly belted person is Starting and driving 5 5 significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt OFF ROAD RECOVERY While driving the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface If this occurs maintain control of the vehicle
227. e using the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System refer to the following notes e Set up the wireless connection between a compatible cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module before using the Bluetooth Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 85 Hands Free Phone System Some Bluetooth enabled cellular phones may not be recognized by the in vehicle phone module Please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for a recommended phone list and connecting You will not be able to use a hands free phone under the following conditions Your vehicle is outside of the telephone service area Your vehicle is in an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage near a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked to prevent it from being dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the b
228. ear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard Instruments and controls 2 15 VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY be SIC 977 The vehicle information display 4 displays the warnings and information 2 16 Instruments and controls SIC3991 INDICATORS FOR OPERATION 1 Engine start operation indicator This indicator appears when the selector lever is in the P Park position This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the brake pedal depressed 2 Steering lock release malfunction indicator This indicator appears when the steering wheel cannot be released from the LOCK position If this indicator appears push the push button ignition switch while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left 3 Key insertion indicator This indicator appears when the key needs to be inserted into the key port For example the Intelligent Key battery is discharged If this indicator appears insert the key into the key port in the correct direction See PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH in the 5 Start ing and driving section 4 Intelligent Key removal indicator This indicator appears when the driver s door is opened with the ignition switch in the OFF or LOCK position and the Intelligent Key placed in the key port A key reminder
229. ecord or burn CDs If the CD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed CHECK DISC Confirm that the CD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches PUSH EJECT This is an error due to the temperature inside the player is too high Remove the CD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD The CD can be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal UNPLAYABLE The file is unplayable in this audio system only MP3 or WMA CD LHA0484 DVD Digital Versatile Disc player models with navigation system e Do not force a compact disc into the CD DVD insert slot This could damage the CD DVD player e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the CD DVD and dehumidify or ventilate the player completely The player may skip while driving on rough roads The CD DVD player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment temperature is extremely high Decrease the temperature before use Only use high quality 4 7 in 12 cm round discs that have the COMPACT disc DIGI TAL AUDIO or DVD Video logo on the disc or packaging Do not expose the CD DVD to direct sunlight CD DVDs that are of poor quality dirty scratched covered with fingerprints or that have
230. ed by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely ac quired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN dealer other parties such as law enforce ment that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Technical and consumer information 9 23 OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle Filled with wiring diagrams illustrations and step by step diagnostic and adjustment procedures this manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN dealer Also available are genuine NISSAN Owner s Manuals and genuine NISSAN Service and Owner s Manuals for older NISSAN models In the USA For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 2000 model year and later contact 1 800 450 9491 www nissan techinfo com For current pricing and availability of genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for the 1999 model year and prior see a NISSAN dealer or contact 1 800 247 5321
231. ed with the light switch in the zpaz or 2D position and the ignition switch in the ACC OFF or LOCK position Instruments and controls 2 31 When the headlight switch is in the zpaz or 2D position while the ignition switch is in the ON position the lights will automatically turn off 5 minutes after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF position When the headlight switch remains in the zpa or 4D position after the lights automatically turn off the lights will turn on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position A CAUTION e When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto matically turn off the lights will not turn off automatically Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for extended periods of time other wise the battery will be discharged e Never leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically Daytime running light system Canada only operate with the headlight switch in the OFF position or in the pa position Turn the headlight switch to the D position for full illumination when driving at night If the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the daytime running lights do not illuminate The daytime running lights illuminate once the parking brake is released The daytime running lights will remain on until the ignition switch is pushed
232. ee phone system to enter the speaker adapta tion mode or press the PHONE END sma button to select a different language 3 Push the s button For information on speaker adaptation see SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE later in this section 4 The system announces the current language and gives you the option to change the language to Spanish in Spanish or French in French Use the following chart to select the language NOTE You must push the 4 button or the sa button within 5 seconds to change the language Push sm amp us Push A MODE TALK PHONE PHONE END SEND to select ic kelet Current lan guage French English Spanish French Spanish English French English Spanish 5 Ifyou decide not to change the language do not press either button After 5 seconds the VR session will end and the language will not be changed Connecting procedure NOTE The connecting procedure must be per formed when the vehicle is stationary If the vehicle starts moving during the pro cedure the procedure will be cancelled Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 89 Main menu Connect Phone A Add Phone Initiate from handset Name phone 1 Push the 44 button on the steering wheel The system announces the available com mands 2 Say Connect Phone The system acknowledges the command and an n
233. ee the following for details 1 Header Shows the path used to get to the current screen i e push SETTING button gt choose Comfort menu item Menu Selections Shows the options to choose within that menu screen UP DOWN Movement indicator Shows that the multi function controller may be used to move UP DOWN on the screen and select more options Menu Items Counter Shows the total number of items listed across all pages for the current menu i e 3 7 Footer Information Line Provides more information if available about the menu selection currently high lighted i e Adjust head lamp on time after shut off 4 6 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation system HOW TO USE STATUS BUTTON To display the status of the audio air conditioner system fuel consumption and navigation sys tem push the STATUS button The following information will appear when the STATUS button is pushed repeatedly Audio and Air conditioner system Audio and fuel economy Audio and Navigation system HOW TO USE BRIGHTNESS CON TROL AND DISPLAY ON OFF BUTTON Push the e OFF button to switch the display brightness to the daytime mode or the nighttime mode and to adjust the display brightness using the multi function controller while the indicator is displayed at the bottom of the screen The disp
234. eel while being provided with feedback You can also use the radio volume control knob In most cases you can interrupt the voice feedback to speak the next command by pressing the button on the steering wheel To use the system faster you may speak the second level commands with the main menu command on the main menu For example press the button and after the tone say Call Redial Note The combined com mand of Call and a Name cannot be used Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 87 How to say numbers NISSAN Voice Recognition requires a certain way to speak numbers in voice commands Refer to the rules and examples below e Either zero or oh can be used for 0 Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight oh oh six six two six two oh oh or One eight zero zero six six two six two oh oh e Words can be used for the first 4 digits places only Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight hundred six six two six two oh oh NOT One eight hundred six six two sixty two hundred and NOT One eight oh oh six six two sixty two hundred e Numbers can be spoken in small groups The system will prompt you to continuing entering digits if desired Example 1 800 662 6200 One eight zero zero The system repeats the numbers and prompts you to enter more six six two The system repeats t
235. eight capacity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Infor mation label Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life unsafe operating conditions due to pre mature tire failure or unfavor able handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident Loading beyond the specified capacity may also re sult in failure of other vehicle components Before taking a long trip or whenever you heavily load your vehicle use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet a3 Q TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT SIZE DIMENSIONS COLD TIRE PRESSURE PRESSION DES PNEUS FROID P cee owner s seatina capac ToraL NOMBRE DE SI GES ToTaL X A FRONT AVANT REAR The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XX kg or XX Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais depasser XX kg ou XX Ib SPARE DESECOURS T XXX XXR XX XXX kPa XX PSI SEATING CAPACITY NOMBRE DE SIEGES o TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT REAR
236. eld repaired by a qualified repair facility Windshield wiper blades Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly Inside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis such as when performing scheduled maintenance cleaning the vehicle etc Accelerator pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure the pedal does not catch or require uneven effort Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Automatic transmission P Park mechan ism On a fairly steep hill check that your vehicle is held securely with the selector lever in the P Park position without applying any brakes Brake pedal Check the pedal for smooth operation If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop see a NISSAN dealer immediately Keep the floor mat away from the pedal Brakes Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied Parking brake Check the parking brake operation regularly The vehicle should be securely held on a fairly steep hill with only the parking brake applied If the parking brake needs adjusted see a NISSAN dealer Seat belts Check that all parts of the seat belt system for example buckles anchors adjuster and retractors operate properly and smoothly and are installed securely Check the belt webbing for cuts fraying wear or damage Seats Check seat position c
237. elease the RESUME ACCELERATE switch A CAUTION The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km 40 km h follow these recommendations to ob tain maximum engine performance and ensure the future reliability and econo my of your new vehicle Failure to follow these recommenda tions may result in shortened engine life and reduced engine performance e Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed either fast or slow Do not run the engine over 4 000 rpm e Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear e Avoid quick starts e Avoid hard braking as much as possible INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY Accelerate slowly and smoothly Maintain cruising speeds with a constant accelerator position Drive at moderate speeds on the highway Avoid unnecessary stopping and braking Keep a safe distance behind other vehicles Select a gear range suitable to road condi tions Avoid unnecessary prolonged engine idling Keep your engine tuned up Follow the recommended periodic mainte nance schedule Keep the tires inflated at the correct pressure Improper tire pressure will in crease wear and waste fuel Make sure the front wheels are properly aligned Improper alignment will cause pre mature tire wear and lower fuel economy Air conditioner operation lowers fuel econ omy Use the air conditioner only when necessary When cruising at hi
238. elected rack Pl S Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the gt or ma button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the iPod will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the iPod will return to the normal play speed When the gt or mass button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the iPod is playing the next track or the beginning of the current track on the iPod will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the iPod is playing RPT RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT button is pushed while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 4 62 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Shuffle Off Repeat Off Shuffle Albums Repeat All Shuffle Aloums Repeat Off Shuffle Off Repeat One Shuffle Off Repeat All Shuffle Songs Repeat Off Shuffle Songs Repeat All MUSIC BOX HARD DISK DRIVE mod els with navigation system The Music Box hard disk drive audio system can store songs from CDs being played The system has a 9 3 gigabyte GB storage capacity and can record up to 200 hours approximately 2 900 songs The following CDs can be recorded in the Music Box hard disk drive audio system e CDs that contain uncompressed audio files e Hybrid Compact Disc
239. elts for Coupe models cc0ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaes Booster S atS ws iciiscnctssosamesstaciaxitenonie ears Precautions on booster seats s e1s11 Booster seat installation cee eee Supplemental restraint system eee Precautions on supplemental restraint system NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System ront seats eorne e E en ateetaes Front seat mounted side impact and roof door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air pag SYSISMS aaa nann era E SAS Seat belts with pretensioners front seats Supplemental air bag warning labels Supplemental air bag warning light Repair and replacement procedure 000 SEATS AA WARNING Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit SSS0133 well back in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE later in this section After adjustment gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They
240. emory sticks USB hard drives and iPod players 4 28 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems There are some USB devices which may not be supported with this system e Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the USB connector e Do not force the memory stick or USB cable into the USB connector This could damage the connector e During cold weather or rainy days the player may malfunction due to humidity If this occurs remove the USB device and dehu midify or ventilate the USB player comple tely e The USB player sometimes cannot function when the passenger compartment tempera ture is extremely high Decrease the tem perature before use e Do not leave USB memory in a place prone to static electricity or where the air condi tioner blows directly The data in the USB memory may be damaged e The vehicle is not equipped with a USB memory stick e A USB device cannot be formatted with this system To format a USB device use a personal computer e Partitioned USB devices may not be played correctly Some characters used in other languages Chinese Japanese etc are not displayed properly on the vehicle center screen Using English language characters with a USB device is recommended Do not connect a USB device if a connector or cable is wet Allow the cable and or connectors to dry completely before con necting the USB device If the connector
241. en the outside temperature is 20 F 7 C or lower To use the engine block heater Ik 2 Turn the engine off Open the hood and unwrap the engine block heater cord Plug the engine block heater cord into a grounded 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI protected grounded 110 volt AC VAC outlet The engine block heater must be plugged in for at least 2 4 hours depending on outside temperatures to properly warm the engine coolant Use an appropriate timer to turn the engine block heater on Before starting the engine unplug and properly store the cord to keep it away from moving parts AA WARNING Do not use your engine block heater with an ungrounded electrical sys tem or a 2 pronged adapter You can be seriously injured by an electrical shock if you use an ungrounded connection Disconnect and properly store the engine block heater cord before starting the engine Damage to the cord could result in an electrical shock and can cause serious injury Use a heavy duty 3 wire 3 pronged extension cord rated for at least 10A Plug the extension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt GFI pro tected grounded 110 VAC outlet Failure to use the proper extension cord or a grounded outlet can result in a fire or electrical shock and cause serious personal injury Starting and driving 5 31 MEMO 5 32 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency F
242. enance requirement cceeceeeeeeeeeeeeene eens 8 2 Scheduled maintenance 0e eeeeeeeeee ees 8 2 General Maintenance aiinsir aeei 8 2 Where to go for S rviCe ccceceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeees 8 2 General maintenance 0 seeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 8 2 Explanation of maintenance items 000 8 2 Maintenance precautions c cece eee e es 8 5 Engine compartment check locations 0ccee 8 7 VQ37VHR engine model e eeeeeeeeee teers 8 7 Engine Cooling SyStem ssccesceeceseeseeseceteeeeeees 8 8 Checking engine coolant level 8 8 Changing engine coolant 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 8 9 EMQING Gilissen n rna ERE axdabdvsauenccice 8 9 Checking engine oil level eeeereererrrerren 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter ee 8 9 Automatic transmission fluid ccc eee eee 8 11 Power steering fluid e acess cen ciaseencantiageemeateeaeues 8 12 Brake and CIUtCh fluid wi iicccicienceeenaetesvtinnersaines 8 12 Brake flid naanin A AAS 8 13 Clute ule Pere ornate een cert 8 13 Window washer fluid cece eee eee 8 13 Bate ny nnana pri ianao agi N 8 14 Jump StAMING sri ceniaccccemers eteesndacen coveagecs samen 8 16 Variable voltage control sySteM ccece eee 8 16 Drive oT C T 8 16 Spark PUGS peoa ea aaa E asus 8 17 Replacing spark PlUgScranesraveusasecenni nans 8 17 Air ClOAN GP sivcsscnctenotanteesGrrvecetedsonastedendaieles 8 18
243. eneys 7 4 Seat beliss cicsscatsce sarees a 7 7 Wndembod y cciscctectrininsiedusnnecsermintecace ds 7 4 Corrosion ProteCtiON is cc scissnvsissieudawevenntoritaakoes 7 7 GlaSS is faites Pons naaa ia iaai 7 4 Most common factors contributing to vehicle Wheels cccccccccecececececcccucecaceveceetecaccaceuees 7 4 COMOSION cianie ies As DEE ISE 7 7 Chrome parts ssccscedeeeiens diiio deka ara 7 5 Environmental factors influence the rate of Tire dressing cccccccceesseesseeesseessecnssesseeenseens 7 5 COMOSION ianei ETa n AR 7 7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion s e 7 7 CLEANING EXTERIOR In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle it is important to take proper care of it To protect the paint surface wash your vehicle as soon as you can e after a rainfall to prevent possible damage from acid rain e after driving on coastal roads e when contaminants such as soot bird droppings tree sap metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface e when dust or mud builds up on the surface Whenever possible store or park your vehicle inside a garage or in a covered area When it is necessary to park outside park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover Be careful not to scratch the paint surface when putting on or removing the body cover WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water Clean the vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap a special vehicle soap or
244. engine to prevent a discharged battery Be sure to follow the operating instructions and all the warnings and cautions in this section Improper operation of the top could cause a system malfunction damage or dete rioration of the top material and related parts AA WARNING Park the vehicle in a safe and level place and apply the parking brake Make sure the area is clear of obstacles and there is enough clear ance over the top for example in a garage or a covered area More than approximately 6 6 ft 2 m from the ground is required to open or close the top safely Otherwise the top may damage any objects above 3 22 Pre driving checks and adjustments it while moving The top operating system could also be damaged Do not operate the top in a strong wind It could be blown by the wind striking someone or damage the top Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their body out of the opening while the vehicle is in motion or while the top is being Operated In an accident you could be thrown from the vehicle with an open top Always use seat belts and proper child restraints A CAUTION Do not operate the top when the temperature is below 32 F 0 C This may result in damage to the top material or operating system Remove water drops snow ice or sand from the top and dry the surface of the top completely before Opening it Do not open the top when it is wet or damp This may cause
245. entry the system will automatically request that you repeat the number using the 3 3 4 format In this case please say the area code first and then follow the prompts Do not add a 1 in front of the area code when speaking phone numbers If the system does not recognize your command please try repeating the com mand using a natural voice Speaking too slow or too loudly may further decrease recognition performance Back Voice Recognition Phone Yul Voice Recognition BG KET KET J Dial Number J Navigation ay ehicle Phonebook 4J Information ay Handset Phonebook 4J Audio J Call History J Help J International Call To exit hold the TALK switch To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2167 SAA2535 SAA2536 Example 2 Placing an international call to 2 The system announces Would you like to 4 Speak International Call the phone number 011 81 111 222 3333 access Phone Navigation Information or i Help 1 Push the TALK switch located on the p steering wheel 3 Speak Phone Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 109 Voice Recognition International Call Tl Osay the entire number or groups of numbers Say 0 9 pound star or plus BL Manual Controls To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2541 Yul 3 011811112223333 K
246. enuine Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit A CAUTION e The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow e Do not place metalized film or any metal parts antenna etc on the windows This may cause poor re ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors and the TPMS will not function properly Some devices and transmitters may temporarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate Some examples are Facilities or electric devices using similar radio frequencies are near the vehicle Ifa transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle Ifa computer or similar equipment or a DC AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and RSS 210 of Industry Cana da Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may caus
247. eplace the filter contact a NISSAN dealer The filter should be replaced if air flow is extremely decreased or when windows fog up easily when operating heater or air conditioning system Replacement interval Every 15 000 miles 24 000 km or 1 year Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 23 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER The air conditioning system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind This refrigerant will not harm the earth s ozone layer However special charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN air con ditioner Using improper refrigerants or lubri cants will cause severe damage to your air conditioning system See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations Your NISSAN dealer will be able to service your environmentally friendly air conditioning system AV WARNING The system contains refrigerant under high pressure To avoid personal injury any air conditioner service should be done only by an experienced technician with the proper equipment AUDIO SYSTEM AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS Radio Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and push the radio band select button to turn on the radio If you listen to the radio with the engine not running
248. ere with a steep slope to a trailer bed In this case remove the deflectors from the undercover of the vehicle 1 Loosen three screws as shown and remove the left side air deflector 2 Tighten the removed screw in its original position 3 Perform the same procedure to remove the right side air deflector Store the two air deflectors and four screws to reinstall in the reverse order When reinstalling make sure all six screws are firmly tightened on both air deflectors VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION AA WARNING It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area inside the vehi cle In a collision people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed Do not allow people to ride in any area of vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle Curb Weight actual weight of your vehicle vehicle weight including standard equipment fluids emergency tools and spare tire assembly This weight does not include passengers and cargo GVW Gross Vehicle Weight curb weight plus the combined weight of optional equipment passengers and cargo GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle passengers luggage hitch trailer tongue load and any other op
249. es SAA2482 Set the interval mileage of the maintenance schedule To determine the recommended maintenance interval refer to your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide To display the reminder automatically when the desired distance is reached select the Reminder key Reset the driving distance to the new maintenance schedule To return to the previous screen push the BACK button The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section Engine Oil Maintenance due for Push INFO and select maintenance to change this setting SAA2619 Example The Reminder will be automatically displayed when the specified distance has been driven and every time the ignition switch is pushed to the ACC or ON position The reminder will not appear while driving Select the OK key to hide the reminder for the rest of the current drive To stop the reminder from appearing perform one of the following actions e Select the Reset Distance e Deactivate the Reminder e Increase the Interval distance to be more than the current distance being tracked Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 9 Information Others GPS Position Voice Recognition Shows current GPS status O OoOO O o o O current GPS status SAA2483 Settings
250. escribe these commands and the commands in each sub menu Remember to wait for the tone before speaking You can say Help to hear the list of commands currently available anytime the system is waiting for a response A menu item can also be selected by scrolling the display with the SEEK switch and entering by pushing the 44 button If you want to end an action without completing it you can say Cancel or Quit at anytime the system is waiting for a response The system will end the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response Call Main menu Call or Call International Name speak name A Phone Number speak digits Redial Call Back Name a name If there are entries stored in the phonebook a number associated with a name and location can be dialed See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function later in this section to learn how to store entries When prompted by the system say the name of the phonebook entry to call The system acknowledges the name If there are multiple locations associated with the name the system asks the user to choose the location Once the name and location are confirmed the system begi
251. essure car wash to clean your vehicle The top may be da maged and water may leak into the inside of the vehicle e Store the vehicle with the top closed if it is not to be used for long periods Keeping the top stowed for long periods may cause wrinkles on the surface of the top See CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Ap pearance and care section for detailed instruc tions 3 32 Pre driving checks and adjustments A protective clear tape is applied to the top storage lid painted surface where the soft top contacts the surface When the top is fully closed the tape may transmit some light visible from the inside of the vehicle This does not affect the water and air tightness of the seal The inner surface of the trunk and top storage lids may show a fibrous or marbled pattern This is the normal appearance of the material used in these parts FRONT SIDE AND REAR UNIQUE PARTS NISMO models SPA2647 The NISMO models have the following unique parts on the front side and rear of the vehicle Front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter Side sill extensions Rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser Large diameter exhaust pipes These parts are close to the ground and may be damaged if they contact objects such as curbs parking blocks etc AV CAUTION Reduce vehicle speed to decrease the possibility of damaging these parts when e driving on bumpy or rutted roads e enterin
252. est Never put the belt behind your back under your arm or across your neck The belt should be away from your face and neck but not falling off your shoulder e Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS NOT THE WAIST A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal injuries in an acci dent SS8S0134A e Be sure the seat belt tongue is securely fastened to the proper Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 9 buckle Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted Doing so may reduce its effectiveness Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt Never carry more people in the vehicle than there are seat belts If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the ignition is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened it may in dicate a malfunction in the system Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer No changes should be made to the seat belt system For example do not modify the seat belt add mate rial or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury Once a seat belt pretensioner has activated it cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor See a NISSAN dealer Removal and installation of the pretensi
253. etal 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle at about 2 000 rpm and start the engine of the vehicle being jump started F CAUTION Do not keep the starter motor engaged for more than 10 seconds If the engine does not start right away push the ignition switch to the OFF position and wait 10 seconds before trying again T After starting your engine carefully discon nect the negative cable and then the positive cabe 0 gt Replace the vent caps if so equipped Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to cover the vent holes as it may be contaminated with corrosive acid Put the battery cover on PUSH STARTING Do not attempt to start the engine by pushing A CAUTION e Automatic transmission models cannot be push started or tow started Attempting to do so may cause transmission damage e Three way catalyst equipped models should not be started by pushing since the three way catalyst may be damaged e Never try to start the vehicle by towing it when the engine starts the forward surge could cause the vehicle to collide with the tow vehicle In case of emergency 6 17 IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS A CAUTION Do not continue to drive if your vehicle overheats Doing so could cause engine damage or a vehicle fire To avoid the danger of being scalded never remove the radiator cap while the eng
254. ey with you you can lock or unlock all doors and the rear hatch trunk lid by pushing the door handle request switch driver s or front passenger s A or the rear hatch trunk request switch within the range of operation When you lock or unlock the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid the hazard indicator will flash and the horn or the outside chime will sound as a confirmation For details see Setting hazard indicator and horn mode later in this section 3 10 Pre driving checks and adjustments Locking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position and make sure you carry the Intelligent Key with you 1 2 Close all the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid 2 3 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch trunk request switch while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 3 4 All the doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door will lock 5 The hazard indicator flashes twice and the outside chime sounds twice 1 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will lock with the Intelligent Key while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position 2 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will not lock with the Intelligent Key while any door or the rear hatch trunk lid is open 3 Doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch with the Inte
255. f time To turn it on again push the DISC AUX button again DVD operation keys When the DVD is playing without the operation screen being shown you may use the touch screen to select items from the displayed video You may also use the multifunction controller to select an item from the displayed video When the operation screen is being shown use the multifunction controller or touch screen to select an item from the displayed menus ll PAUSE Select the m key to pause the DVD To resume playing the DVD use the PLAY key gt PLAY Select the p gt key to start playing the DVD for example after pausing the DVD stop Select the mi key to stop playing the DVD PPI dd Next Previous Chapter u Select the ppl or ta lt key to skip the chapter s of the disc forward backward The chapters will advance go back the number of 4 50 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems times this key is selected I gt This function is only for DVD VIDEO DVD VR Select the p or q key to skip forward or backwards by the set amount as defined in the DVD Settings menu This function is only for DVD AUDIO Select the me or key to advance or rewind the still image The still image will advance or rewind the number of times this key is selected
256. for an owner to perform A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available See OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section You should be aware that incomplete or Maintenance and do it yourself 8 5 improper servicing may result in operating difficulties or excessive emissions and could affect your warranty coverage If in doubt about any servicing we recommend that it be done by a NISSAN dealer 8 6 Maintenance and do it yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS 12 Engine coolant reservoir SSI0510 VQ37VHR ENGINE MODEL 1 2 3 4 5 Fuse fusible link holder Battery Radiator filler cap Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap Z 8 9 10 ii Brake fluid reservoir Clutch fluid reservoir Manual Transmission mod els Power steering fluid reservoir Window washer fluid reservoir Air cleaner Drive belt location Maintenance and do it yourself 8 7 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM The engine cooling system is filled at the factory or distilled water The use of other types of coolant solutions may damage the engine cooling system with a high quality year round anti freeze cool ant solution The antifreeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors therefore additional cooling system additives are not necessary Outside Demi ad t t emineralize A WARNING se ene Antifreeze water or
257. g or exiting parking garages and driveways e driving over speed bumps SPA2648 SPA2649 A CAUTION The approach and departure angles are small Reduce vehicle speed when the vehicle approaches or leaves a steep hill Otherwise the front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter rear bumper with an aerodynamic diffuser and ex haust pipes may contact the road sur face and be damaged A CAUTION Do not step on the front bumper with an aerodynamic splitter Doing so could damage it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 33 FUEL FILLER DOOR ZA o OPENING THE FUEL FILLER DOOR To open the fuel filler door unlock the fuel filler door by using one of the following operations then push the left side of the door e Push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key carried with you Push the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key Insert the mechanical key into the door lock cylinder and turn it to the rear of the vehicle Push the power door lock switch to the UNLOCK position To lock close the fuel filler door securely and 3 34 Pre driving checks and adjustments lock all doors by operating the door handle request switch the LOCK button on the Intelligent Key the mechanical key or the power door lock switch FUEL FILLER CAP AA WARNING Gasoline is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mi
258. g the brake pedal automatic transmis sion model or the clutch pedal manual transmission model the ignition switch position will change as follows e Push center once to change to ACC e Push center two times to change to ON e Push center three times to change to OFF No position illuminates e Push center four times to return to ACC e Open or close any door to return to LOCK during the OFF position The ignition switch is equipped with an anti theft steering lock device In order for the steering wheel to be locked it must be turned about 1 8 of a right or left turn from the straight up position To lock the steering wheel push the ignition switch to the OFF position To unlock the steering wheel push the igni tion switch If the steering lock release malfunction indicator appears on the ve hicle information display push the push button ignition switch again while lightly turning the steering wheel right and left See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls sec tion If the battery of the vehicle is discharged the push button ignition switch cannot be turned from the LOCK position Some indicators and warnings for operation are displayed on the vehicle information display See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section Automatic transmission models The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch posit
259. g voice commands correctly e Wait until the tone sounds before speaking a command Otherwise the command will not be received properly e Start speaking a command within 5 seconds after the tone sounds e Speak in a natural voice without pausing between words Giving voice command To operate NISSAN Voice Recognition push and release the button located on the steering wheel After the tone sounds speak a command The command given is picked up by the microphone and voice feedback is given when the command is accepted e f you need to hear the available commands for the current menu again say Help and the system will repeat them e lf acommand is not recognized the system announces Command not recognized Please say again Repeat the command in a clear voice e If you want to go back to the previous command you can say Go back or Correction anytime the system is waiting for a response You can cancel a command when the system is waiting for a response by saying Cancel or Quit The system announces Cancel and ends the VR session You can also push and hold the s button for 5 seconds on the steering wheel at any time to cancel the VR session Whenever the VR session is cancelled a double beep is played to indicate you have exited the system If you want to adjust the volume of the voice feedback push the volume control switch or on the steering wh
260. gdamncneet aes 2 16 Steering wheel mounted controls for audio 4 71 Storage ae ee ae eee 2 38 SUNACVISONS asioin kpina 3 36 Supplemental air bag warning labels 1 39 Supplemental air bag warning light 1 39 2 12 Supplemental restraint system 00005 1 27 Precautions on supplemental restraint SYSTEM sea inp ELIEL T ENEE sanindaaaas doe 1 27 Switch Autolight switch RTP 2 30 Fog light switch 0004 2 33 Hazard warning flasher switch n 2 33 Headlight switch siere sisarnsis i isuna 2 30 Ignition switch automatic transmission MOE Si icsnarcctacaeredt rare anteuceacaaniees 5 12 Ignition switch manual transmission Modeli reraosan Power door lock switch Rear window defroster switch TUM cSighal SWIC rre eeke vnc Vehicle dynamic control VDC off switch 2 37 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE 5 16 T Tachometer sine cicciceceraneunas tress aiita kees Ss 2 5 Temperature gauge Engine coolant temperature Qauge cccceeee cece eee e eee 2 6 Theft NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ENGING Stalt citviicciteareamsaieilonaody na selon igars 2 26 Three way catalyst irisi ninnciieni iiaeaae 5 2 Tilt StOCHINGicicsieiccvicsaasieccenatienydnsanasesesiin 3 35 10 6 Tire Pressure Low tire pressure warning light 2 10 SOLAN 0 sic chitacienessiiecionaienematnines Ee 6 7 Tire replacement indicator 0 0005 2 19 Tires Emergency tire puncture repair k
261. ge drain pan under the drain plug engine oil Remove the ei alah cap 7 Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a slight 3 Remove the drain plug with a wrench resistance is felt then tighten additionally and completely drain the oil more than 2 3 turn Oil filter tightening torque 11 to 15 ft lb A CAUTION 14 7 to 20 5 N m Be careful not to burn yourself as the 8 Clean and re install the drain plug with a engine oil is hot new washer Securely tighten the drain plug with a wrench e Waste oil must be disposed of Drain plug tightening torque properly 22 to 29 ft lb R 29 to 39 N m e Check your local regulations 8 10 Maintenance and do it yourself 10 11 Do not use excessive force Refill engine with recommended oil through the oil filler opening and install the oil filler cap securely See CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for drain and refill capacity The drain and refill capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time Use these specifications for reference only Always use the dipstick to determine the proper amount of oil in the engine Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter Correct as required Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes Check the oil level with the dipstick Add engine oil if necessary After the operation 1 Install the engine undercover in
262. ght Poor sound quality Check if the disc is scratched or dirty It takes a relatively long time before the music starts playing Music cuts off or skips If there are many folder or file levels on the disc or USB device some time may be required before the music starts playing The writing software and hardware combination might not match or the writing speed writing depth writing width etc might not match the specifications Try using the slowest writing speed Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data such as for high bit rate data Move immediately to the next song when playing If an unsupported compressed audio file has been given a supported extension like MP3 or when play is prohibited by copyright protection the player will skip to the next song The songs do not play back in the desired order The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Random Shuffle may be active on the audio system or on a USB device Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 33 Compressed Video Files models with Requirement for Supporting Video Play navigation system back Explanation of terms Media CD CD R CD RW DVD DVD R DVD RW DVD RW DL USB 2 0 Memory e DivX DivX refers to the DivX
263. ghway speeds it is more economical to use the air conditioner and leave the windows closed to reduce drag PARKING PARKING ON HILLS ee G a Be aS ca Sa cea NINN SN ININ ee AA WARNING Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass waste paper or rags They may ignite and cause a fire Never leave the engine running while the vehicle is unattended Do not leave children unattended inside the vehicle They could un knowingly activate switches or con trols Unattended children could become involved in serious acci o BSS 7 7 7 ha 7 7 l O SD1006MA dents Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the transmission placed into P Park for Automatic Trans mission AT model or in an appro priate gear for Manual Transmission MT model Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpect edly or roll away and result in an accident Make sure the automatic transmis sion selector lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and Starting and driving 5 23 POWER STEERING cannot be moved without depres Turn the wheels toward the side of the road sing the foot brake pedal so the vehicle will move away from the A WARNING center of the road if it moves n If the engine is not running or is turned 1 Firmly apply the parking brake Pe aie i i y PP P i j 4 Push the ignition switch
264. gle digits 0 zero to 9 can be used For example if you would like to say 500 five zero zero can be used but five hundred cannot Phone numbers Speak phone numbers according to the follow ing examples e 1 800 662 6200 Dial one eight zero zero six six two six two zero zero Note 1 For the best voice recognition phone dialing results say phone numbers as single digits Note 2 You cannot say 555 6000 as five five five six thousands Note 3 When speaking a house number speak the number 0 as zero If the letter o Oh is included in the house number it will not be recognized as the number O zero even if you speak oh instead of zero Please speak zero for the number O zero oh for the letter o oh 4 118 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Settings Voice recognition Command List User Guide Speaker Adaptation Alternate Command Mode Minimize Voice Feedback System learning mode for recognition improvement SAA2549 Speaker adaptation function for Alter nate Command Mode The voice recognition system has a function to learn the user s voice for better voice recognition performance The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Having the system learn the user s voice 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument
265. h a greater force until it unlatches And then pull the rear parcel box to direction To install make sure the two hinges of the rear parcel box engaged with the holders then perform the steps above in the reverse order AA WARNING Keep the rear parcel box lid closed while driving to help prevent injury in an accident or a sudden stop cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unse cured cargo could cause personal injury e Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is da maged If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is at tached to the top tether anchor remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment loca tion If the cargo cover is not removed it may damage the top tether strap during a collision A WARNING Do noi allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is SIC3990 To remove the cargo cover unit stow the cover and pull the holder to the opposite side e Never put anything on the cargo SIC4026 CARGO COVER if so equipped cover no matter how small Any object on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop Do not leave the cargo cover in the attached to the top tether an chor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that con
266. h the potential maximum vehicle speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire 8 34 Maintenance and do it yourself If you install snow tires they must be the same brand construction and tread pattern on all four wheels and the same sizes as the original tires For additional traction on icy roads studded tires may be used However some U S states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use Check local state and provincial laws before installing studded tires Skid and traction cap abilities of studded snow tires on wet or dry surfaces may be poorer than that of non studded snow tires TIRE CHAINS AV CAUTION Tire chains cables should not be in stalled on 19 inch size tires Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle If you plan to use tire chains cables you should install 18 inch size tires on your vehicle Use of tire chains may be prohibited according to location Check the local laws before instal ling tire chains When installing tire chains make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufacturer s suggestions Use only SAE Class S chains Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances between the tire and the closest vehicle suspension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter t
267. he seatback lumbar area HEAD RESTRAINTS AV WARNING Head restraints supplement the other vehicle safety systems They may pro vide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions Adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat Do not attach anything to the head restraint stalks or remove the head restraint Do not use the seat if the head restraint has been removed If the head restraint was removed reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraints This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision SSS1007 The illustration shows the seating positions equipped with head restraints The head re straints are adjustable A Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 5 SSS0992 SSS0997 SSS0993 Components 1 2 3 Head restraint Adjustment notches Lock knob Stalks Adjustment Adjust the head restraint so the center is level with the center of your ears 1 6 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system To raise the head restraint pull it up SSS0994 SSS0995 To lower push and hold the lock knob and
268. he child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child s height and weight Always follow all recommended procedures 1 18 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated Canadian law requires the top tether strap on front facing child restraints to be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle SSS0929 TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RE STRAINT for Coupe models If the manufacturer of your child restraint requires the use of a top tether strap it must be secured to an anchor point AA WARNING e The child restraint anchor point is designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances is it to be used for adult seat belts or harnesses e Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor Properly secure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may
269. he floor and adjust the seat belt properly Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0292 Fastening the seat belts Adjust the seat See SEATS earlier in this section 1 Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retractor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage The retractor is designed to lock during a sudden stop or on impact A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some freedom of movement in the seat If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position firmly pull the belt and release it 1 13 Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor Ce SSS0290 3 Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown 4 Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest The three point type seat belts have two modes of operation e Emergency Locking Retractor ELR e Automatic Locking Retractor ALR The Emergency Locking Retractor ELR mode allows the seat belt to extend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom 1 14 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system of movement in the seat The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during impacts The Automatic Locking Retractor ALR mode chil
270. he headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light If the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued the headlights remain on for 5 minutes Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the ignition switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from O seconds OFF to 180 seconds The factory default setting is 45 seconds For automatic headlights off delay setting see Light Off Delay in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section SIC3784A SIC3996 Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel The photo sensor con trols the autolight if it is covered the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate Headlight beam select To select the low beam put the lever in the neutral position as shown To select the high beam push the lever forward while the switch is in the 20 position Pull it back to select the low beam Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the head light switch is in the OFF position Battery saver system A chime will sound when the driver side door is open
271. he numbers and prompts you to enter more six two zero zero You can say Star for and Pound for at any time in any position of the phone number Available only when using the Special Dialing command Example 1 555 1212 123 One five five five one two one two star one two three Wen Say pound for Say star for available when using the Special Dialing command and the Send command during a call Say plus for available only when using the Special Dialing command Say pause for a 2 second pause available only when storing a phone book number See Making a call by entering a phone number later in this section and LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section for more information 4 88 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems NOTE For best results say phone numbers as single digits The voice command Help is available at any time Please say the Help command to get information about how to use the system INFO e f you are controlling the telephone system by voice command for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command speak Help The system announces the available commands e When you speak numbers you can speak both zero or oh for 0 Manual command selection Commands can be selected m
272. he seat belt and supplemental air bag The occupant classification sensor is designed to operate as described above to turn the front passenger air bag OFF for specified child restraints Failing to properly secure child restrains and to use the ALR mode child 1 34 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system restraint mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in an accident or sudden stop This can also result in the passenger air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for proper use and installation If the front passenger seat is not occupied the passenger air bag is designed not to inflate in a crash However heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation because of the object being detected by the occupant classification sensor Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation such as if a child is standing on the seat or if two children are on the seat contrary to the instructions in this manual Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and restrained properly Using the passenger air bag status light you can monitor when the front passenger air bag is automatically turned OFF with the seat occu pied The light will not illuminate when the front passenger seat is unoccupied If an adult occupant is in the seat but the passenger air bag status light is illuminated indicating that the air bag
273. he seatback may also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 3 SSS0394 SPA1715 Front manual seat adjustment Forward and backward Pull the lever up while you slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position Release the lever to lock the seat in position Reclining To recline the seatback pull the lever up and lean back To bring the seatback forward again pull the lever and move your body forward The seatback will move forward The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit See PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT Seat lifter if so equipped USAGE later in this section The seatback may Turn either dial to adjust the angle and height of also be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the seat cushion to the desired position the vehicle is stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position or N Neutral position with the parking brake fully applied 1 4 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0684 Lumbar support if so equipped The lumbar support feature provides lower back support to the driver Move the lever 4 up or down to adjust t
274. hecked regularly Operating the engine with an insuffi cient amount of oil can damage the engine and such damage is not cov ered by warranty CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER Vehicle set up 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn the engine off and wait more than 15 minutes 4 Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack stands e Place the safety jack stands under the Maintenance and do it yourself 8 9 vehicle jack up points Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the engine il filter ch i ded e A suitable adapter should be attached to alli fitar change ls needed the jack stand saddle 4 Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter wrench Remove the oil filter by turning it by 5 Remove the plastic engine undercover hand a Remove the small plastic clips at the center of the undercover 5 Wipe the engine oil filter mounting surface V with a clean rag py amp CAUTION Be sure to remove any old rubber ii gasket remaining on the mounting sur face of the engine Failure to do so could lead to engine damage b Then remove the bolts that hold the undercover in place AV CAUTION Make sure the correct lifting and sup port points are used to avoid vehicle damage SDI2335 Engine oil and filter 6 Coat the gasket on the new filter with clean 1 Place a lar
275. hen it is e Make sure the parking brake is jacked up securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Re A WARNING verse or the automatic transmis sion into P Park Be sure to block the wheel as the e Never change tires when the vehicle vehicle may move and result in personal is on a slope ice or slippery areas injury This is hazardous e Never change tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait ee for professional road assistance SCE0807 With subwoofer In case of emergency 6 3 Getting the spare tire and tools Remove jacking tools A located under the cargo room trunk as illustrated For Coupe models unfasten the belts and lift the jack up to remove Models without subwoofer Remove the spacer B and turn the retainer counterclockwise then remove the spare tire Models with subwoofer Remove the spare tire cover Turn the retainer counterclockwise remove the subwoofer and place it on the side of the cargo room with the flat surface facing down then carefully remove the spare tire Jacking up the vehicle and removing the damaged tire AV WARNING e Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack If it is necessary to work under the vehicle support it with safety stands e Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle Do not use the jack provided with your vehicle 6 4 In case of emergency
276. hing the switch for longer than 1 second The trip odometer is also reset at the same time Trip odometer The trip odometer mode shows the total distance the vehicle has been driven since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The elapsed time is also reset at the same time Instruments and controls 2 21 RANGE 0000mues SIC3676 Distance to empty MILES or km The distance to empty dte mode provides you with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling The dte is constantly being calculated based on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and the actual fuel consumption The display is updated every 30 seconds The dte mode includes a low range warning feature If the fuel level is low the warning is displayed on the screen When the fuel level drops even lower the dte display will change to e lf the amount of fuel added is small the display just before the ignition switch is 2 22 Instruments and controls pushed to the OFF position may continue to be displayed When driving uphill or rounding curves the fuel in the tank shifts which may momenta rily change the display OUTSIDE TEMP 37F SIC4037 Outside air temperature F or C The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 22 to 131 F 30 to 55 C The outside air temperature mode includes a low tempera
277. his system the same operations as those for the multi function controller are possible using the touch screen operation Selecting the item Touch an item to select it To select the Audio settings touch the Audio area on the screen Touch the BACK button to return to the previous screen Adjusting an item Touch the Q or button to adjust the settings Touch the or button to move to the previous or next item Touch the or button to move to the previous or next page 4 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Inputting characters Touch the letter or number There are some options available when inputting characters e Uppercase Shows uppercase characters e Lowercase Shows lowercase characters e Symbols Shows symbols such as the question mark e Space Inserts a space e Delete Deletes the last character that has been input with one touch Push and hold the button to delete all of the characters e OK Completes character inputs Touch screen maintenance If you clean the display screen use a dry soft cloth If additional cleaning is necessary use a small amount of neutral detergent with a soft cloth Never spray the screen with water or detergent Dampen the cloth first and then wipe the screen ENTER x Menu Options Destination Route Info Settings
278. his vehicle e Larger children need special protec tion The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an acci dent an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child re straints PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts The seat belt should be worn snug and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips not the waist and place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest Never run the lap shoulder belt over your abdominal area Contact your doctor for specific recommendations INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts depending on the injury Check with your doctor for specific recommendations THREE POINT TYPE SEAT BELT A WARNING Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined This can be dangerous The shoulder belt will not be against your body In an accident you could be thrown into it and receive neck or other serious injuries You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion the seat should be upright Always sit well back in the seat with both feet on t
279. hold the storage lid and another person must pull up the soft top c Pull up the top using both hands holding the rear top A as illustrated 3 30 Pre driving checks and adjustments Ly d Pull down and slide the storage lid to close while holding the rear soft top from the right and left side of the vehicle AV CAUTION Make sure to close the storage lid completely The storage lid may contact the soft top and damage it SPA2688 e Close the front and rear parts of the soft 4 Lock the front part of the soft top top at the same time as illustrated a Remove the cap as illustrated b Insert a suitable tool 2 located in the trunk into the hole and turn clockwise AV CAUTION e After closing the top manually have the system checked and or repaired by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible e Avoid leaving the vehicle outside for long periods or driving at high speeds The rear of the top is not Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 31 locked completely and this may allow wind and rain to get into your vehicle CARE OF THE SOFT TOP AND THE VEHICLE BODY To use your Roadster safely and comfortably you need to observe all the warnings and cautions shown in the previous pages Also to maintain a good appearance of the soft top and the vehicle body you need to care for them by cleaning and or washing properly AW CAUTION e Do not use an automatic car wash or a high pr
280. honebook The following editing items are available 1 Push the PHONE button and select the Entry Vehicle Phonebook key i Changes the displayed number of the 2 Select the desired entry from the displayed selected entry list Select the Edit key e Name Cs Edit the name of the entry using the keypad Select the desired item to change displayed on the screen e Number Edit the phone number using the keypad displayed on the screen e Type Select an icon from the icon list Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 79 Voicetag Confirm and store the voicetag Voicetags allow easy dialing using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with na vigation system later in this section To delete an entry select the Delete key at step 3 O M Yul Seco POM Wiox Phone Handset Phonebook Vehicle Phonebook Call History Connect Phone Handset Phonebook Connected Phones Dial Number Calls a phonebook entry saved to the vehicle SAA2524 t Call 0 1 5 Phonebook Del Phone No 1 4 IE xxxx XXXXXXXXXXX SAA2621 MAKING A CALL To make a call follow this procedure 1 Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel or the button on the steering wheel The PHONE screen will appear on the display Select the Handset Phonebook
281. hree digit number 94 This number is the tire s load index It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by law H Tire speed rating You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT XX XX XXX XXX XXXX t tt 1 2 3 4 5 6 SDI1607 Example TIN Tire Identification Number for a new tire example DOT XX XX XXX XXXX DOT Abbreviation for the Department of Transportation The symbol can be placed above below or to the left or right of the Tire Identification Number Two digit code Manufacturer s identifi cation mark 3 Two digit code Tire size 4 Three digit code Tire type code Op tional 5 Three digit code Date of Manufacture 6 Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built For example the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003 If these numbers are missing then look on the other sidewall of the tire Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber coated fabric in the tire Tire manufacturers also must indicate the materials in the tire which include steel nylon polyester and others Maximum permissible inflation pres sure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation p
282. ia with holes in the license plate bracket 3 Confirm that points and are aligned Hold the license plate bracket and mark the points on the bumper facia through the center of the holes with a felt tip pen 4 Remove the license plate bracket Carefully drill two shallow pilot holes and using a 0 39 in 10 mm drill bit at the marked locations Be sure that the drill only goes through the fascia D Insert grommets into the hole on the fascia Technical and consumer information 9 15 7 Insert a flat blade screwdriver into the grommet hole to add a 90 turn onto the part 8 Insert a J nut into the license plate bracket before placing the license plate bracket on the fascia 9 Install the license plate bracket with the screws 10 Install the license plate with bolts that are not longer than 0 55 in 14 mm When the recovery hook is used you need to temporarily remove the front license plate and bracket from the vehicle See VEHICLE RECOVERY freeing a stuck vehicle in the 6 In case of emergency section for further details 9 16 Technical and consumer information REMOVING AIR DEFLECTORS except for NISMO models ST10623 Left side This vehicle is equipped with air deflectors in front of the front wheels The deflectors will change the air flow to help improve aerodynamic performance When transporting your vehicle on a trailer the air deflectors may interf
283. icle equipped with an automatic transmission an appropriate vehicle dolly MUST be placed under the towed vehicle s drive wheels Always follow the dolly manufacturer s recommendations when using their product MANUAL TRANSMISSION e Always tow with the manual transmission in Neutral e Your vehicle speed should never exceed 70 MPH 112 km h when flat towing your vehicle e After towing 500 miles start and idle the engine with the transmission in Neutral for two minutes Failure to idle the engine after every 500 miles of towing may cause damage to the transmission s internal parts UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING DOT Department Of Transportation Quality Grades All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road
284. id MTF g HQ Multi 75W 85 or API GL 4 Viscosity SAE 75W 85 Differential ear oil _ Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Synthetic 75W 90 or API GL 5 synthetic g gear oil Viscosity SAE 75W 90 5 Power steering fluid PSF Refill to the proper oil level according to the instructions in the 8 Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent 6 Brake and clutch fluid Maintenance and do it yourself section Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid 7 or equivalent DOT 3 Multi purpose grease NLGI No 2 Lithium soap base Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a 8 Air conditioning system lubricants NISSAN UV Luminous Oil Type S or exact equivalent Window washer fluid 4 3 4 4 45 Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Antifreeze or equivalent 1 For additional information see ENGINE OIL in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section for changing engine oil 2 For additional information see ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTER RECOMMENDATION later in this section 3 NISSAN recommends Genuine NISSAN Ester Engine Oil which is available at a NISSAN dealer 4 Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty 5 See a NISSAN dealer for service for synthetic oil 6 DEXRON VI type ATF
285. ide where the vehicle is impacted They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted Vehicle damage or lack of it is not always an indication of proper supplemental side air bag and curtain air bag operation When side air bags and curtain air bags inflate a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Side air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvis of the front occupants Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the head of occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bag and seated as far away as practical from the door finishers and side roof rails The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the out of position occupants Because of this the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occ
286. ied or disconnected Unauthorized elec trical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system e A cracked windshield should be replaced immediately by a qualified repair facility A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual 1 36 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS WN Ws Ni SSS0982 FRONT SEAT MOUNTED SIDE IM PACT AND ROOF DOOR MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE IMPACT SUPPLEMEN TAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails Coupe or upper side of the door trim Roadster These systems are designed to meet voluntary guide lines to help reduce the risk of injury to out of position occupants However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The side air bags and curtain air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity side collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity side impact They are designed to inflate on the s
287. igent Key 2 Push the rear hatch trunk lid opener switch 3 The rear hatch trunk lid will open Lockout protection To prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked in the trunk lockout protec tion is equipped with the Intelligent Key system When the trunk lid is closed with the Intelligent Key inside the trunk the outside buzzer will sound and all doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for 60 minutes the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge e The ignition switch is in the ACC position and e All doors are closed and e The selector lever is in the P Park position Automatic Transmission models WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning displays in the vehicle information display When a chime or beep sounds or the warning displays be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key See TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE later in this section and VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 11 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Symptom Possible cause Action to take When pushing the ignit
288. igent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet e Donot place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a mag netic field such as a TV audio equipment personal computer or cellular phone If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle For information regarding the erasing procedure contact a NISSAN deal er The Intelligent Key function can be disabled For information about disabling the Intelligent Key function contact a NISSAN dealer Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 7 SPA2567 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING RANGE The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch 4 When the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or 3 8 Pre driving checks and adjustments strong radio waves are present near the operat ing location the Intelligent Key system s operat ing range becomes narrower and the Intelligent Key may not function properly The operating range is within 31 50 in 80 cm from each request switch 4 If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass handle or rear bumper the request switches may not function When the Intelligent Key is within the operating range it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to p
289. igh mounted stop light 8 Cargo light 9 Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker back up light 10 License plate light 11 Rear fog light if so equipped 10 11 SD1I2351 8 24 Maintenance and do it yourself SDI2448 ROADSTER a OON OAS ON Headlight high and low beam Map light Front park light Front side marker light Front turn signal light Side turn signal light High mounted stop light Trunk light Cargo area courtesy light Rear combination light rear turn signal tail stop side marker back up light License plate light 12 Rear fog light if so equipped Maintenance and do it yourself 8 25 HEADLIGHTS EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the ltem Wattage W Bulb No exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash A temperature difference between the inside and Headlight H A i A a a ee s High Low beams Xenon 35 D2S not a malfunction If large drops of water collec tag inside the lens contact a NISSAN dealer Front tumnsignal light TARANA Front park light Replacing Front side marker light g 0 Side turn signal light WARNING Rear combination light HIGH VOLTAGE bee turn signal When xenon headlights are on they stop tail side marker produce a high voltage To prevent an Rear fog light if so equipped electric shock never attempt to modify License plate light or disassemble Always have your xe Map
290. ights will also turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated to prevent the battery from becom ing discharged Instruments and controls 2 45 CARGO AREA COURTESY LIGHT Roadster models The light illuminates simultaneously with the map light See INTERIOR LIGHTS earlier in this section 2 46 Instruments and controls CARGO LIGHT Coupe models The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened When the rear hatch is closed the light will turn off The light will also turn off after 30 minutes when the light remains illuminated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming discharged TRUNK LIGHT Roadster models The light illuminates when the trunk lid is opened When the trunk lid is closed the light turns off HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER if so equipped HomeLink Universal Transceiver provides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand held transmitters into one built in device HomeLink Universal Transceiver e Will operate most Radio Frequency RF devices such as garage doors gates home and office lighting entry door locks and security systems e ls powered by your vehicle s battery No separate batteries are required If the vehicle s battery is discharged or is dis connected HomeLink will retain all pro gramming Once HomeLink Universal Transceiver is
291. ignals can be bounced off the ionosphere and bent back to earth Because of these characteristics AM signals are also subject to interference as they travel from transmitter to receiver Fading Occurs while the vehicle is passing through freeway underpasses or in areas with many tall buildings It can also occur for several seconds during ionospheric turbulence even in areas where no obstacles exist Static Caused by thunderstorms electrical power lines electric signs and even traffic lights Satellite radio reception if so equipped When the satellite radio is used for the first time or the battery has been replaced the satellite radio may not work properly This is not a malfunction Wait more than 10 minutes with the satellite radio ON and the vehicle outside of any metal or large building for the satellite radio to receive all of the necessary data The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam The satellite radio performance may be affected if cargo carried on the roof blocks the satellite radio signal If possible do not put cargo near the satellite antenna A build up of ice on the satellite radio antenna can affect satellite radio performance Remove the ice to restore satellite radio reception Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 25 COMPACT ISG DIGI
292. il to ensure satisfactory engine life and performance see CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS earlier in this section NISSAN recommends the use of an energy conserving oil in order to improve fuel economy Select only engine oils that meet the American Petroleum Institute API certification or Interna tional Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC certification and SAE vis cosity standard These oils have the API certification mark on the front of the container Oils which do not have the specified quality label should not be used as they could cause engine damage Oil additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of oil additives The use of an oil additive is not necessary when the proper oil type is used and maintenance intervals are followed Oil which may contain foreign matter or has been previously used should not be used Oil viscosity The engine oil viscosity or thickness changes with temperature Because of this it is important that the engine oil viscosity be selected based on the temperatures at which the vehicle will be operated before the next oil change Choosing an oil viscosity other than that recommended could cause serious engine damage Selecting the correct oil filter Your new vehicle is equipped with a high quality genuine NISSAN oil filter When replacing use the genuine oil filter or its equivalent for the reason described in change intervals Change intervals
293. ill be pulled back into the slot to protect it AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX AUX Auxiliary button Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode the AUX button is invalid w gt a SAA2495 1 CD EJECT button 7 FM AM band select button 2 ON OFF button VOL volume control knob 8 CD RPT repeat RDM random play button 3 Radio station preset select buttons 9 SAT satellite button 4 DISC AUX auxiliary button 10 Radio CAT category REW rewind button for 5 Radio TUNE tuning folder selector AUDIO con SEEK TRACK trol knob 11 FF fast forward button for SEEK TRACK 6 Radio SCAN tuning button FM AM SAT RADIO WITH COMPACT DISC CD PLAYER models with navi gation system For all operation precautions see AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS earlier in this section The satellite radio mode requires an active XM Satellite Radio subscription The satellite radio is not available in Alaska Hawaii and Guam It may take some time to receive the activation signal after subscribing the XM Satell
294. in another COUN is svcci cctecempinwasencwecemecdmersieanine dated 9 10 Vehicle identification 02ccccseee cesses eeeeeneene es 9 10 Vehicle Identification Number VIN plate 9 10 Vehicle identification number chassis number 9 10 Engine serial number 0 ceceseeeeeseeseeeene es 9 11 F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Emission control information label 0004 9 11 Tire and loading information label 0008 9 12 Air conditioner specification label 000 9 12 Installing front license plate eeeeeeeeeeee eee 9 13 Except for NISMO models 9 13 For NISMO models ccceceeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeees 9 15 Removing air deflectors except for NISMO models 0ccseeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 16 Vehicle loading information ccccceeeceeee eee eea es 9 17 MOMS ea h Secon a E A E 9 17 Vehicle load Capacity ssiriscsseriersssrsrraresssi 9 18 Loading tipSkcnsserii naai 9 19 Measurement of weights nosossressroressrorssnre 9 19 Towing a trailer iiris ceescininrsiaiiisinrereniirnnigis 9 19 Flat tOWING sinense eniinn A a 9 20 Automatic transSMisSSiO Nsan aiene 9 20 Manual Transmissie sanana 9 20 Uniform tire quality grading cece 9 20 WNEAOWEAR enn beh heed stain cae ede a 9 20 Traction AA A B and C ceceeeececeeeeeeeeeeees 9 20 Temperature A B and C ceeeeeeeeee eee e ee 9 21 Emission control sys
295. in driver field of view SCE0776 SCE0777 10 Put the speed restriction sticker in a location where the driver can see it while driving AA WARNING e Do not apply the label to the center of the steering wheel pad because this can prevent the air bag from properly functioning and cause ser ious injury e Avoid applying the label where it can obsiruct the view of the speed ometer and warning indicators 11 Screw the tube of the air compressor securely into the tire valve Insert its power plug to the power outlet in the vehicle Push the ignition switch to the ACC position Then turn on the compressor and inflate the tire to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Informa tion label affixed to the driver s side center pillar AV WARNING The ring on the end of the air compres sor hose may become hot after use To avoid burns allow it to cool first In case of emergency 6 11 A CAUTION Operating the air compressor for an extended period of time can result in damage to the compressor and will not allow you to fill the tire to the required air pressure Avoid continuous opera tion of the compressor exceeding 10 minutes NOTE If the tire does not inflate to the proper air pressure within 10 minutes the tire may have sustained serious damage and cannot be repaired using the emergency tire puncture repair kit You will need to contact a professional towing service or yo
296. in the child restraint not being prop erly secured The restraint could tip over or otherwise be unsecured and cause injury to the child in a sudden stop or collision The instructions in this section apply to child restraint installation using the vehicle seat belts in the front passenger seat Zo s SSS0640 Front facing front passenger seat step 1 Front facing Follow these steps to install a front facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the front passenger seat 1 If you must install a child restraint in the front seat it should be placed in a front facing direction only Move the seat to the rearmost position Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear facing direction and therefore must not be used in this vehicle Position the child restraint on the seat Always follow the child restraint manufac turer s instructions 1 20 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct child restraint fit See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to install the head restraint when the child restraint is removed SSS0360B SSS0651 SSS0652 Front facing step 3 3 Route the seat belt tongue through the child
297. in single digit format If the system has trouble recognizing the correct 4 90 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems phone number try entering the number in the following groups 3 digit area code 3 digit prefix and the last 4 digits For example 555 121 3354 can be said as five five five as the 1st group then one two one as the 2nd group and three three five four as the 8rd group For dialing more than 10 digits or any special characters say Special Dial ing See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information 5 When you have finished speaking the phone number the system repeats it back and announces the available commands 6 Say Dial The system acknowledges the command and makes the call For additional command options see LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS later in this section Receiving a call When you hear the ring tone press the 4 button on the steering wheel Once the call has ended press the sa button on the steering wheel NOTE If you do not wish to take the call when you hear the ring tone press the sa button on the steering wheel to reject the call LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS Main menu Call Phonebook Recent Calls Connect Phone When you push and release the 44 button on the steering wheel you can choose from the commands on the Main Menu The following pages d
298. in the zone Q shown in the illustration The engine coolant temperature varies with the outside air temperature and driving conditions 2 6 Instruments and controls A CAUTION If the gauge indicates engine coolant temperature near the hot H end of the normal range reduce vehicle speed to decrease temperature If gauge is over the normal range stop the vehicle as soon as Safely possible If the engine is overheated continued operation of the vehicle may seriously damage the en gine See IF YOUR VEHICLE OVER HEATS in the 6 In case of emergency section for immediate action required Cod0d00000000 000 SIC3976 FUEL GAUGE The gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the tank The gauge may move slightly during braking turning acceleration or going up or down hills Refill the fuel tank before the gauge registers E Empty The low fuel warning ff appears on the vehicle information display when the amount of fuel in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the gauge reaches E There will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank when the fuel gauge reaches E The gt indicates that the fuel filler door is located on the passenger s side of the vehicle A CAUTION e If the vehicle runs out of fuel the HONE malfunction indicator light MIL may come on Refuel as soon as possible After a few driving trips the git
299. in this section A Seat belt warning light and chime The light and chime remind you to fasten seat belts The light illuminates whenever the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position and will remain illuminated until the driver s seat belt is fastened At the same time the chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the driver s seat belt is securely fastened Instruments and controls 2 11 The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passenger s seat is occupied For 5 seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position the system does not activate the warning light for the front passenger See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section for precautions on seat belt usage aw Supplemental air bag warning light After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system are operational If any of the following conditions occur the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system need servicing and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN dealer e The supplemental air bag warning light remains on after approximately 7 seco
300. incoming call To finish the call perform one of the following procedures listed below Select the Hang up key Push the PHONE button on the instrument panel Push the button on the steering wheel Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 81 Call in Progress X 05 XXXXXXXXXXX Use Handset Keypad 1 4 SAA2526 DURING A CALL There are some options available during a call Select one of the following displayed on the screen if necessary e Hang up Finish the call e Use Handset Transfer the call to the cellular phone e Mute Mute your voice to the person e Keypad Using the touch tone send digits to the connected party for using services such as voicemail e Cancel Mute This will appear after Mute is selected Mute will be canceled To adjust the person s voice to be louder or quieter push the volume control switch or on the steering wheel or turn the volume control knob on the instrument panel while talking on the phone This adjustment is also available in the SETTING mode 4 82 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems O M Yul Sec Settings Phone Edit Vehicle Phonebook Delete Phonebook Download Handset Phonebook Volume Auto Downloaded Add or edit phonebook entries SAA2527 PHONE SETTING To set up the Blueto
301. ind of media versions and information are going to be displayed 4 When VBR files are played the playback time may not be displayed correctly 4 32 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Troubleshooting guide Symptom Cause and Countermeasure Cannot play Check if the disc or USB device was inserted correctly Check if the disc is scratched or dirty Check if there is condensation inside the player and if there is wait until the condensation is gone about 1 hour before using the player If there is a temperature increase error the player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature If there is a mixture of music CD files CD DA data and compressed audio files on a CD only the music CD files CD DA data will be played Files with extensions other than MP3 mp3 WMA wma AAC aac M4A m4a or AA3 aa3 cannot be played In addition the character codes and number of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications Check if the disc or the file is generated in an irregular format This may occur depending on the variation or the setting of compressed audio writing applications or other text editing applications Check if the finalization process such as session close and disc close is done for the disc Check if the disc or USB device is protected by copyri
302. ine is still hot When the radiator cap is removed pressurized hot waiter will spurt out possibly causing serious injury Do not open the hood if steam is coming out If your vehicle is overheating indicated by an extremely high temperature gauge reading or if you feel a lack of engine power detect abnormal noise etc take the following steps 1 Move the vehicle safely off the road apply the parking brake and move the selector lever to the P Park position Automatic transmission models Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Manual transmis sion models Do not stop the engine 2 Turn off the air conditioner Open all the windows move the heater or air conditioner 6 18 In case of emergency 6 temperature control to maximum hot and fan control to high speed If engine overheating is caused by climbing a long hill on a hot day run the engine at a fast idle approximately 1 500 rpm until the temperature gauge indication returns to normal Get out of the vehicle Look and listen for steam or coolant escaping from the radiator before opening the hood If steam or coolant is escaping turn off the engine Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen Open the engine hood A WARNING If steam or water is coming from the engine stand clear to prevent getting burned Visually check if the cooling fan is running The radiator hoses and radiator should not leak water
303. ing may require a ladder and another person for convenience Push and release the program button located on the garage door opener s motor to activate the training mode This button is usually located near the antenna wire that hangs down from the motor If the wire originates from under a light lens you will need to remove the lens to access the training button NOTE Once you have pushed and released the training button on the garage door Opener s motor and the training light is lit you have 30 seconds in which to perform step 7 For convenience use the help of a second person to assist when performing this step Quickly within 30 seconds of pushing and releasing the garage door opener training button and firmly push and release the HomeLink button you have just pro grammed Push and release the HomeLink button up to three times to complete the training 8 Your HomeLink button should now be programmed To program the remaining HomeLink buttons for additional door or gate openers follow steps 2 through 8 only NOTE Do not repeat step 1 unless you want to clear all previously programmed Home Link buttons If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons please refer to the HomeLink web site at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 PROGRAMMING HomeLink FOR CA NADIAN CUSTOMERS Prior to 1992 D O C regulations required hand hel
304. ing the brake pedal Zp Push the button gt Just move the selector lever After starting the engine fully depress the brake pedal and shift the selector lever from P Park to R Reverse N Neutral D Drive or Manual shift mode position Push the button to shift into P Park or R Reverse All other positions can be selected without pushing the button AA WARNING Apply the parking brake if the selector lever is in any position while the engine is not running Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in serious personal injury or property damage A CAUTION Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped and the transmission is in the P Park position P Park position Use this selector position when the vehicle is parked or when starting the engine Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped The brake pedal must be depressed and the selector lever button pushed in to move the selec tor lever from the N Neutral position or any drive position to the P Park position Apply the parking brake When parking on a hill apply the parking brake first then move the selector lever to the P Park position AA CAUTION Use this position only when the vehicle is completely stopped R Reverse Use this position to back up Always be sure the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R Reverse position The brake pedal must be depressed and the selec
305. ion cannot be switched to LOCK until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position When the ignition switch cannot be pushed toward the LOCK position proceed as follows 1 Move the selector lever into the P Park position 2 Push the ignition switch to the OFF position The ignition switch position indicator will not illuminate 3 Open the door The ignition switch will change to the LOCK position The selector lever can be moved from the P Park position if the ignition switch is in the ON position and the brake pedal is depressed PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK Normal parking position The ignition switch can only be locked in this position The ignition switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while carrying the Intelligent Key or with the Intelligent Key inserted in the port ACC Accessories This position activates electrical accessories such as the radio when the engine is not running ON Normal operating position This position turns on the ignition system and electrical accessories OFF The engine can be turned off without locking the steering wheel Automatic transmission models The ignition lock is designed so that the ignition switch cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the selector lever is moved to the P Park position AA CAUTION Do not leave the vehicle with the push button ignition switch in ACC or ON positions when
306. ion is set to disabled as REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH ON SIC3979 SIC3980 Type B To defog defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors if so equipped start the engine and push the switch 4 on The indicator light will come on Push the switch again to turn the defroster off It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes A CAUTION e When cleaning the inner side of the rear window be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster e Do not use the rear window defros ter switch while the soft top is being operated or fully opened The heat may damage the top material and or components for Roadster mod els HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH XENON HEADLIGHTS AV WARNING A HIGH VOLTAGE e When xenon headlights are on they produce a high voltage To prevent an electric shock never attempt to modify or disassemble Always have your xenon headlights replaced at a NISSAN dealer e Xenon headlights provide consider ably more light than conventional headlights If they are not correctly aimed they might temporarily blind an oncoming driver or the driver ahead of you and cause a serious accident If headlights are not aimed correctly immediately take your ve hicle to a NISSAN dealer and have the headlights adjusted correctly When the xenon headlight is initially turned on its brightness or color varies slightly However the color and brightne
307. ion switch to stop the engine When opening the driver s door to get out of the vehicle When closing the door after get ting out of the vehicle The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds con tinuously Automatic Transmission models The inside warning chime sounds continuously The NO KEY warning appears on the display the outside chime sounds 3 times and the inside warning chime sounds for approximately a few seconds The SHIFT P warning appears on the display and the outside chime sounds continuously Automatic Transmission models The selector lever is not in the P Park position The ignition switch is in the ACC position Shift the selector lever to the P Park position Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion The Intelligent Key is in the Intelligent Key port The ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position The ignition switch is in the ACC or OFF position and the selector lever is not in the P Park position Remove the Intelligent Key from the Intelli gent Key port Push the ignition switch to the OFF posi tion Move the selector lever to the P Park position and push the ignition switch to the OFF position When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK When pushing the door handle request switch to lock the door The outside chime sounds for a few seconds and all the doors unlock The outside chime sounds
308. ion system DVD DIGITAL VERSATILE DISC player operation models with navigation system USB memory operation models with navigation system 0 s seeeeeee Bluetooth streaming audio models with navigation system 6 eeeeeee iPod player operation models with navigation system 6 eeeeeeee Music box hard disk drive models with navigation system 6 eeeeeee Auxiliary input jacks models with navigation system 6 eeeeeee CD DVD USB memory care and cleaning Steering wheel mounted controls for audio Car phone or CB radio ceceeeee saei Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System models with navigation system 06eeeeeeeeee ee Regulatory information ccccceeeeeee eee ee eee es Voice COMMANA Seenering Control ibUttONS 6 id coordi bitaatdansdda ehnenreamelaes Connecting procedure ceeeeeeeeeeeeee eee Phone SelectlOn sessen rnaniero ra Vehicle phonebook 0000sccceeetenseseeeeneersnnenes 4 77 List of voice Commands ccc eee ee eee eee 4 91 Making a Gallis ichiccaiteistaabbecdituesedteatasieees 4 80 Speaker Adaptation SA mode 6 eeeeeeees 4 94 Receiving A Call iccciccc ws isita 4 81 Troubleshooting Quide scsi ssrsceiierreris rars 4 97 During a Call acrimonia aen 4 82 NISSAN Voice Recognition System PHONG SeWiN girionis niinkin 4 82 models with navigation system
309. ioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculation mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the amp fan speed control dial clockwise or counterclockwise to manually control the fan speed Turn the dial to the AUTO position to return to automatic control of the fan speed Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 19 Air recirculation Push the eG lt gt intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light on the lt gt side will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode v7 Outside air circulation Push the a gt lt gt intake air control button to draw outside air into the passenger compart ment The indicator light on the ag side will come on Automatic intake air control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be controlled automatically To manually control the intake air push the a y lt 6 gt intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the a y lt amp gt intake air control button for approximately 2 seconds The indi cator lights both air recircu
310. ipped 1 2 3 4 P 2 36 9 Soft top operating switch for Roadster models P 3 21 10 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE switch if so equipped P 5 16 11 Heater and air conditioner P 4 17 Rear window defroster switch P 2 29 12 Audio system P 4 24 13 Power outlet P 2 37 14 Glove box P 2 39 wi Refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual 7 898 10 11 12 13 SS10653 1 Ventilator P 4 17 2 Center display and multi function control panel P 4 2 Instrument pocket P 2 38 Navigation system if so equipped Vehicle information and setting buttons if so equipped P 4 6 Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System if so equipped P 4 74 Front passenger air bag status light P 1 32 Front passenger supplemental air bag P 1 27 Fuse box cover P 8 20 Push button ignition switch P 5 7 Hazard warning flasher switch P 2 33 NOs Instruments and controls 2 3 METERS AND GAUGES SSI0509 Oar on 2 4 ENTER NEXT switch P 2 20 Fuel gauge P 2 6 Warning Indicator lights P 2 8 Tachometer P 2 5 Speedometer P 2 5 Instrument brightness control switch P 2 32 Instruments and controls Vehicle information display P 2 16 Engine coolant temperature gauge P 2 6 Transmission position indicator if so equipped P 2 12 SynchroRev Match mode S MODE indicator if so equipped P 5 16 12 13 14 SSl0521
311. is completely removed from the tire tread grooves Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom mended by tire dressing manufacturer CLEANING INTERIOR Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a clean soft cloth dam pened in mild soap solution then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather Before using any fabric protector read the manufacturer s recommendations Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens WARNING Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occupant classifica tion sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury AV CAUTION e Never use benzine thinner or any similar material e Small dirt particles can be abrasive Appearance and care 7 5 and damaging to the leather sur faces and should be removed promptly Do not use saddle soap car waxes polishes oils cleaning fluids solvents detergents or am monia based cleaners as they may damage the leather s natural finish e Only use fabric protectors approved by NISSAN e Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on
312. is installed and closed tightly and that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons 14 liters of fuel in the fuel tank After a few driving trips the TE light should turn off if no other potential emission control system malfunction exists If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds when the engine is not running it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an emission control system inspection maintenance test See READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Operation The malfunction indicator light will come on in one of two ways e Malfunction indicator light on steady An emission control system malfunction has been detected Check the fuel filler cap If the fuel filler cap is loose or missing tighten or install the cap and continue to drive the vehicle The ig light should turn off after a ENG ii SERVICE few driving trips If the ENGINE light does not turn off after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer You do not need to have your vehicle towed to the dealer e Malfunction indicator light blinking An engine misfire has been detected which may damage the emission control system To reduce or avoid emission control system damage a Do not drive at speeds above 45 MPH 72 km h b Avoid hard acceleration or deceleration c Avoid steep uphill gr
313. is menu e SETTING Adjust the time hour and minute of the clock on the triple meter e RESET Select this submenu to set the time quickly to the previous or next hour MAINTENANCE The maintenance intervals of the following items can be set or reset for the reminders e OL Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for changing the engine oil e FILTER Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing the oil filter e TIRE Select this submenu to set or reset the distance for replacing tires e OTHER Select this submenu and set or reset the distance for replacing items other than the engine oil oil filter and tires To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK OPTIONS The 3 option menus can be set to your preference Instruments and controls 2 23 e LANGUAGE SKIP Select this submenu to choose English or Push the switch to move to the French for display warning check mode e UNIT Push the switch to select other menus WARNING X1 e Select this submenu to choose the unit from DETAIL US or METRIC gt SKIP cae T gt DETAIL This item is available only when a warning is e EFFECTS displayed MENTER NEXT Select this menu to set the dial effects described below to on or off Select this menu to see the details of warnings The indicator needles sweep in the meters when the engine is started SIC3993 To return to the top pag
314. is reduces the avail able cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle Before driving a loaded vehicle confirm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR or the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for your vehicle See MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS later in this section Also check tires for proper inflation pres sures See the Tire and Loading Information label LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed GVWR or GAWR as specified on the F M V S S C M V S S certification label Do not load the front and rear axle to the GAWR Doing so will exceed the GVWR AA WARNING Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shift ing Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured car go could cause personal injury Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs If you do parts of your vehicle can break tire damage could occur or it can change the way your vehicle handles This could result in loss of control and cause personal injury Overloading could not only shorten the life of your vehicle and the tires but also could lead to hazardous vehicle handling and long braking distance This may cause a premature tire malfunction which could result in a serious accident and perso nal injury Failures caused by overloading are not covered by the vehicle s warranty MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure
315. isarenastes ect idaseecadecortaess 2 38 D Dampers Performance dampers 0 5 5 29 Daytime running light system 005 2 32 Defroster switch Rear window defroster SWIC dasa cobain detente amare s E A ANER 2 29 Dimensions iki sedetine nenin iE 9 9 Display cleaning asec csaa sn cteaeaieaadeanedereaadles 4 5 Drive belts siens sie itne e Ee 8 16 Driving Cold weather driving sssesssesserrren 5 30 Driving with automatic transmission 5 12 Driving with manual transmission 5 16 Precautions when starting and driving 5 2 10 2 DVD player operation cc cece eee eee ees 4 49 E EGOnOMy FUG sisccccianecinaes stantadedeeemieniiniess 5 23 ElADSEd tmien irens tae 2 21 Emergency tire puncture repair kit 6 7 Emission control information label 9 11 Emission control system warranty 0 9 21 Engine Before starting the engine 065 5 10 Break in schedule sssi srieai sonasceerevennens 5 22 Capacities and recommended fuel JUDPICANES s jenssin asr rs rnnndasne secant 9 2 Changing engine coolant 00cee 8 9 Changing engine oil and filter 000 8 9 Checking engine coolant level 0 8 8 Checking engine oil level 00 0000 8 9 Coolant temperature gauge cceee 2 6 Engine block heater 00 600ccccceseeiee 5 31 Engine compartment check locations 8 7 E
316. ise main switch indicator light illuminates the cruise control system is operational See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise malfunction If the cruise indicator light blinks while the engine is running it may indicate the cruise control system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer See CRUISE CONTROL in the 5 Starting and driving section Bis orf Front passenger air bag status light The front passenger air bag status light g orr located on the center of the instrument panel will be lit and the passenger front air bag will be OFF depending on how the front passenger seat is being used For front passenger air bag status light opera tion see NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYSTEM front seats in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual O High beam indicator light This light comes on when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected SERVICE ENGI Zz zi Malfunction Indicator Light MIL If the malfunction indicator light comes on steady or blinks while the engine is running it may indicate a potential emission control mal function The malfunction indicator light may also come on steady if the fuel filler cap is loose or missing or if the vehicle runs out of fuel Check to make sure the fuel filler cap
317. it Flat tie coi secrccsasteeatamenanensets Low tire pressure warning system S Pale ther iann EIN EEES Tire and Loading information label Tire chains Tire dressing Tire PLOSSUIC sonnia riparoni p nnan ernim Tire pressure monitoring system CUPMS sass ihono niei Tire TOtatiON sasse rnr amannan TYPES Of tire Ster rniii eana AS Uniform tire quality grading 668 Wheel tire Size i6c0icse ccs sante cee i rates Wheels and tires 0 ccccecee cece e eee Tonneau cover see cargo Cover 0 066 TOP SOM TOPs fee Ae EnS EEN AE TOUGH SGIEON riii rpn ap Eon ISR E IA Towing ENANA e EEE E 9 20 Tow truck toWiNg cceeee eee e niani 6 19 Towing a trailer cccceeeeee eens TPMS Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Tire pressure warning system Trailer TOWING essed ciciee cao testons otter at s 9 19 Transceiver HomeLink Universal TWANSCONGD ens ecccsecssctanscaseneerssctacecns IGE 2 47 Transmission Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 Driving with automatic transmission Driving with manual transmission Transmission selector lever lock release Transmitter See remote keyless entry system 4 5 Traveling or registering your vehicle in another COUN Sects cacains tei se aiineenineeterdeniies enue TAP COMPUTE areri rran a SAS inp Odometer ereorsini ar nA EERE SAN Triple MOTEL seign sanina O
318. ite Radio After receiving the activation signal an available channel list will be automatically updated in the radio For XM push the ignition switch from LOCK to ACC to update the channel list Audio main operation Head unit The auto loudness circuit enhances the low and high frequency ranges automatically in both radio reception and CD playback Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 45 ON OFF Volume control Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and then push the ON OFF button while the system is off to turn on the last audio source ie FM or CD which was playing immediately before the system was turned off While the system is on pushing the ON OFF button turns the system off Turn the VOL control knob to adjust the volume Adjusting tone quality and speaker bal ance To adjust Bass Treble Balance and Fade push the Audio control knob When the display shows the setting you want to change Bass Treble Balance and Fade rotate the Audio control knob to set the desired setting For the other setting methods see HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON earlier in this section This vehicle has some sound effect functions as follows e Speed Sensitive Vol For more details see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation sys tem earlier in this section Switching the display Pushing the DISC AUX button will switch the displays
319. ith spare tire in the 6 In case of emergency section of this Owner s Manual DRINKING ALCOHOL DRUGS AND DRIVING AA WARNING Never drive under the influence of alcohol or drugs Alcohol in the blood stream reduces coordination delays reaction time and impairs judgement Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others Additionally if you are injured in an accident alcohol can increase the se verity of the injury NISSAN is committed to safe driving However you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol Every year thousands of people are injured or killed in alcohol related accidents Although the local laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alcohol Remember drinking and driving don t mix And that is true for drugs too over the counter prescription and illegal drugs Don t drive if your ability to operate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol drugs or some other physical condition PUSH BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH AA WARNING Do not operate the push button ignition switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency The engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times or the ignition switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds If the engine stops while the vehicle
320. ithout automatic phonebook download function Transfer Entry Use the Transfer Entry command to store a new name in the system When prompted by the system say the name you would like to give the new entry For example say Mary If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if the name sounds too much like a name already stored the system tells you then prompts you for a name again The system will ask you to transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory To enter a phone number by voice command For example say five five five one two one two See How to say numbers earlier in this section for more information To transfer a phone number stored in the cellular phone s memory Say Transfer entry The system acknowledges the command and asks you to initiate the transfer from the phone handset The new contact phone number will be transferred from the cellular phone via the Bluetooth commu nication link The transfer procedure varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on transferring phone numbers from NISSAN re commended cellular phones The system repeats the number and prompts you for the next command When you have finished entering numbers or transferring an entry choose Store
321. ition switch in the ACC position after the SHIFT P warning appears To push the ignition switch to the OFF position perform the following procedure SHIFT P warning Move the selector lever to P gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to ON gt PUSH warning Push the ignition switch ignition switch position is turned to OFF 8 Intelligent Key battery discharge in dicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power If this indicator appears replace the battery with a new one See INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 9 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models This indicator means that the engine will start by pushing the ignition switch with the clutch pedal depressed Instruments and controls 2 17 WARNING a0 RELEASE PARKING BRAKE MILES DOOR de TRUNK 4 S OPEN ALERT j iow 00 F FP oursipe 6 GA EXIT TEMP SIC4027 WARNINGS AND ALERTS 1 Parking brake release warning This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 MPH 7 km h and the parking brake is applied 2 18 Instruments and controls 2 Low fuel warning This warning appears when the fuel level in the tank is getting low Refuel as soon as it is convenient preferably before the fuel gauge reaches the empty E
322. ive Recording e Note that data that is lost and not stored to the hard disk drive due to system damage improper operation or malfunction is not under warranty e Vehicle owners are not permitted to record music without permission of the owner of the copyright except for personal use e Check if the music is appropriately recorded to the hard disk drive after recording when the compact disc cannot be rerecorded e Some music cannot be recorded depending on the disc condition due to high speed recording e Jumping sounds may be recorded when a compact disc is recorded while driving on rough roads and excessive vibration occurs e A mark indicating jumping sounds is dis played if jumping sounds are recorded e No sounds may be recorded if jumping sounds occurs or the disc is in poor condition e Tracks that include Serial Copy Manage ment System SCMS are not recorded e f a compact disc is scratched or dirty it may not be recorded jumping sounds may occur or it may take a long time to record Automatic title download e The title information that is automatically downloaded may differ from the actual title e When newly released compact discs are recorded their title information may not be downloaded e The title information in the hard disk can be updated See Playing recorded songs later in this section Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 35
323. l Controls key switches the screen to the keypad to input 7 Speak 6 6 2 the phone number manually Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 107 Voice Recognition Dial Number Y l Say the last four digits or say Change Number E 800 662 Y J Change Number Manual Controls To exit hold the TALK switch SAA2539 Til Voice Recognition Dial Number 3 800 662 6200 Y j Dial J Change Number Manual Controls Please say Dial or say Change Number To exit hold the TALK switch 8 The system announces Please say the last four digits or say change number 9 Speak 6 2 0 0 SAA2540 10 The system announces Dial or Change Number 11 Speak Dial 12 The system makes a call to 800 620 6200 Note e You can also speak 800 620 6200 10 continuous digits or 620 6200 7 con tinuous digits if the area code is not necessary However the 3 3 4 digit group ing is recommended for improved recogni tion See How to speak numbers earlier in this section 4 108 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems You can only say a phone number using the 3 3 4 grouping 7 digits and 10 digits using this command Please use the International Call command for all other formats If you say Change Number during phone number
324. l announce that speaker adaptation has been completed and the system is ready The SA mode will stop if The h button is pressed for more than 5 seconds in SA mode The vehicle is driven during SA mode The ignition switch is turned to the OFF or LOCK position Training phrases During the SA mode the system instructs you to say the following phrases The system will prompt you for each phrase e phonebook transfer entry e dial30429 e delete call back number e Incoming e Transfer entry e 8 pause 9 3 2 pause 7 e delete all entries e call72409 e phonebook delete entry e next entry e dial star 2170 e yes e no e select e Missed e dial85692 e Bluetooth on Outgoing call3 1902 9 7 pause pause 3 0 8 cancel call back number call star2095 delete phone diaal8 3051 Record Name 4 3 pause 2 9 pause 0 delete redial number phonebook list names call80541 correction connect phone dial 74018 previous entry delete dial9 7266 call 76301 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 95 e go back e cal56280 e dial66437 4 96 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with nu
325. lation and outside air circulation sides will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Turning the air flow control dial selects the air outlet to 74 Air flows from center and side ventila tors uf Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets p Air flows mainly from foot outlets 4 Air flows from defroster and foot out lets Qy Air flows mainly from defroster outlets To turn the system off Turn the gg fan speed control dial to the OFF position 4 20 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 7 A C air conditioner ON OFF button g fan speed control dial Qy front defroster button gt intake air control button AUTO automatic air conditioner ON button Temperature control dial gy rear window defroster button See REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER SWITCH in the 2 Instruments and controls section MODE manual air flow control button OFF button AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER Type B Type C saa2278 Automatic operation Type C SAA2876 Cooling and or dehumidified heating AUTO This mode may be used all year round The system works automatically to control the inside temperature air flow distribution and fan speed after the preferred temperature is set manually 1 Push the AUTO button on Th
326. latt eraren ean ae aaa Ni 6 2 If your vehicle overheats ssnesrresrsrrrinsrririnerisers 6 18 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS 6 2 Towing your vehicle 2 6 cseeeeceee eee nedeweecin enna ee 6 19 Changing a flat tire for models with spare tire 6 2 Towing recommended by NISSAN Repairing flat tire for models with emergency except for NISMO models T E LE ate 6 20 tire puncture repair kit ceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeee es 6 7 Towing recommended by NISSAN Jump Starting eenei aiaa ae Fema 6 15 NISMO models sesers 6 21 Push Starting lt s 02 2ccn2e 2e222enec inact oacceandeaadvdesters 6 17 Vehicle recovery freeing a stuck vehicle 6 22 FLAT TIRE TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS It monitors tire pressure of all tires except the spare When the low tire pressure warning light is lit one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warning light This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH 25 km h For more details see WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section AA WARNING e If the low ti
327. lay brightness can also be adjusted using the brightness UP button or bright ness DOWN button Push and hold the 3 7 OFF button for more than 2 seconds to turn the display off Push the button again to turn the display on HOW TO USE INFO BUTTON The display screen shows vehicle and navigation information for your convenience The information shown on the screen should be a guide to determine the condition of the vehicle e Navigation Version See the following for details Information Fuel Economy Weather Info Maintenance Map Update Where am Navigation Version SAA2478 Vehicle information display 1 Push the INFO button on the control panel 2 Select an item from the INFO menu 3 After viewing or adjusting the information on the following screens push the BACK button to return to the INFO menu See the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual for the following items e Where am I e Traffic Info e Weather Info e Map Update Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 7 Information Fuel Economy Distance to Empty KEKE mile Avg Fuel Econ 26 0 Fuel Econ Reset Fuel Eco Fuel Eco History SAA2479 Information Fuel Eco History Reset Interval Latest SAA2480 Fuel Economy information The distance to empty average fuel economy and current fuel economy will be displayed f
328. layed Select No VIDEO CD Select the Select No key to open the number entry screen Input the number to be searched and select the OK key The specified scene will be played Angle DVD VIDEO If the DVD contains different angles such as moving images the current image angle can be switched to another one Select the Angle key The angle will change each time the side or side is selected Angle Mark DVD VIDEO When this item is turned on an angle mark will be shown on the bottom of the screen if the scene can be seen from a different angle Menu Skip DVD VIDEO DVD menus are automatically configured and the contents will be played directly when the Menu Skip key is turned on Note that some discs may not be played directly even if this item is turned on CM Skip DVD VIDEO Select the CM Skip key Choose the setting time from 15 30 or 60 seconds by selecting the side or side DRC DVD VIDEO DVD VR DRC Dynamic Range Compression automati cally adjusts the soundtrack volume level to maintain a more even sound to the speakers DVD Language DVD VIDEO VIDEO CD Select the DVD Language key to open the number entry screen Input the number corre sponding to the preferred language and select the OK key The DVD top menu language will Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4
329. light should turn off If the light remains on after a few driving trips have the vehicle inspected by a NISSAN dealer e For additional information see Malfunction Indicator Light MIL later in this section yA Gl Triple meter 1 Engine oil temperature gauge 2 Voltmeter 3 Clock TRIPLE METER Engine oil temperature gauge If the engine oil temperature gauge indicates more than 280 F 140 C while driving reduce the engine speed RPM and drive at a slow speed ty SIC4003 When the engine oil temperature is high the engine protection mode which helps reduce the chance of engine damage could activate and automatically decrease engine power Driving while the engine oil temperature is high may result in engine damage Voltmeter When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the volt meter indicates the battery voltage When the engine is running it indicates the generator voltage While cranking the engine the volts drop below the normal range If the needle is not in the normal range 11 to 15 volts while the engine is running it may indicate that the charging system is not functioning properly Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Clock If necessary adjust the clock on the setting screen of the vehicle information display See CLOCK later in this section If the power supply is disconnected the clock will not indicate the correct time
330. ll appear Operate the compatible Bluetooth audio device For the connecting procedure of the audio device see the Bluetooth audio instructions When the connecting is completed the screen will return to the Bluetooth setup display Bluetooth Audio Artist XXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Shuffle OFF Repeat OFF 0 11 SAA2510 Audio main operation Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position Then push the DISC AUX button repeatedly to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode lf the system has been turned off while the Bluetooth audio device was playing push ing the ON OFF VOL control knob will start the Bluetooth audio device The ability to pause change tracks fast forward rewind randomize and repeat music may be different between devices Some or all of these functions may not be supported on each device Aux DISC AUX button When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the Bluetooth audio device connected the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and the Bluetooth audio device is connected push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the display changes to the Bluetooth audio mode map M4 r Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the gt or mass button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a Bluetooth audio file is being played the Bluetooth audio devi
331. lled automatically To manually control the intake air push the lt gt intake air control button To return to the automatic control mode push the lt gt intake air control button for approximately 2 seconds The indicator lights will flash twice and then the intake air will be controlled automatically Air flow control Pushing the MODE manual air flow control button selects the air outlet to s Air flows from center and side ventila tors lt j Air flows from center and side ventila tors and foot outlets af Air flows mainly from foot outlets a Air flows from defroster and foot out lets To turn the system off Push the OFF button SAA2324 OPERATING TIPS When the engine coolant temperature and outside air temperature are low the air flow from the foot outlets may not operate for a maximum of 150 seconds This is not a malfunction After the coolant temperature warms up air will flow normally from the foot outlets The sensors A and on the instrument panel helps maintain a constant temperature Do not put anything on or around this sensor IN CABIN MICROFILTER The air conditioning system is equipped with an in cabin microfilter which collects dirt pollen dust etc To make sure the air conditioner heats defogs and ventilates efficiently replace the filter in accordance with the maintenance schedule in the NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide To r
332. lligent Key inside the vehicle However when an Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle doors and the rear hatch trunk lid can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key Unlocking doors rear hatch trunk lid and fuel filler door 1 Push the door handle request switch dri ver s or front passenger s or the rear hatch trunk request switch once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you 2 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once The corresponding door and the fuel filler door or the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock 3 Push the door handle request switch or the rear hatch trunk request switch again within 60 seconds 4 The hazard indicator flashes once and out side chime sounds once again All the doors and the rear hatch trunk lid will unlock All doors the rear hatch trunk lid and the fuel filler door will be locked automatically unless one of the following operations is performed within 1 minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked e Opening any door and or the rear hatch trunk lid e Pushing the ignition switch e Inserting the Intelligent Key into the Intelli gent Key port During this 1 minute time period if the UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key is pushed all doors will be locked automatically after another 1 minute Opening rear hatch trunk lid To open only the rear hatch trunk lid perform the following procedure 1 Carry the Intell
333. lly change from stereo to Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 41 monaural reception Q TUNE Tuning e For AM and FM radio Push the TUNE button manual tuning e For XM Satellite Radio Push the TUNE button 4 or to seek channels from all of the categories when any CAT is not selected or for SEEK tuning CATEGORY CAT e For AM and FM radio Push the SEEK button or to tune from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button or to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds S
334. lock knob position See INTELLIGENT KEY SYS TEM earlier in this section TRUNK RELEASE POWER CANCEL SWITCH When the switch located inside the glove box is in the OFF position A the power to the trunk lid will be canceled and the trunk lid cannot be opened by the trunk lid opener or trunk request switch When you have to leave the vehicle with a valet and want to keep your belongings safe in the glove box and the trunk push this switch to OFF and lock the glove box with the mechanical key Then leave the vehicle and the Intelligent Key with the valet and keep the mechanical key with you Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 19 See KEYS earlier in this section To connect the power to the trunk lid push the switch to the ON position 3 20 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA2682 INTERIOR TRUNK LID RELEASE A WARNING Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk lid securely latched when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys The interior trunk lid release mechanism allows opening of the trunk lid in the event that people become locked inside the trunk Releasing inside the trunk To open the trunk lid from the inside pull the release handle A until the lock releases and push up on the trunk lid The release lever i
335. loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle When the vehicle is loaded drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads Individual axle loads should not exceed either of the gross axle weight ratings GAWR The total of the axle loads should not exceed the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR These ratings are given on the vehicle certification label If weight ratings are exceeded move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings TOWING A TRAILER Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle Technical and consumer information 9 19 FLAT TOWING Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing This method is sometimes used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle such as a motor home AW CAUTION e Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe transmission damage e Whenever flat towing your vehicle always tow forward never back ward e DO NOT tow any automatic trans mission vehicle with all four wheels on the ground flat towing Doing so WILL DAMAGE internal transmis sion parts due to lack of transmis sion lubrication e For emergency towing procedures refer to TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN except for NISMO models in the 6 In case of emergency section of this manual 9 20 Technical and consumer information AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION To tow a veh
336. losed 5 Operate the buttons to check its operation See a NISSAN dealer if you need any assistance for replacement FCC Notice This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential in stallation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accor dance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communica tions However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the inter ference by one or more of the following measures Reorient or relocate the receiving an tenna Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Maintenance and do it yourself 8 23 LIGHTS COUPE 1 Headlight high and low beam 2 Map light 3 Front park light 4 Front side marker light 5 Front turn signal light 6 Side turn signal light 7 H
337. low tire and clear of the vehicle pressure when the tire has come off the A WARNING inside or the outside of the wheel Make sure the parking brake is securely applied and the manual transmission is shifted into R Reverse or the auto matic transmission into P Park Stopping the vehicle e Never repair tires when the vehicle when the tire wheel is damaged when two or more tires are flat Attach label to is on a slope ice or slippery areas instrument panel in driver s field of view 1 Safely move the vehicle off the road and away from traffic This is hazardous e Never repair tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle Wait for 3 Park on a level surface and apply the parking professional road assistance brake SCE0846 Turn on the hazard warning flashers Type A 4 Automatic Transmission models Move the selector lever to the P Park position 6 8 In case of emergency SCE0866 Type B Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit Take out the emergency tire puncture repair kit located under the cargo room or in the trunk The repair kit consists of the following items Type A O Tire sealant bottle Sealant filler tubes one is for work at a NISSAN dealer Valve core for spare Valve core tool 6 Air compressor Sealant applied sticker Speed restriction sticker Type B Tire sealant bottle Air compressor
338. luetooth device Edit Bluetooth Info Change the name broadcasted by this system over Bluetooth Change the PIN code that is entered when connecting a hands free device to this system Replace Connected Phone Replace the Bluetooth connection with a connected Bluetooth cellular phone For details about Hands Free Phone System see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this the U S and other countries section SAA2512 iPod PLAYER OPERATION models with navigation system Connecting iPod Open the console lid and connect the iPod cable to the USB connector If compatible the battery of the iPod is charged while the connection to the vehicle Depending on the version of the iPod the display on the iPod shows a NISSAN or Accessory Attached screen when the connec tion is completed When the iPod is connected to the vehicle the iPod music library can only be operated by the vehicle audio controls iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in Compatibility The following models are available e Fifth generation iPod version 1 2 3 or later e iPod Classic version 1 1 1 or later e First generation iPod touch version 2 0 0 or later e Second generation iPod touch version 1 2 3 or later e First generation iPod nano version 1 3 1 or later e Second generation iPod nano version 1 1 3 or later
339. m the supplemental air bag warning light located in the meter and gauges area will blink Have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer Other supplemental front impact air bag precautions AV WARNING e Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru ment panel Also do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if the front air bag inflates e Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat Also do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor pattern sensor This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious perso nal injury e Do not use water or acidic cleaners hot steam cleaners on the seat This can damage the seat or occu pant classification sensor This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury Immediately after inflation several front air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the air bag system This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or damage to the supplemental air bag system Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system
340. m 1 41 2 Instruments and controls IGOCK pits scaticieeccatyviadeatanlarveneatvenowteadlen evans 2 2 Instrument pan l i cccdcciidn miann insania sebum 2 3 Meters and gauges ssissci terrere ea ts 2 4 Speedometer and odometer eeereererrererrerere 2 5 Tachometer ssion senenin erorien ine 2 5 Engine coolant temperature gauge ccee 2 6 PUGH GQ AUG Gr eoue E n dante amea meets 2 6 WhiPlSstMeStele 22 ton sat jeans reed alia besten eevtaeeseetant 2 7 Warning indicator lights and audible reminders 2 8 Checking bulbS 2iiiceisadcstesesnteneenmtinncntcse dances 2 8 Warming ghis siccsacesductisdactatewcecentaingiersaise s 2 9 indicator NIGMS iseendana 2 12 Audible romiNdelSpusiereiiriaten rimasto urosten 2 15 Vehicle information display s sssersseseresreesesene 2 16 Indicators for operatiONn iesessseesosrisini reses 2 16 Warnings and alerts c cecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 18 Indicators for maintenance s e s srersrerersre 2 19 Tip COMPUG fisricievetuies wietohiierneenaiysrentarsbehees 2 20 SECUPity SYSTEMS we paiana hoo E 2 25 Vehicle security System ssssirersssrrsirererrresrver 2 25 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System 2 26 Windshield wiper and washer switch 00068 2 27 Rear window defroster SWItCh s sssssrersrererere 2 29 Headlight and turn signal switch s ssssessrerenene 2 29 Xenon headlights neisi ero aaae 2 29 Headlight Switch iesissienri
341. mality occurs in the pretensioner system the supplemental air bag warning light Ar will not come on will flash intermittently or will turn on for 7 seconds and remain on after the ignition switch has been pushed to the ON position In this case the pretensioner system may not function properly They must be checked and repaired Take your vehicle to the nearest NISSAN dealer When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the seat belt preten sioners and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SSS1016 SPA1097 SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS Warning labels about the supplemental front impact air bag are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light display ing f in the instrument panel monitors the circuits of the supplemental front impact air bag front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bag roof mounted Coupe models or door mounted Roadster models curtain side impact supplemental air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems The monitored circuits include the Air bag Control Unit ACU satellite sensors crash zone sensor occupant classification system front air bag modules side air bag modules curtain air bag modules pretensioners and all related wiring S
342. may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible See FLAT TIRE in the 6 In case of emergency section for changing a flat tire When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors for mod els not equipped with the emer gency tire puncture repair kit If you used the Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire punc ture your NISSAN dealer will also need to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire for models equipped with the emergency tire puncture repair kit e NISSAN recommends using only NISSAN G
343. mber 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution System fails to interpret the command correctly 1 Ensure that the command is valid See LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS earlier in this section 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 6 If the system consistently fails to recognize commands the voice training procedure should be carried out to improve the recognition response for the speaker See SPEAKER ADAPTATION SA MODE earlier in this section The system consistently selects the wrong entry from the phonebook 1 Ensure that the phonebook entry name requested matches what was originally stored This can be confirmed by using the List Names command See Phonebook phones without automatic phonebook download function earlier in this section 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 97 NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system NISSAN Voice
344. me Album Title ILO CD When the fast forward or rewind button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed CD with MP3 or WMA When the or button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the folders in the CD will change When the or button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while the CD is being played the CD will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to the normal play speed FF Fast Forward REW Re wind APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the APS FF button is pushed while the CD is being played the program next to the present one will start to play from its beginning Push several times to skip through programs The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last program on the CD is skipped through the first program will be Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 43 played When the APS REW button is pushed the program being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through programs The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed CD PLAY selection To change to another CD already loaded into th
345. meter or gauge lens covers It may damage the lens cover AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior If you use an air freshener take the following precautions e Hanging type air fresheners can cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior surface e Liquid type air fresheners typically clip on the vents These products can cause immediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces Carefully read and follow the manufacturer s instructions before using air fresheners 7 6 Appearance and care FLOOR MATS The use of NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior No matter what mats are used be sure they are fitted for your vehicle and are properly positioned in the footwell to prevent interference with pedal operation Mats should be maintained with regular cleaning and replaced if they become excessively worn as Floor mat positioning aid This vehicle includes front floor mat brackets to act as floor mat positioning aid NISSAN floor mats have been specially designed for your vehicle model The front floor mats have grommet holes in them To install simply position the mat by placing the floor mat bracket hook through the floor mat grommet hole while centering the mat in the f
346. move the Intelligent Key from the Intelligent Key port after the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF posi tion BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE e Make sure the area around the vehicle is clear e Check fluid levels such as engine oil cool ant brake fluid and window washer fluid as frequently as possible or at least whenever you refuel e Check that all windows and lights are clean e Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition Also check tires for proper inflation e Lock all doors e Position seat and adjust head restraints e Adjust inside and outside mirrors e Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers to do likewise e Check the operation of warning lights when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position See WARNING INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS in the 2 Instruments and controls section STARTING THE ENGINE Apply the parking brake Automatic Transmission AT model Move the selector lever to the P Park or N Neutral position P is recommended The starter is designed not to operate unless the selector lever is in either of the above positions Manual Transmission MT model Move the shift lever to the N Neutral position Depress the clutch pedal fully to the floor The starter is designed not to operate unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed The Intelligent Key must be carried when operating the ignition switch Push the ignition switch to
347. mp Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer Adjust voice recognition settings SAA2529 Settings Voice Recognition User Guide Alternate Command Mode Change the mode of voice recognition SAA2543 Information Voice Recognition Command List User Guide Display the commands of voice recognition SAA2544 Activating Alternate Command Mode When the Standard Mode is active perform the following steps to switch to the Alternate Command Mode 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Highlight the Others key 3 Highlight the Voice Recognition key 4 Highlight the Alternate Command Mode key 5 The confirmation message is displayed on the screen Push the OK key to activate the Alternate Command Mode Displaying command list If you are controlling the system by voice commands for the first time or do not know the appropriate voice command perform the follow ing procedure for displaying the voice command list available only in Alternate Command Mode N Push the INFO button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Command List key Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 111 Information Command List Information Command List Phone Commands a Navigation Commands
348. n a window that is equipped with the automatic open close function See POWER WINDOWS in the 2 Instruments and con trols section To open the window push the door UNLOCK Q button 2 on the Intelligent Key for about 3 seconds after the door is unlocked To stop opening release the UNLOCK p button Window cannot be closed using the Intelligent Key The door window can be opened or closed by turning the metal key in a door lock See DOORS earlier in this section Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threatened you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows 1 Push the PANIC 3p button on the Key for more than 1 second 2 The theft warning alarm and headlights will stay on for 25 seconds 3 The panic alarm stops when e lt has run for 25 seconds or e Any of the buttons on the Intelligent Key are pushed Note Panic button should be pushed for more than 1 second Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle In hazard indicator and horn mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once When the UNLOCK p button is pushed the hazard indicator flashes once If horns are not necessary the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode In hazard indicator mode when the LOCK button is pushed the hazard indicator fl
349. n an area where it is difficult to receive radio waves such as in a tunnel in an underground parking garage behind a tall building or in a mountainous area Your cellular phone is locked in order not to be dialed When the radio wave condition is not ideal or ambient sound is too loud it may be difficult to hear the other person s voice during a call Immediately after the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position it may be impossible to receive a call for a short period of time Do not place the cellular phone in an area surrounded by metal or far away from the in vehicle phone module to prevent tone quality degradation and wireless connection dis ruption While a cellular phone is connected through the Bluetooth wireless connection the battery power of the cellular phone may discharge quicker than usual If the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System seems to be malfunctioning please visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for trouble shooting help e Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may reduce or eliminate the noise e Refer to the cellular phone Owner s Manual regarding the telephone pairing procedure specific to your phone battery charging cellular phone antenna etc e The antenna display on the monitor will not coincide with the antenna display of some cellular phones
350. n for 600 miles 1 000 km also in cases of a flat tire etc e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet iy ea a al SDI1663 1 Wear indicator 2 Wear indicator location mark Tire wear and damage A WARNING e Tires should be periodically in spected for wear cracking bul ging or objects caught in the tread If excessive wear cracks bulging or deep cuts are found the tire s should be replaced e The original tires have built in tread wear indicators When wear indicators are visible the tire s should be replaced e Tires degrade with age and use Have tires including the spare over 6 years old checked by a qualified technician because some tire damage may not be obvious Replace the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and possible personal injury e Improper service of the spare tire may result in serious perso nal injury If it is necessary to repair the spare tire contact a NISSAN dealer e For additional information re garding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Cana da in the Warranty Information Booklet Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire use the same size tread design speed rating and load carrying capacity as originally equipped See
351. n or close the soft top when driving the vehicle When the soft top is operating and any of the following conditions occur the top will stop operating e When the selector lever or shift lever is in the R Reverse position e When the vehicle moves at a speed of 3 MPH 5 km h or more e When the battery voltage is extremely low e When the temperature of the soft top system becomes extremely high Release the soft top operating switch and push the switch again to move the top to the fully opened or closed position The soft top indicator light will turn off when the top operation is completely finished If the soft top indicator light illuminates with the ignition switch ON whether the top is operated or not and when the top is engaged it may indicate the top operating system is not functioning properly Have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible Automatic window lowering When the soft top operating switch is pressed the power windows will automatically be low ered completely The windows do not rise automatically after the top operation is com pleted Use the power window switches to raise them SPA2632 OPENING THE TOP i 2 Start the engine Push OPEN on the soft top operating switch and hold it until the top is fully opened e The soft top indicator light will illuminate while the top is in motion In about 20 seconds the opening movement will finish and th
352. nced Air Bags 3 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags for Coupe models 4 Roof mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators for Coupe models 8 Door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bag inflators for Roadster models Door mounted curtain side impact supplemental air bags for Roadster models Front seat mounted side impact supplemental air bags Occupant classification sensor pattern sensor 1 32 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 9 Occupant classification system control unit 10 Air bag Control Unit ACU 11 Satellite sensors 12 Seat belt with pretensioner NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS TEM front seats This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats This system is designed to meet certification requirements under U S regulations It is also permitted in Canada However all of the information cautions and warnings in this manual still apply and must be followed The driver supplemental front impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel The front passenger supplemental front impact air bag is mounted in the instrument panel above the glove box The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact They may not
353. nd oil filter recommendation COLD TIRE PRESSURES The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the driver s door For additional information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section NEW VEHICLE BREAK IN PROCE DURES RECOMMENDATION During the first 1 200 miles 2 000 km of vehicle use follow the recommendations out lined in the BREAK IN SCHEDULE in the 5 Starting and driving section of this Owner s Manual Follow these recommendations for the future reliability and economy of your new vehicle Printing September 2009 06 TOOUM 1ET1D O e o aa Printed in Japan Z34 D
354. nd Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Grace note Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACE NOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license termi nates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Soft ware and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identi fier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing anything about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Grace note service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warran
355. nds e The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently e The supplemental air bag warning light does 2 12 Instruments and controls not come on at all Unless checked and repaired the Supplemental Restraint Systems and or the pretensioner seat belt may not function properly For additional information see SUPPLEMEN TAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section A WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning light is on it could mean that the front air bag side air bag and curtain air bag systems and or pretensioner system will not operate in an accident To help avoid injury to yourself or others have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible INDICATOR LIGHTS N Transmission position indicator if so equipped When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position the indicator shows the transmission position For AT models In the manual shift mode when the transmission does not shift to the selected gear due to the transmission protection mode the AT position indicator light will blink and a buzzer will sound See DRIVING THE VEHICLE in the 5 Starting and driving section Cruise indicator light Cruise main switch indicator This light illuminates when the cruise control main switch is pushed The light turns off when the main switch is pushed again When the cru
356. ne from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station e For XM Satellite Radio Push the SEEK button maty or we to tune to the first channel of the next or previous category During satellite radio reception the following notices will be displayed under certain condi tions e NO SIGNAL No signal is received while the SAT tuner is connected e OFF AIR Broadcasting signed off e CHECK ANTENNA Antenna connection error e LOADING When the initial setting is performed e UPDATING When the satellite radio sub scription is not active SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stop at each broad casting station channel for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station channel If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station channel to Station memory operations 12 stations channels can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 18 for XM radio 6 each for XM1 XM2 and XM3 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station channel using the SEEK TRACK SCAN button or the radio TUNE knob 3 Push and hold the desired station preset button 4 to until the radio mutes 4
357. ne and voice recognition systems 4 59 following items e Shuffle Choose Shuffle OFF Shuffle All Tracks and Shuffle Group e Repeat Choose from Repeat OFF Repeat 1 Track Repeat All Tracks and Repeat Group Settings Bluetooth Bluetooth Connect Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info SAA2511 Bluetooth settings To set up the Bluetooth device system to the preferred settings push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key Bluetooth If this setting is turned off the connection between the Bluetooth devices and the in vehicle Bluetooth module will be canceled Connect Bluetooth Connects to the Bluetooth device See Con necting procedure earlier in this section Up to 5 devices can be registered 4 60 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Connected Devices Registered devices are shown on the list Select a Bluetooth device from the list the following options will be available e Select Select Select to connect the selected device to the vehicle If there is a different device currently connected the selected device will replace the current device e Edit Rename the selected Bluetooth device using the keypad displayed on the screen See HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN earlier in this section e Delete Delete the selected B
358. ne from low to high or high to low frequencies and to stop at the next broadcasting station SCAN SCAN tuning Push the SCAN tuning button to tune from low to high frequencies and stops at each broad casting station for 5 seconds Pushing the button again during this 5 seconds period will stop SCAN tuning and the radio will remain tuned to that station If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 5 seconds SCAN tuning moves to the next station 1 to 6 Station memory operations Twelve stations can be set for the FM band 6 each for FM1 and FM2 and 6 stations can be set for the AM band 1 Choose the radio band AM FM1 or FM2 using the radio band select button 2 Tune to the desired station using the SEEK SCAN or TUNE button 3 Select the desired station and push and hold the desired station preset buttons 1 to 6 until a beep sound is heard The radio mutes when the select button is pushed 4 The station indicator will then come on and the sound will resume Memorizing is now complete 5 Other buttons can be set in the same manner If the battery cable is disconnected or if the fuse blows the radio memory will be erased In that case reset the desired stations Compact Disc CD player operation Place the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position and insert the CD into the slot with the label side facing up The CD will be guided automatically into the slot and start playing Cen
359. ng After loading the CD the number of tracks on the CD and the play time will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the ON OFF button will start the CD LOAD CD LOAD To insert a CD in the CD changer push the LOAD button for less than 1 5 seconds Select the loading position by pushing the CD insert select button 1 to then insert the CD To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer in succession push the LOAD button for more than 1 5 seconds The inserted slot numbers will illuminate on the display DISC PLAY When the DISC CD play button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play When the DISC button is pushed while a CD is loaded and a medium is played using the auxiliary input jacks you can toggle back and forth between CD and medium DISP CD DISPLAY information When the DISP button is pushed while the CD is being played the audio display will change as follows CD Zz Track Number gt Album Title E Song Title CD with MP3 or WMA C Track Number Folder Title Song Title Artist Na
360. ng so may damage the rear spoiler Always hold area to open or close the rear hatch 3 18 Pre driving checks and adjustments See SPA2580 SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE The secondary rear hatch release mechanism allows opening the rear hatch in the event of discharged battery or emergency The release handle is located under the cargo room floor To open the rear hatch from the passenger compartment perform the following procedure 1 Remove the cargo floor mat 2 Find the rear hatch release handle Q as shown in the illustration 3 Free the release handle that is fixed with velcro 4 Firmly pull the release handle until the rear hatch releases TRUNK LID Roadster models WARNING e Do not drive with the trunk lid open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS carbon mon oxide in the 5 Starting and driv ing section of this manual e Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s access to Intelligent Keys SPA2692 SPA2681 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH The trunk lid can be opened by pushing the trunk lid opener switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the trunk lock unlock function regardless of the inside
361. ng the NISSAN Voice Recognition system For more details see NISSAN VOICE RE COGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 98 4 76 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2518 CONTROL BUTTONS 1 PHONE button 2 TALK PHONE SEND button Connect Phone Call History Handset Phonebook Connected Phone SAA2519 The system is searching for your phone Using your handset look for a Bluetooth device called MY CAR When requested by the handset enter the PIN 1234 Exiting screen cancels search Connects a phone using Bluetooth SAA2520 CONNECTING PROCEDURE 1 Push the PHONE button or the button and select the Connect Phone key When a PIN code appears on the screen operate the compatible Bluetooth cellular phone to enter the PIN code The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for the details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth or call NISSAN Consumer Affairs Department for instructions on pairing NISSAN recom mended cellular phones When the connection process is completed the screen will return to the Phone menu display PHONE SELECTION Up to 5 cellular phones can be registered to the system To switch to connect another cellular phone push PHONE button and select the
362. ngine cooling system c0cceee eens 8 8 Engine Oil iros ti ae inian iana ui 8 9 Engine oil and oil filter recommendation 9 5 Engine oil replacement indicator 2 19 Engine oil temperature gauge 00 2 7 Engine Olli VISCOSITY iscicciessiactaesenraseedens 9 5 Engine serial number 00seeeeeeeeee 9 11 Engine specifications cccseeeeeeeee eee 9 7 Engine start operation indicator 2 16 Engine start operation indicator Manual Transmission models If your vehicle overheats Starting the engine J Event Data Recorders EDR 000005 Exhaust gas carbon monoxide 0 0005 5 2 F F M V S S C M V S S certification label 9 11 Filter Air cleaner housing filter 0 0005 8 18 Changing engine oil and filter 000 8 9 Flashers See hazard warning flasher switch 2 33 Flat TING ia siaitie na siieianae ia aran Eaa 6 2 Repairing flat tire with emergency tire puncture repair kit 6 7 Flat TOWN sed nDo akn r Eea Ea Floor mat cleaning Fluid Automatic transmission fluid ATF 8 11 Brake and clutch fluid v cccscccsecocereasasees 8 12 BAKES Tui ic sccseecns eve esarsandeduanerean ae ees 8 13 Capacities and recommended fuel IWONCOMG riirii aranana ip iaaa 9 2 Engine oolant ic cscccarsnssrccanaterstasesensens 8 8 Engine Oil ssnin aaan ensanse se aecmensans 8 9
363. nimals Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks In a sudden stop or collision unsecured cargo could cause personal injury Coupe mod els Closely supervise children when they are around cars to prevent them from playing and becoming locked in the trunk where they could be seriously injured Keep the car locked with the trunk closed when not in use and prevent children s 5 2 Starting and driving access to car keys Roadster mod els If the engine oil temperature is high the engine protection mode which helps re duce the chance of engine damage could activate and automatically decrease en gine power Driving while the engine oil temperature is high may result in engine damage EXHAUST GAS carbon monoxide AV WARNING e Do not breathe exhaust gases they contain colorless and odorless car bon monoxide Carbon monoxide is dangerous It can cause uncon sciousness or death e If you suspect that exhaust fumes are entering the vehicle drive with all windows fully open and have the vehicle inspected immediately e Do not run the engine in closed spaces such as a garage e Do not park the vehicle with the engine running for any extended length of time Keep the rear hatch trunk lid closed while driving otherwise exhaust gases could be drawn into the passenger compartment If you must drive with the rear hatch trunk lid open
364. nique parts NISMO models cccccccecceeeeeseeeeeeeeeaeeeeneees 3 32 FUCIfller OOF is tiehccucadenohactnampinanmenendnaicisnarsciacmns 3 34 Opening the fuel filler door 3 34 FUGI TIIleM Capuana ra cacaniihaten demain 3 34 TIE STCCNING E cee iecs iceuanteneedeweneandendies ene 3 35 Manual Operation lt cceiccictssacecsitecsescteeticnatenie ss 3 36 SUM VSO Suone nenna a ina 3 36 MiMOTS ooien o a E aa i 3 36 INSIDE MINO aneis senene aaa 3 36 Outside MINOr Saone TE 3 38 Vanity MiO onina 3 39 KEYS A key number plate is supplied with your keys Record the key number and keep it in a safe place such as your wallet not in the vehicle If you lose your keys see a NISSAN dealer for duplicates by using the key number NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from If you still have a key this key can be duplicated by a NISSAN dealer 3 2 Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 SPA2406 1 Intelligent Keys 2 sets 2 Mechanical keys inside the Keys 2 sets 3 Key number plate 1 set INTELLIGENT KEY Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System compo nents As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle
365. nk after 20 seconds the I M test condition is ready If your vehicle does not pass an I M test the MIL may not come on Contact a NISSAN dealer to prepare the vehicle for retesting If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a not ready condition drive the vehicle through the following pattern to set the vehicle to the ready condi tion If you cannot or do not want to perform the driving pattern a NISSAN dealer can conduct it for you WARNING Always drive the vehicle in a safe and prudent manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws Start the engine Allow the engine to idle until the engine coolant temperature gauge needle points between the C and H normal operating temperature Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h then quickly release the accelerator pedal completely and keep it released for at least 10 seconds Quickly depress the accelerator pedal for a moment then drive the vehicle at a speed of 53 to 60 MPH 86 to 96 km h for at least 9 minutes Stop the vehicle Leave the engine running Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH 88 km h and maintain the speed for 2 minutes Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times Quickly release the accelerator pedal com pletely and keep it released for at least for 1 minute Maintain the speed for at least 5 minutes 8 Stop the vehicle Place the automatic transmission selector lever in the P Park or N Neutral position or
366. nning Push several times to skip through tracks The CD will advance the number of times the button is pushed When the last track on the CD is skipped through the first track will be played When the i4 APS REW button is pushed the track being played returns to its beginning Push several times to skip back through tracks The CD will go back the number of times the button is pushed RPT RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM play When the RPT or RDM button is pushed while a CD is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows 4 38 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems RPT button 1 Disc Repeat Normal play gt 1 Track Repeat RDM button 1 Disc Repeat Normal play gt 1 Disc Random The display shows the following symbols No mark 1 Disc Repeat 1 1 Track Repeat RDM 1 Disc Random amp CD EJECT When the CD EJECT button is pushed with the CD loaded the CD will be ejected When this button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will come out and the system will turn off If the CD comes out and is not removed it will be pulled back into the slot to protect it SCAN SCAN tuning When the SCAN tuning button is pushed while the CD is being played the beginning of all the tracks of the CDs will be played for 10 seconds in sequence Pushing the button again during this 10 second period will
367. ns the call Phone Number speak digits When prompted by the system say the number to call Refer to Making a call by entering a phone number earlier in this section for more details Redial Use the Redial command to call the last number that was dialed The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a redial number does not exist the system announces There is no number to redial and ends the VR session Call back Use the Call Back command to dial the number of the last incoming call within the vehicle The system acknowledges the command re peats the number and begins dialing If a call back number does not exist the system announces There is no number to call back and ends the VR session Special Dialing To dial more than 10 digits or any special characters please say Special Dialing When the system acknowledges the command the system will prompt you to speak the number Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 91 During a call During a call there are several command options available Push the 44 button on the steering wheel to mute the receiving voice and enter commands e Help The system announces the avail able commands e Go back Correction The system an nounces Go back ends the VR session and returns to the call e Cancel Quit
368. nual accidents fire or electric shock 4 Multi function controller P 4 3 e Park the vehicle in a safe location 5 PHONE Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System and apply the parking brake to view button P 4 74 the images on the front center dis 6 3 t OFF brightness control and display ON OFF button P 4 6 play screen using devices connected to the auxiliary input jacks 10 INFO vehicle and navigation information button P 4 6 Do not attempt to operate the system in 11 SETTING button P 4 10 extreme temperature conditions below 4 F 20 C and above 158 F 70 C Operating this system under these condi tions may result in system malfunctions 4 2 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA2274 HOW TO USE MULTI FUNCTION CONTROLLER Choose an item on the display using the main directional buttons 2 or additional directional buttons with navigation system or center dial and push the ENTER button for operation Push the BACK button 4 to return the display to the previous screen or delete characters Pushing BACK may or may not save the settings depending on the menu For the VOICE button functions refer to the separate Navigation System Owner s Manual HOW TO USE TOUCH SCREEN A CAUTION e The glass screen on the liquid crystal display may break if it is hit with a hard or sharp object If the glass
369. o not drive with the top partially opened e If the top cannot be operated prop erly see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible to have your vehicle checked A CAUTION The storage lid is extremely heavy The storage lid should be manually opened or closed by two people Shoes SPA2715 1 Open the trunk lid In the event of a discharged battery the secondary trunk release mechanism should be operated See SECONDARY TRUNK LID RE LEASE earlier in this section Open the top storage lid a Remove the board inside of the trunk by removing the clips b Pull the lock release cables right and left as illustrated then close the trunk lid NOTE Use a cloth or other tool to protect your hands when pulling on the lock release cables 3 SPA2686 SPA2703 c Pull up the storage lid from the left and 3 Close the soft top right side of the vehicle by hand a Pull up the top simultaneously from the right and left side of the vehicle while A CAUTION holding the storage lid Make sure to close the trunk lid before opening the storage lid The storage lid may contact the trunk lid and damage it Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 29 AA CAUTION Make sure to hold the rear top to avoid the front and rear parts separat ing Otherwise the top may be da maged SPA2704 b When the rear top is pulled up from the storage area one person must
370. o set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the gg fan speed control dial and set it to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean push the AUTO button to return to the auto mode e When the 7 front defroster button is pushed the air conditioner will automatically be turned on at outside temperatures above 23 F 5 C to defog the windshield and the air recirculate mode will automatically be turned off Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment to improve the defogging performance Manual operation Fan speed control Turn the gg fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed Push the AUTO button to return to automatic 4 22 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems control of the fan speed Air recirculation Push the lt gt intake air control button to recirculate interior air inside the vehicle The indicator light lt gt will come on The air recirculation mode cannot be activated when the air conditioner is in the front defrosting mode qv Outside air circulation Push the lt gt intake air control button to change the air circulation from the intake air to the outside air The indicator light lt gt will turn off Automatic air intake control In the AUTO mode the intake air will be contro
371. o to the next or previous category e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the XM Menu iPod models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will skip to the next or previous index e Pushing the menu control switch will show the iPod Menu e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number if playing compressed audio files e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the CD Menu DVD models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the title number e Pushing the menu control switch will select an item from the DVD display e When the transparent operation menu ap pears the switch will control the menu USB models with navigation system e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the track number e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will increase decrease the folder number e Pushing the menu control switch will show the USB Menu Music Box models with navigation sys tem e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds
372. ofile All Bluetooth Devices do not have the same level of controls for AVRCP Please consult the manual for your Bluetooth Device for more details Once your Bluetooth device is connected to the in vehicle audio system it will automatically reconnect whenever the device is present in the vehicle and you select Bluetooth Audio from your audio system You do not need to manually reconnect for each usage 4 56 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Regulatory information FCC Regulatory information CAUTION To maintain compliance with FCC s RF exposure guidelines use only the supplied antenna Unauthorized antenna modification or attachments could damage the transmitter and may violate FCC regula tions Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 This device must accept any interfer ence including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark Bluetooth BLUETOOTH is a trademark o
373. ohol It should also contain a suitable amount of appropriate cosolvents and corro sion inhibitors If not properly formu lated with appropriate cosolvents and corrosion inhibitors such methanol blends may cause fuel system damage and or vehicle performance problems At this time sufficient data is not available to ensure that all methanol blends are suitable for use in NISSAN Technical and consumer information 9 3 vehicles If any undesirable driveability problems such as engine stalling or hard hot starting are experi enced after using oxygenate blend fuels im mediately change to a non oxygenate fuel or a fuel with a low blend of MTBE Take care not to spill gasoline during refueling Gasoline containing oxygenates can cause paint damage E 85 fuel E 85 fuel is a mixture of approximately 85 fuel ethanol and 15 unleaded gasoline E 85 can only be used in a Flexible Fuel Vehicle FFV Do not use E 85 fuel in your vehicle U S govern ment regulations require fuel ethanol dispensing pumps to be identified by a small square orange and black label with the common abbreviation or the appropriate percentage for that region Aftermarket fuel additives NISSAN does not recommend the use of any aftermarket fuel additives Example fuel injector cleaner octane booster intake valve deposit removers etc which are sold commercially Many of these additives intended for gum varnish or deposit removal may contain activ
374. olved in individual problems be tween you your dealer or NISSAN To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Ad ministrator NHTSA 400 Seventh Street SW Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehi cle safety from http www safercar gov You may notify NISSAN by contacting our Consumer Affairs Department toll free at 1 800 662 6200 9 22 Technical and consumer information READINESS FOR INSPECTION MAINTENANCE I M TEST US only Due to legal requirements in some states areas your vehicle may be required to be in what is called the ready condition for an Inspection Maintenance I M test of the emission control system The vehicle is set to the ready condition when it is driven through certain driving patterns Usually the ready condition can be obtained by ordinary usage of the vehicle If a powertrain system component is repaired or the battery is disconnected the vehicle may be reset to a not ready condition Before taking the I M test check the vehicle s inspection maintenance test readiness condition Push the ignition switch to the ON position without starting the engine If the Malfunction Indicator Light MIL comes on steady for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds the I M test condition is not ready If the MIL does not bli
375. on audio phone and other functions To start the voice recognition system push the TALK switch on the steering wheel Then say a command after the tone SAA2532 Information User Guide Information User Guide A 88066262200 Digits were not recognized correctly Please check the analysis of your speech for possible improvements i Soft Good Loud Volume of voice b Slow Good Fast oH Speed Early Good Late ko Start of speaking SAA2534 Tips on Speaking Commands Say commands when there are minimal background sounds Say voice commands clearly Avoid talking slow or with long pauses Say commands after the tone SAA2533 Getting Started Before using the NISSAN Voice Recognition system for the first time you can confirm how to use commands by viewing the Getting Started section of the User Guide 1 Select the Getting Started key 2 You can confirm the page by scrolling the screen using the multi function controller Tutorials on the operation of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system If you choose Using the Address Book Finding a Street Address or Placing Calls you can view tutorials on how to perform these operations using NISSAN Voice Recognition Let s Practice This mode helps learn how to use the NISSAN Voice Recognition system 1 Select the Let s Practice key 2 After the message screen
376. on switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened and then closed with the ignition switch in the LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e any door is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off The lights will also turn off after 30 minutes when the lights remain illumi nated after the ignition switch has been pushed to the OFF or LOCK position to prevent the battery from becoming dis charged When the auto interior illumination is set to the OFF position see VEHICLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation sys tem in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section the lights will illuminate under the following condition e any door is opened with the ignition switch in any position remain on while the door is opened When the door is closed the lights go off OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position 8 the lights will not illuminate regardless of the condition A CAUTION Do not use for extended periods of time with the engine stopped This could result in a discharged battery VANITY MIRROR LIGHTS SIC3869 The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened When the cover is closed the light will turn off The l
377. once 5 The ignition switch must be placed in the OFF and ON position again between each setting change When the automatic door unlock system is deactivated the doors do not unlock when the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position To unlock the door manually use the inside lock knob or the power door lock switch driver s or front passenger s side 3 6 Pre driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM AA WARNING e Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment Those who use a pacemaker should con tact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ ences before use e The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pushed The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft na vigation and communication sys tems Do not operate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door and rear hatch trunk lid locks using the remote controller function or pushing the re quest switch on the vehicle without taking the key out from a pocket or purse The operating environment and or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system operation Be sure to read the following before using the Intelligent Key system A CAUTION e Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehi cle e Never le
378. one is connected Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 83 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered try the following solutions Where the solutions are listed by number try each solution in turn starting with number 1 until the problem is resolved Symptom Solution 1 Ensure that the command is valid See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section page 4 98 2 Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone t fails to int tth d F 3 F F 7 a SORRISE S nine 3 Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the vehicle 4 Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive for example windows open or defroster on NOTE If it is too noisy to use the phone it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized 5 If more than one command was said at a time try saying the commands separately 1 Ensure that the voicetag requested matches what was originally stored See VEHICLE PHONEBOOK earlier in this The system consistently selects the section wrong voicetag 2 Replace one of the names being confused with a new name 4 84 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM model
379. oner system components should be done by a NISSAN dealer All seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware should be inspected after any colli sion by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN recommends that all seat belt as semblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no da mage and continue to operate prop erly Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision Always follow the restraint manufacturer s inspection instructions and replacement re commendations The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged 1 10 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0016 SSS0014 CHILD SAFETY Children need adults to help protect them They need to be properly restrained In addition to the general information in this manual child safety information is available from many other sources including doctors teachers government traffic safety offices and community organizations Every child is different so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child There are three basic types of child restraint systems e Rear facing child restraint e Front facing child restraint e Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the child
380. ons the VDC system helps to perform the following functions e Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a non slipping drive wheel on the same axle e Controls brake pressure and engine output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed traction control function e Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and engine output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions understeer vehicle tends to not follow the steered path despite increased steering input oversteer vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions The VDC system can help the driver to maintain control of the vehicle but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations When the VDC system operates the amp indicator in the instrument panel flashes so note the following e The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path e You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood This is normal and indicates that the VDC system is working properly e Adjust your speed and driving to the road conditions See Slip indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section and Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC off indicator light in the 2 Instruments and controls section
381. ontrols such as seat adjusters seatback recliner etc to ensure they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every position Check that the head restraints move up and down smoothly and that the locks if so equipped hold securely in all latched positions Steering wheel Check for changes in the steering conditions such as excessive free play hard steering or strange noises Maintenance and do it yourself 8 3 Warning lights and chimes Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are operating properly Windshield defroster Check that the air comes out of the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner Windshield wiper and washer Check that the wipers and washer operate properly and that the wipers do not streak Under the hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically for example each time you check the engine oil or refuel Battery Check the fluid level in each cell It should be between the MAX and MIN lines Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condition require frequent checks of the battery fluid level Brake and clutch fluid levels Make sure that the brake and clutch fluid levels are between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoirs Engine coolant level Check the coolant level when the engine is cold Engine drive belts Make sure that no belt is frayed worn cracked o
382. ood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt Therefore these areas must be regularly cleaned Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt Avoid leaving water spots on the paint surface by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle Soft top care and cleaning Roadster models Proper care and handling should be observed to maintain a good appearance of the soft top Improper care may cause the top cloth s surface to stiffen stain or mat Follow the instructions shown in this section It is not necessary to wash the soft top every time you wash the vehicle body but clean the top regularly before it becomes quite dirty Leaving the soft top dirty or soiled for a long period will cause deterioration to the quality of the top material Remove dust or dirt on the soft top with a soft brush or sponge then rinse it with plenty of clean water When the top is quite dirty wash using a mild detergent such as a general cleaner especially made for a cloth top or a general purpose dish washing liquid mixed with clean lukewarm never hot water Rinse the top again with plenty of clean water to remove all traces of soap AV CAUTION e Do not use strong household soap strong chemical detergents gaso line or solvents e If glass cleaner gets on the soft top immediately wash it off with clean w
383. oor opener equipped with rolling code protection you will need to use a ladder to get up to the garage door opener motor to be able to access the smart or learn program button Instruments and controls 2 47 SIC3612 SIC3613 To begin push and hold the 2 outer Home Link buttons to clear the memory until the indicator light A blinks after 20 seconds Release both buttons Position the end of the hand held transmitter 1 to 3 in 20 to 70 mm away from the HomeLink surface 2 48 Instruments and controls Using both hands simultaneously push and hold both the HomeLink button you want to program and the hand held transmitter button DO NOT release the buttons until step 4 has been completed Hold down both buttons until the indicator light on HomeLink flashes changing from a slow blink to a rapid blink This could take up to 90 seconds When the indicator light blinks rapidly both buttons may be released The rapidly flashing light indicates successful programming To activate the garage door or other programmed device push and hold the programmed HomeLink button releasing when the device begins to activate If the indicator light on HomeLink blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns solid HomeLink has picked up a rolling code garage door opener signal You will need to proceed with the next steps to train Home Link completing the programm
384. ootwell SAI0044 Periodically check to make certain that the mats are properly positioned SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them See SEAT BELTS in the 1 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system section AV WARNING Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor NEVER use bleach dye or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts since these materials may se verely weaken the seat belt webbing CORROSION PROTECTION MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRI BUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION e The accumulation of moisture retaining dirt and debris in body panel sections cavities and other areas e Damage to paint and other protective coat ings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION Moisture Accumulation of sand dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corro sion Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity especially those areas where the temperatures stay above freezing where atmospheric pollution exists or where road salt is used Temperature A temperature increase will
385. or reference To reset the average fuel economy Avg Fuel Econ select the Reset Fuel Eco key If the Fuel Eco History key is selected the average fuel consumption history will be dis played in graph form along with the average for the previous Reset to Reset period The unit can be converted between US and Metric See HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON later in this section The fuel economy information may differ from the information displayed on the vehicle information display This is due to the timing difference in updating the information and does not indicate a malfunction 4 8 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Information Maintenance 6000 12000 18000 Tie ee Other Reminder Engine Oil Oil Filter 6000 12000 18000 miles SAA2481 Maintenance information The maintenance intervals can be displayed for the engine oil oil filter tire and other reminders To set a maintenance interval select a preferred item from the list You can also set to display a message to remind you that the maintenance needs to be per formed The following example shows how to set the engine oil maintenance information Use the same steps to set the other maintenance information Information Engine Oil 6000 12000 18000 Interval C Ganon D ee as Reminder Reset Distance 6000 12000 18000 mil
386. or electrical sparks Hydrogen gas generated by the battery is explo sive Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin eyes fabrics or painted surfaces After touching a battery or battery cap do not touch or rub your eyes Thoroughly wash your hands If the acid contacts your eyes skin or clothing immediately flush with water for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the battery is low Low battery fluid can cause a higher load on the battery which can generate heat reduce battery life and in some cases lead to an explosion When working on or near a battery always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds Wash hands after handling Keep the battery out of the reach of children DI0137MF SDI1480E Check the fluid level in each cell Remove the battery cover if it is necessary It should be between the UPPER LEVEL Q and LOWER LEVEL 2 lines If it is necessary to add fluid add only distilled water to bring the level to the indicator in each filler opening Do not overfill 1 Remove the cell plugs 2 Add distilled water up to the UPPER LEVEL line If the side of the battery is not clear check the distilled water level by looking directly above the cell the condition indicates OK and the conditions needs more to be added
387. ored in the Address Book Address Searches for a location by the street address specified and sets a route to the location Places Sets a route to a facility near the current vehicle location Address Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination e Information Command Command Action Fuel Economy Displays fuel economy information Maintenance Displays maintenance information Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Where am I Displays your current location e Audio Command Command Action AM Turns to the AM band selecting the station last played Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played FM XM Turns to the XM Satellite band selecting the channel last played Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system CD Starts to play a CD 4 104 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems e General Commands Go back Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Exit Cancels Voice Recognition Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 105 Voice command examples To use the NISSAN Voice Recognition function speaking one command is sometimes sufficient but at other times it is necessary to speak two or more commands As ex
388. ose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 SSS0363 LRS0454 Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicle s seat and seat belt system Make sure the child s head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat The seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears For example if a low back booster seat is chosen the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the child s ears If the seatback is lower than the center of the child s ears a high back booster seat 2 should be used e lf the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child Always follow all recommended procedures All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the front passenger seat Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION A CAUTION Do not use the lap shoulder belt Auto matic Locking Retractor mode when using a booster seat with the seat belts Follow these s
389. ot operate properly perform the following procedure to initialize the power window system 1 Push the ignition switch to the ON position Close the door 3 Open the window completely by operating the power window switch 4 Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely 5 Release the power window switch Operate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete 6 Perform steps 2 through 5 above for other windows If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after performing the pro cedure above have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer 2 44 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS SIC4238 MAP LIGHTS Push the button as illustrated to turn the light on or off ON DOOR OFF 098 Tar 0 SIC4239 INTERIOR LIGHT CONTROL SWITCH The interior light control switch has three positions ON DOOR and OFF ON position When the switch is in the ON position the map lights will illuminate DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position the map lights will illuminate under the following conditions e ignition switch is switched to the OFF or LOCK position remain on for about 15 seconds e doors are unlocked by pushing the UN LOCK button on the Intelligent Key or door handle request switch with the igniti
390. oth Hands Free Phone System to your preferred settings push the SETTING button on the instrument panel and select the PHONE key Edit Vehicle Phonebook To edit the vehicle phonebook use the same procedure as described in VEHICLE PHONE BOOK earlier in this section Delete Phonebook The vehicle phonebook entries can be deleted all at the same time or one by one Download Handset Phonebook Download the contacts registered in a Blue tooth cellular phone Availability of this function depends on each cellular phone The memory downloading procedure from the cellular phone also varies according to each cellular phone See cellular phone Owner s Manual for details Volume The following kinds of phone volume can be set Pushing the PHONE button and selecting the Volume key can also operate the same settings e Ringtone Incoming Call Outgoing Call To increase or decrease the volume select the Ringtone Incoming Call or Out going Call key and adjust it with the multi function controller e Automatic Hold When this function is activated an incoming phone call is automatically held e Vehicle Ringtone When this function is activated a specific ringtone that is different from the cellular phone will sound when receiving a call Auto Download When this item is activated the phonebook of a hands free phone is automatically downloaded at the same time that the hands free ph
391. ounces the next set of available commands 3 Say Add phone The system acknowl edges the command and asks you to initiate pairing from the phone handset The connecting procedure of the cellular phone varies according to each cellular phone See the cellular phone Owner s Manual for details You can also visit www nissanusa com bluetooth for instructions on connecting NISSAN recommended cellular phones When prompted for a Passkey code enter 1234 from the handset The Passkey code 1234 has been assigned by NISSAN and cannot be changed 4 The system asks you to say a name for the phone If the name is too long or too short the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Also if more than one phone is connected and the name sounds too much like a name already used the system tells you then prompts you for a name again Making a call by entering a phone number Main menu Call Phone Number speak digits Dial 1 Push the 44 button on steering wheel A tone will sound 2 Say Call The system acknowledges the command and announces the next set of available commands 3 Say Phone Number The system acknowledges the command and an nounces the next set of available commands Say Special Dialing to dial more than 10 digits or any special characters 4 Say the number you wish to call starting with the area code
392. ound the exhaust system At the end of winter the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumu late For additional information see CLEANING EXTERIOR in the 7 Appearance and care section Windshield washer fluid Check that there is adequate fluid in the reservoir MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS When performing any inspection or mainte nance work on your vehicle always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle The following are general precautions which should be closely observed AA WARNING e Park the vehicle on a level surface apply the parking brake securely and block the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving For man ual transmission models move the shift lever to N Neutral For auto matic transmission models move the selector lever to P Park e Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per forming any parts replacement or repairs e Never connect or disconnect the battery or any transistorized com ponent while the ignition switch is in the ON position e Never leave the engine or automatic transmission related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position e If you must work with the engine running keep your hands clothing hair and tools away from moving fans belts and any other moving parts It is advisa
393. owing table do not solve the symptom immediately contact a NISSAN dealer for the inspection Possible cause Possible solution The OPEN side of the soft top operating switch is Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operating pushed while the soft top is fully open or the switch when the soft top is fully open Push the CLOSE side of the soft top operating switch is OPEN side of the soft top operating switch when the pushed while the soft top is fully closed soft top is fully closed Sounds twice Shift the selector lever automatic transmission The OPEN side of the soft top operating The selector lever automatic transmission models models only to the P Park or N Neutral position or switch is pushed but the soft top does not Sounds twice only or the shift lever manual transmission models shift the shift lever manual transmission models only operate only is in the R Reverse position to the N Neutral position and then operate the soft top Sounds twice The trunk lid is opened Fully close the trunk lid Does not sound The battery voltage is low Start the engine again and operate the soft top Does not sound The operation stops to protect the system Wait for approximately 5 minutes Check that an object is not trapped inside the rear Objects are trapped in the moving structure of the parcel shelf side flap and soft top After the check The soft top stops halfway during opera Sonne Wice soft to
394. p turn the ignition switch to the OFF position start the tion engine again and then operate the soft top Sounds twice The battery voltage is low Start the engine again and operate the soft top When the vehicle is being driven the beep Sounds continu sounds ously Immediately park the vehicle in a safe location and The soit top 1s partially opened fully open or fully close the soft top Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 27 IF THE TOP DOES NOT OPEN OR CLOSE ELECTRICALLY If you cannot operate the soft top with the operating switch first check whether all the following operating conditions are met e vehicle is stopped e ignition switch is ON Run the engine when operating the top e the trunk is closed e the selector lever or shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position If the top still does not move under the above conditions or has any system malfunction see a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible When you must close the top by yourself in the event of emergency or when an immediate dealer service is not available close the top manually accord ing to the procedures shown in this section When closing the soft top manually e Move the vehicle to a safe place away from traffic e Two people should perform this procedure as some of the top parts are extremely heavy The top cannot be opened manually 3 28 Pre driving checks and adjustments AA WARNING e D
395. p computer can be selected by pushing the J switch Each time the E switch is pushed the display will change as follows 2 20 Instruments and controls Current fuel consumption Average fuel consumption and speed Elapsed time and trip odometer gt Distance to empty gt Outside air temperature gt Setting Warning check SIC3673 Current fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km The current fuel consumption mode shows the current fuel consumption SIC3674 Average fuel consumption MPG or liter 100 km and speed MPH or km h Fuel consumption The average fuel consumption mode shows the average fuel consumption since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average speed is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds At about the first 1 3 mile 500 m after a reset the display shows Speed The average speed mode shows the average vehicle speed since the last reset Resetting is done by pushing the switch for longer than 1 second The average fuel consumption is also reset at the same time The display is updated every 30 seconds The first 30 seconds after a reset the display shows u SIC4226 Elapsed time and trip odometer MILES or km Elapsed time The elapsed time mode shows the time since the last reset The displayed time can be reset by pus
396. parcel box 2 40 Rear window defroster switch vies 2 29 Recorders Event data cccecceeeeeeeeees 9 23 Registering your vehicle in another country 9 10 Remote keyless entry system c0e eee 3 13 Repairing flat tire with emergency tire puncture repair kit 6 7 Reporting safety defects US only 66 9 22 ROME Ficciiccisansscevcersieetendmancaain sane seeds 5 5 Roof SOft lOp xi cscs sscnadieieas inienn rais 3 21 S Safety Child seat Delt isisii pisn raien suss 1 11 Reporting safety defects US only 9 22 Satellite radio operation 008 4 41 4 46 Seat adjustment Front manual seat adjustment 1 4 Front power seat adjustment 00 1 3 Front Sat cc2ccccccesiceciincantinaaamieriesisaadeiins 1 3 Seat belt s Child Sate ty isa tire icra sicrasnctae an ianen 1 11 IMAM Sinead inanam ena 1 11 injured PESOS visi srna anna 1 13 Larger children c cccceeee scene eee 1 11 Precautions on seat belt usage 4 1 8 Pregnant WOMEN si cis4 seswesadevences de sheaves 1 13 Seat beltcleaning sss eni srini Naer 7 7 Seat belt extenders 1 16 Seat belt maintenance 1 16 Seat belt warning light and chime s4 2211 Seat DENS issnin unijeo sin 1 8 Seat belts with pretensioners 1 38 TRIEG POINt TYPO sssi resini szqendeneerss snes 1 13 Seat s Climate controlled seats 0 00eeeee
397. partment will ask for the following information Your name address and telephone number Vehicle identification number attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver s side Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN dealer s name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the information on the left at For U S customers Nissan North America Inc Consumer Affairs Department P O Box 685003 Franklin TN 37068 5003 For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga Ontario L4W 4Z5 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle Table of Contents Illustrated table of contents Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Instruments and controls Pre driving checks and adjustments Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition syste Starting and driving In case of emergency Appearance and care Maintenance and do it yourself Technical and consumer information 0 Illustrated table of contents Seats seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System SRS iss sus eian irn iaai 0 2 Coupe MOdelS icc cvecccivasstevnnseeears mohnineeioonn 0 2 Roadster Models ccecceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeaeees 0 3 Exterior ontran aea EER 0 4 Exterior reabono tnae aar a ea EERE 0 5 Coupe models erriei mrenea a 0 5 Roadster Models
398. per Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line If fluid must be added frequently the system should be checked by a NISSAN dealer WINDOW WASHER FLUID a N SDI2349 Fill the window washer fluid reservoir periodi cally Add window washer fluid when the low window washer fluid warning light comes on To fill the window washer fluid reservoir lift the cap off the reservoir tank and pour the window washer fluid into the tank opening Add a washer solvent to the water for better cleaning In the winter season add a windshield washer antifreeze Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the mixture ratio Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of window washer fluid Maintenance and do it yourself 8 13 Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSAN Wind shield Washer Concentrate Cleaner amp Anti freeze or equivalent AV CAUTION e Donot substitute engine anti freeze coolant for window washer solution This may result in damage to the paint e Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank e Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not
399. perage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover This could damage the electrical system or cause a fire If any electrical equipment does not operate check for an open fuse 1 Be sure the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF or LOCK position and the headlight switch is turned to OFF 8 22 Maintenance and do it yourself Open the fuse box lid Remove the fuse with the fuse puller If the fuse is open replace it with a new fuse Spare fuses are stored in the fuse box If a new fuse also opens have the electrical system checked and repaired by a NISSAN dealer INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT SDI2451 A CAUTION Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts Replace the battery as follows 1 2 Remove the mechanical key from the key Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part Use a cloth to protect the casing Replace the battery with a new one Recommended battery CR2032 or equivalent e Do not touch the internal circuit and electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction e Hold the battery by the edges Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage capacity e Make sure that the side faces the bottom case SDI2452 4 Align the tips of the upper and lower parts and then push them together until it is securely c
400. period of time If you want to return to the D Drive position manually pull and hold the paddle shifter for about 1 5 seconds In the manual shift mode the shift range is displayed on the transmission position indicator in the meter Shift ranges up or down one by one as follows MoM gM aim T ME M 7 7th Use this position for all normal forward driving at highway speeds 6 6th and 5 5th Use these positions when driving up long slopes or for engine braking when driving down long slopes 4 4th 3 3rd and 2 2nd Use these positions for hill climbing or engine braking on downhill grades 1 1st Use this position when climbing steep hills slowly or driving slowly through deep snow or for maximum engine braking on steep downhill grades e Remember not to drive at high speeds for extended periods of time in lower than 7th gear This reduces fuel economy e Moving the selector lever rapidly to the same side twice will shift the ranges in succes sion e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion may not shift to the selected gear This helps maintain driving perfor mance and reduces the chance of vehicle damage or loss of control When this situation occurs the Automatic Transmission AT position indicator light on the vehicle information display will blink and the buzzer will sound e Inthe manual shift mode the transmis sion automatically shifts down to 1st ge
401. pinholes may not work properly The following CD DVDs are not guaranteed to play Copy control compact discs CCCD Recordable compact discs CD R Rewritable compact discs CD RW Recordable DVDs DVD R DVD R DL Rewritable DVDs DVD RW DVD RW DL e Do not use the following CD DVDs as they may cause the CD DVD player to malfunc tion 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD DVDs that are not round CD DVDs with a paper label CD DVDs that are warped scratched or have abnormal edges This audio system can only play prere corded CD DVDs It has no capabilities to record or burn CD DVDs e If the CD DVD cannot be played one of the following messages will be displayed Disc Read Error Confirm that the CD DVD is inserted correctly the label side is facing up etc Confirm that the CD DVD is not bent or warped and it is free of scratches Please Eject Disc This may be an error due to the tempera ture inside the player being too high Remove the CD DVD by pushing the EJECT button and after a short time reinsert the CD DVD The CD DVD can Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 27 be played when the temperature of the player returns to normal If the error persists consult your local dealership Unplayable File The file may be copy protected The file is not MP3 WMA AAC M4A or DivX type Region Inv
402. pped P 4 52 iPod player operation if so equipped P 4 61 7 Front cup holders P 2 38 SSI0651 4 Inside rearview mirror ROADSTER MODELS Uae eg Aus 1 Power windows P 2 42 HomeLink if so equipped P 2 47 Outside mirror remote control switch P 3 38 5 Rear parcel box P 2 40 2 Sun visors P 3 36 Secondary trunk lid release P 3 21 3 Map light P 2 44 Illustrated table of contents 0 9 COCKPIT 6 F 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 SS10652 1 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 5 Windshield wiper and washer switch P 2 27 P 5 27 6 Hood release handle P 3 16 2 Headlight fog light and turn signal switch P 2 29 7 Intelligent Key port P 5 10 3 Meters and Gauges combimeter P 2 4 8 Paddle shifter if so equipped P 5 14 4 Triple meter P 2 7 0 10 Illustrated table of contents Steering wheel mounted controls left side Menu control switch or tuning switch P 4 71 BACK switch P 4 71 Phone switch if so equipped P 4 74 Volume control switches P 4 71 Source select switch P 4 71 Tilt steering lever P 3 35 Steering wheel Horn P 2 34 Driver supplemental air bag P 1 27 Steering wheel mounted controls right side Cruise control switches P 5 20 Selector lever for automatic transmission P 5 12 Shift lever for manual transmission P 5 16 Parking brake P 5 20 INSTRUMENT PANEL
403. ppropriate gear and then slowly and smoothly release the clutch pedal This vehicle is equipped with a short throw shifter manual transmission To ensure smooth gear changes be sure to fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted a gear noise may be heard Transmission damage could occur Start the vehicle in 1st gear and upshift to 2nd 3rd 4th 5th and 6th gear in sequence accord ing to the vehicle speed To back up depress the shift knob and then move the shift lever to the R Reverse position after stopping the vehicle completely The shift knob returns to its original position when the shift lever is moved to the N Neutral position If it is difficult to move the shift lever into R Reverse or 1st Low gear shift to N Neutral then release the clutch pedal Fully depress the clutch pedal again and shift into R or 1st SynchroRev Match mode S MODE if so equipped for Manual Transmission models The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE auto matically adjusts the engine speed to match the selecting gear ratio while changing gears Precautions e Shift lever and clutch pedal operations are not different than a conventional manual transmission e Fully depress the clutch pedal Insufficient pedal depression may cause slow response of this system e When the clutch pedal is depressed with the gear still engaged
404. push the head restraint down Removal Use the following procedure to remove the adjustable head restraints 1 Pull the head restraint up to the highest position Push and hold the lock knob Remove the head restraint from the seat Store the head restraint properly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle Install and properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating posi tion AA CAUTION Models with climate controlled seats are designed so that the head restraint cannot be removed The head restraint may be damaged if the head restraint is forcibly pulled out Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 7 SSS0996 SSS0508 Install 1 Align the head restraint stalks with the holes in the seat Make sure that the head restraint is facing the correct direction The stalk with the adjustment notches must be in stalled in the hole with the lock knob 2 Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint down 3 Properly adjust the head restraint before an occupant uses the seating position The Active Head Restraint moves forward utilizing the force that the seatback receives from the occupant in a rear end collision The movement of the head restraint helps support the occupant s head by reducing its backward movement and helping absorb some of the forces that may lead to whiplash type injuries Active Head Restrain
405. r both the parking brake and the foot brake systems Brake warning light Parking brake indicator When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light comes on when the parking brake is applied Low brake fluid warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the light warns of a low brake fluid level If the light comes on while the engine is running with the parking brake not applied stop the vehicle and perform the following 1 Check the brake fluid level Add brake fluid as necessary See BRAKE AND CLUTCH FLUID in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section 2 If the brake fluid level is correct have the warning system checked by a NISSAN dealer Anti lock Braking System ABS warning indicator When the parking brake is released and the brake fluid level is sufficient if both the brake warning light and the Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light illuminate it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly Have the brake system checked and if necessary re paired by a NISSAN dealer promptly See Anti lock Braking System ABS warning light earlier in this section AA WARNING e Your brake system may not be working properly if the warning light is on Driving could be dangerous If you judge it to be safe drive care fully to the nearest service station for repairs Otherwise have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous
406. r oily 8 4 Maintenance and do it yourself Engine oil level Check the level after parking the vehicle on a level spot and turning off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan Exhaust system Make sure there are no loose supports cracks or holes If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or there is a smell of exhaust fumes immediately have the exhaust system inspected by a NISSAN dealer See PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING in the 5 Starting and driving section for exhaust gas carbon monoxide Fluid leaks Check under the vehicle for fuel oil water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while Water dripping from the air conditioner after use is normal If you should notice any leaks or if gasoline fumes are evident check for the cause and have it corrected immediately Power steering fluid level and lines Check the level with the engine off Check the lines for proper attachment leaks cracks etc Radiator and hoses Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt insects leaves etc that may have accumulated Make sure the hoses have no cracks deformation rot or loose connections Underbody The underbody is frequently ex posed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust It is very important to remove these substances other wise rust will form on the floor pan frame fuel lines and ar
407. raction device tire chains or cables The minimum clearances are determined using the factory equipped tire size Other types may damage your vehicle Use chain tensioners when re commended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody If possible avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains In addition drive at a reduced speed Otherwise your vehicle may be damaged and or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected Tire chains must be installed only on the rear wheels and not on the front wheels Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire Do not use tire chains on dry roads Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle because the front tires are a different size than the rear tires A pin is on the front brake rotor to prevent the rear wheels from being installed in place of the front wheels The spare tire can be installed in place of the front and rear wheels When installing the spare tire in the front wheel the hole in the spare tire wheel must be aligned with the pin on the brake rotor AV WARNING e Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been drive
408. rates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank Instruments and controls 2 27 2 28 Pre mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank Do not use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water Instruments and controls SIC3787 the factory default setting To turn this function on and off see HOW TO USE SETTING BUTTON in the 4 Center dis play heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems section Low continuous low speed operation High continuous high speed operation Push the lever up to have one sweep operation of the wiper Pull the lever toward you to operate the washer Then the wiper will also operate several times The windshield wiper and washer operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward A Slower or Faster When the speed sensing wiper interval function for models with navigation system is turned on the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed For example when the vehicle speed is high the intermittent operation speed will be faster Note that the funct
409. re for example a flat tire while driving For more details see Low tire pressure warning light in the 2 Instruments and controls section TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS TEM TPMS in the 5 Starting and driving section and TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM TPMS in the 6 In case of emergency section Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires including the spare often and always prior to long distance trips The recommended tire pressure specifications are shown on the Tire and Loading Information label under the Cold Tire Pressure heading The Tire 8 28 Maintenance and do it yourself and Loading Information label is affixed to the driver side center pillar Tire pressures should be checked regularly because e Most tires naturally lose air over time e Tires can lose air suddenly when driven over potholes or other objects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km at moderate speeds Incorrect tire pressure including un der inflation may adversely affect tire life and vehicle handling AA WARNING e Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident e The Gross Vehicle Weight rating GVWR is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label The vehi cle w
410. re pressure warning light illuminates while driving avoid sud den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking reduce vehicle speed pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possi ble Driving with under inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure Serious vehicle damage 6 2 In case of emergency could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal injury Check the tire pres sure for all four tires Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after 1 minute Contact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors for mod els not equipped with the emer gency tire puncture repair kit
411. recovery hook Except for NISMO models To remove the cover A first unhook the claws 4 using a suitable tool wrapped in a cloth and then pull the lower side of the cover 2 For NISMO models When the front license plate and bracket are installed temporarily remove them See INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE in the 9 Technical and consumer information section for the in stallation procedures A screwdriver is supplied with the jacking tools for removal 2 Securely install the vehicle recovery hook 3 stored with jacking tools as illustrated Attach the tow strap to the recovery hook Do not use the tie down hooks 4 for towing or vehicle recovery Make sure that the hook is properly secured in the original place after use Replace the recovery hook cover except for NISMO models or the front license plate for NISMO models A CAUTION e Tow chains or cables must be at tached only to the vehicle recovery hooks or main structural members of the vehicle Otherwise the vehi cle body will be damaged e Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free a vehicle stuck in sand snow mud etc Never tow a vehicle using the vehi cle tie downs or recovery hooks Always pull the cable straight out from the front of the vehicle Never pull on the vehicle at an angle Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension steering brake or cool ing systems Pulling device
412. recreational vehicle RV see FLAT TOW ING in the 9 Technical and consumer information section of this manual In case of emergency 6 19 SCE0792 TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN except for NISMO models NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving rear wheels off the ground or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck as illustrated 6 20 AA CAUTION Never tow automatic transmission models with the rear wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground forward or backward as this may cause serious and expen sive damage to the drivetrain If it is In case of emergency necessary to tow the vehicle with the front wheels raised always use towing dollies under the rear wheels When towing rear wheel drive mod els with the front wheels on the ground or on towing dollies Push the ignition switch to the ACC or ON position and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device Never secure the steering wheel by select ing the LOCK position This may damage the steering lock mechan ism If you have to tow manual transmis sion models with the rear wheels on the ground if you do not use towing dollies or four wheels on the ground Push the ignition switch to the ON position and turn off all accessories Always release the parking brake Move the transmission shift le ver to the N Neutral position
413. regularly SPARK PLUGS AA WARNING Be sure the engine and the ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is engaged securely A CAUTION Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs SDI2020 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required see a NISSAN dealer for servicing Iridium tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer Follow the maintenance schedule in NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide but do not reuse them by cleaning or regapping Always replace spark plugs with recom mended or equivalent ones Maintenance and do it yourself 8 17 AIR CLEANER SDI2350 Remove the retainers as illustrated and pull out the filter element The filter element should not be cleaned and reused Replace it according to the maintenance intervals See NISSAN Service and Mainte nance Guide for maintenance intervals When replacing the filter wipe the inside of the air 8 18 Maintenance and do it yourself cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth AA WARNING Operating the engine with the air cleaner removed can cause you or others to be burned The air cleaner not only cleans the air it stops flame if the engine backfires If it is not there and the engine back fires you co
414. requested 10 When the system has recognized the voice command the voice of the user is learned Push the 4 switch or BACK button to return to the previous screen If the system has learned the command cor rectly the voice command status on the right side of the command turns from None to Stored Speaker Adaptation function settings Edit User Name Edit the user name using the keypad displayed on the screen Delete Voice Data Resets the user s voice that the voice recogni tion system has learned Continuous Learning When this item is turned to ON you can have the system learn the voice commands in succession without selecting commands one by one 4 120 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Minimize voice feedback for Alternate Command Mode To minimize the voice feedback from the system perform the following steps 1 Push the SETTING button on the instrument panel Select the Others key Select the Voice Recognition key Select the Minimize Voice Feedback key a fF oO N The setting is turned to ON and the voice guidance will now be reduced when using the Voice Recognition system TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty If problems are encountered follow the solutions given in this guide for the appropriate error Where the solutions are listed by
415. res Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF If the light still illuminates while driv ing after adjusting the tire pressure a tire may be flat If you have a flat tire replace it with a spare tire as soon as possible When a spare tire is mounted or a wheel is replaced the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approxi mately 1 minute The light will remain on after the 1 minute Con tact your NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for tire replacement and or system resetting Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS A CAUTION The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 MPH 25 km h the TPMS may not operate correctly e Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly A Master warning light When the ignition switch is in the ON position the master warning light illuminates if any of the following are displayed on the vehicle informa tion display e No key warning e Low fuel warning e Low washer fluid warning e Parking brake release warning e Door rear hatch open warning See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY later
416. responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance as well as general maintenance is performed As the vehicle owner you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care You are a vital link in the maintenance chain SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience both required and op tional scheduled maintenance items are de scribed and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide You must refer to that guide to ensure that necessary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day to day operation They are essential for proper vehicle operation It is your responsibility to perform these procedures regularly as pre scribed 8 2 Maintenance and do it yourself Performing general maintenance checks re quires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools These checks or inspections can be done by yourself a qualified technician or if you prefer a NISSAN dealer WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction have the systems checked and serviced by a NISSAN dealer NISSAN technicians are well trained specialists and are kept up to date with the latest service information through technical bulletins service tips and in dealership information systems They are completel
417. ressure Maximum load rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire When replacing the tires on the vehicle always use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube tube type or not tubeless The word radial The word radial is shown if the tire has radial structure Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown Other tire related terminology In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section Intended Outboard Sidewall is 1 the sidewall that contains a whitewall bears white lettering or bears manufacturer brand and or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire or 2 the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle TYPES OF TIRES AV WARNING e When changing or replacing tires be sure all four tires are of the same type Example Summer All Season or Snow and construction A NISSAN dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type size speed rating and availability e Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle
418. rference and this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause un desired operation of the device IC Regulatory information Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device This Class B digital apparatus meets all requirements of the Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Regulations Bluetooth trademark BLUETOOTH is a trademark owned by Bluetooth SIG Inc U S A and licensed to Visteon Corporation amp Bluetooth USING THE SYSTEM The NISSAN Voice Recognition system allows hands free operation of the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If the vehicle is in motion some commands may not be available so full attention may be given to vehicle operation Initialization When the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position NISSAN Voice Recognition is initia lized which takes a few seconds If the 44 button is pushed before the initialization com pletes the system will accept any command Operating tips To get the best performance out of the NISSAN Voice Recognition system observe the follow ing e Keep the interior of the vehicle as quiet as possible Close the windows to eliminate surrounding noises traffic noises vibration sounds etc which may prevent the system from recognizin
419. rious perso nal injury e Work around and on the preten sioner system should be done by a NISSAN dealer Installation of elec trical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN dealer Un authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the pretensioner system e If you need to dispose of the pretensioner or scrap the vehicle contact a NISSAN dealer Correct pretensioner disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury The pretensioner system activates in conjunc tion with the front air bag system Working with the seat belt retractor it helps tighten the seat belt when the vehicle becomes involved in 1 38 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system certain types of collisions helping to restrain front seat occupants The pretensioner is encased with the seat belt retractor These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts When a pretensioner seat belt activates smoke is released and a loud noise may be heard The smoke is not harmful and it does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly After pretensioner activation load limiters allow the seat belt to release webbing if necessary to reduce forces against the chest If any abnor
420. rn the system on Do not allow any object to cover the sensors or apply glass cleaner on them Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensor resulting in improper opera tion For the HomeLink Universal Transceiver opera tion see HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEI VER in the 2 Instruments and controls section Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 37 SPA2319 OUTSIDE MIRRORS AV WARNING Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear Be careful when moving to the right Using only this mirror could cause an accident Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects Adjusting outside mirrors The outside mirror control switch is located on the armrest 3 38 Pre driving checks and adjustments The outside mirror will operate only when the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror T then adjust using the control switch Defrosting outside mirrors The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is operated SPA1829 Foldable outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it toward the rear of the vehicle SIC3869 VANITY MIRROR To use the front vanity mirror pull down the sun visor and pull up the cover Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 39 4
421. rocedures can be found in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine overheat ing AV WARNING e To avoid the danger of being scalded never change the coolant when the engine is hot e Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator e Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible e Keep coolant out of reach of chil dren and pets Engine coolant must be disposed of properly Check your local regulations ENGINE OIL SDI2348 CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL 1 Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake 2 Run the engine until it reaches operating temperature 3 Turn off the engine Wait more than 15 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 4 Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean Reinsert it all the way 5 Remove the dipstick again and check the oil level It should be within the range 4 If the oil level is below 2 remove the oil filler cap and pour recommended oil through the opening Do not overfill 6 Recheck oil level with the dipstick It is normal to add some oil between oil maintenance intervals or during the break in period depending on the severity of operating conditions A CAUTION Oil level should be c
422. rom the hard disk drive music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote If a track is not recorded successfully due to skipping sounds the mark is displayed behind the track number The Music Box hard disk drive cannot perform recording under the following conditions e There is not enough space in the hard disk e The number of albums reaches the maximum of 500 e The number of tracks reaches the maximum of 3 000 Automatic recording If the Automatic Recording function is turned to ON recording starts when a CD is inserted See Music Box settings later in this section Stopping recording To stop the recording select the Stop REC key button by touching the screen or using the multi function controller If the CD is ejected the audio system is turned off or the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position the recording also stops 4 64 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Music Box My Playlists Artist XXXXXXXXXX TUNE Track a Album XXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXX Track 1of1 SAA2515 Playing recorded songs Select the Music Box audio system by using one of the following methods e Push the audio source switch on the steering wheel repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode See STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CONTROLS FOR AUDIO later in this sec
423. ry to direct sunlight e Do not spill any liquids on the USB memory Refer to the USB memory Owner s Manual for the details SAA2555 With navigation system SAA2556 Without navigation system Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 71 1 Audio source switch 2 Menu control switch models with navigation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system 3 Back switch 4 Volume control switch STEERING WHEEL MOUNTED CON TROLS FOR AUDIO Menu control switch models with navi gation system or audio tuning switch models without navigation system While the display is showing a MAP navigation systems only STATUS or Audio screen tilt the switch upward or downward to select a station track CD or folder For most audio sources tilting the switch up down for more than 1 5 seconds provides a different function than tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds AM and FM radio e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset station e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will seek up or down to the next station e Pushing the menu control switch models with navigation system will show the list of preset stations XM Satellite Radio if so equipped e Tilting up down for less than 1 5 seconds will increase or decrease the preset channel e Tilting up down for more than 1 5 seconds will g
424. s made of a material that glows in the dark after a brief exposure to ambient light The handle A is located inside the trunk compartment as illustrated SPA2683 SECONDARY TRUNK LID RELEASE The secondary trunk lid release mechanism allows opening the trunk lid in the event of discharged battery or emergency 1 Open the rear parcel box 2 Remove the cap Q with a suitable tool 3 Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn it counterclockwise The trunk lid will open SOFT TOP Roadster models NoQoaopON gt SPA2685 Interior exterior view Soft top indicator light on the combination meter Soft top operating switch Top lock hole Soft top Top storage lid Trunk lid Rear window BEFORE OPERATING THE TOP The soft top of this vehicle is electrically operated You can fully open or close the top only by pressing the operating switch located on the center console The soft top operating switch must be operated under all of the following conditions e When the trunk is closed e When the vehicle is stopped e When the engine is running e When the ignition switch is in the ON position Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 21 When the selector lever or shift lever is in a position other than the R Reverse position AV CAUTION Always keep the engine running while operating the soft top The top will also operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position but run the
425. s tail lights turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and installed securely Also check headlight aim Road wheel nuts lug nuts When checking the tires make sure no wheel nuts are missing and check for any loose wheel nuts Tighten if necessary Tire rotation Tires cannot be rotated on this vehicle because the front tires are a different size than the rear tires Tires Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips If necessary adjust the pressure in all tires including the spare to the pressure specified Check carefully for damage cuts or excessive wear Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS transmitter components Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age Tire wheel alignment and balance If the vehicle should pull to either side while driving on a straight and level road or if you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear there may be a need for wheel alignment If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds wheel balancing may be needed For additional information regarding tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet Windshield Clean the windshield on a regular basis Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other damage Have a damaged windshi
426. s Book Searches for stored information in the Address Book Previous Destinations Sets a route to a previous destination Previous Start Point Sets a route to a previous starting point Delete Destination Deletes a destination Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 113 Information Commands Command Fuel Economy Maintenance Where am I Traffic Information Turns the traffic information system ON and OFF Weather Information Displays weather information Weather Map Displays a weather map Audio Commands Command Action Music Box Turns on the Music Box hard disk drive audio system CD Starts to play a CD FM Turns to the FM band selecting the station last played AUX Turns on the AUX 4 114 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems Help Commands Command Command List Navigation Commands Phone Commands Audio Commands Information Commands Help Commands User Guide Speaker Adaptation General Commands Command Go back Displays the navigation command list Displays the phone command list Displays the audio command list Displays the information command list Displays the help command list Displays the User Guide The system can memorize the voices of up to three persons Action Corrects the last recognition result to return to the previous screen Exit Cancels Voi
427. s of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating supplemental front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child Improper use or improper installa tion of a child restraint can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident Roadster models are not equipped with upper tether anchors Do not install a child restraint system in Roadster models Follow all of the child restraint manufacturer s instructions for in stallation and use When purchasing a child restraint be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of child restraints in your vehicle If the child restraint is not anchored properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Child restraint anchor points are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints Under no circum stances are they to be used for adult Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 17 seat belts or harnesses e Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the child restraint but as upright as possible e After attaching the child restraint
428. s securely closed before operating the top ENN WHEN OPERATING THE TOP WARNING Keep hands and other parts of the body away from moving parts such as the top storage lid side flap A and power windows A CAUTION Keep all parts of the top linkage clear of obstructions or the top latch may not be securely locked Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 23 NOTE e In case of low battery or low tempera ture the top may temporarily stop moving during the operation This func tions to protect the top control me chanism and it is not a malfunction e If the top is opened and closed repeat edly in a short period of time or the top operation is stopped while opening or closing the top operation may be automatically stopped to protect the system Wait for approximately 5 min utes before operating the top again 3 24 Pre driving checks and adjustments SPA1691 Soft top indicator light The soft top indicator light in the instrument panel shows the conditions of top operation The light illuminates when the soft top is being operated or if it is stopped before reaching the fully opened or closed position When the top is fully opened or closed the light will turn off The light blinks while the soft top is not fully opened or closed under the following condi tions e When the vehicle is driven e When the selector lever or shift lever is in the R Reverse position Be sure to fully ope
429. s size Generally infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 Ib 9 kg should be placed in rear facing child restraints Front facing child re straints are available for children who outgrow rear facing child restraints and are at least 1 year old Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a front facing child restraint AA WARNING Children need special protection The vehicle s seat belts may not fit them properly The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones In an accident an improperly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury Always use appropriate child restraints All U S states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children See CHILD RESTRAINTS later in this section Also there are other types of child restraints available for larger children for additional pro tection Infants Infants up to at least one year old should be placed in a rear facing child restraint The passenger seat is not suitable for use with a rear facing child restraint for infants Therefore infants should not be transported in this vehicle Small children for Coupe models Children that are over one year old and weigh at least 20 Ib 9 kg can be placed in a front facing child restraint Refer to the manufacturer s instr
430. s such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recov ery Rocking a stuck vehicle If your vehicle is stuck in sand snow mud etc use the following procedure 1 Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC system Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions Turn the steering wheel right and left to clear an area around the front tires Slowly rock the vehicle forward and back ward Shift back and forth between R Re verse and D Drive automatic trans mission models or 1st and R Reverse manual transmission models e Apply the accelerator as little as possi ble to maintain the rocking motion e Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R Reverse and D Drive automatic transmission models or 1st and R Reverse manual trans mission models e Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH 55 km h If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle In case of emergency 6 23 MEMO 6 24 Incase of emergency 7 Appearance and care Cleaning exterior ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeea eee eeees 7 2 Cleaning interiOtsiccsccriivr tency eam dea e 7 5 Washingt porga a E N 7 2 Air TOSNONES in ecincddicccntds attend ensade desist eaten 7 6 Wakin gasera eei anA cb teasvaae enneeeeten 7 3 Floor imat Simer a ewe 7 6 Removing SpOtSisccc ccrscisitiacdintasiaeaniciettyacen
431. s the number of playbacks a pop up screen will appear to confirm it is ok to play Answer yes or no as requested by the display USB TUNE Folder Artist XXXXXXXXXXXX Album XXXXXXXXXXXX Track XXXXXXXXXXXX Folder 1of3 Track 1 of 61 Menu SAA2501 Audio file operation TUX PLAY When the DISC AUX button is pushed with the system off and the USB memory inserted the system will turn on If another audio source is playing and a USB memory is inserted push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the USB memory mode map M4 ce Next Previous File and Fast Forward Rewind When the Rewind or mas Fast Forward button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a USB memory is being played the USB memory will play while forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the USB memory will return to normal play speed When the gt or mass button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while the USB memory is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track on the USB memory will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when the USB memory is being played Folder selection To change to another folder in the USB memory turn the folder selector or choose a folder displayed on the screen using the multi function controller RPT RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RD
432. s without navigation system AA WARNING e Use a phone after stopping your vehicle in a safe location If you have to use a phone while driving exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation e If you find yourself unable to devote full attention to vehicle operation while talking on the phone pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so AV CAUTION To avoid draining the vehicle battery use a phone after starting the engine SAA2528 1 Volume control switch 2 PHONE SEND CK button 3 PHONE END ge button 4 Microphone Your NISSAN is equipped with the Bluetooth Hands Free Phone System If you have a compatible Bluetooth enabled cellular phone you can set up the wireless connection between your cellular phone and the in vehicle phone module With Bluetooth wireless technology you can make or receive a hands free telephone call in your vehicle Once your cellular phone is connected to the in vehicle phone module no other phone connect ing procedure is required Your phone is automatically connected with the in vehicle phone module when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position with the connected cellular phone turned on and carried in the vehicle You can connect up to 5 different Bluetooth cellular phones in the in vehicle phone module However you can talk on only one cellular phone at a time Befor
433. sarirsinierrina nae 2 30 Turn signal SWIIGH 22 stacks edcndeugsenie terete neds eee 2 33 Fog light switch if so equipped eeeeee 2 33 Hazard warning flasher SWitCh c cee e eee 2 33 POM ERE E E E E 2 34 Heated seats if so equipped eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee ees 2 34 Climate controlled seats if so equipped 2 36 Vehicle Dynamic Control VDC OFF switch 2 37 Power OUCE cereasca erin T 2 37 SrA JEE arip in TE T A 2 38 Instrument pocket except for navigation system equipped models eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaneeees 2 38 Cup holders saiwieiscigiersmievatideasestiereacarannts 2 38 GIOVE BOX rinena aa 2 39 GCOnSOlO DOK sititon ninaa 2 40 Rear parcel POX sicari isnan a 2 40 Cargo cover if so equipped seeecceecceee 2 41 WINDOWS s pis aarenism snoer rr nnan a A EONS 2 42 Power WINKOWS on ctseccsntactsncemainarsanseiaaaiiawelemens 2 42 Interior NIGHTS josnctonweimecostscriectonstewnaaeterstcuadaeines 2 44 Map iGhtS sssscichdensenoitansecesaticpaics cee ntenriciseei ee 2 44 Interior light control switch oo eee 2 44 Vanity miror OMS seiners 2 45 Cargo area courtesy light Roadster models 2 46 Cargo light Coupe models eeeeeeeeeeeeeee ee 2 46 Trunk light Roadster models 00ceeeeeeeeeeeees 2 46 HomeLink Universal Transceiver if so equipped Programming HomeLink eee Programming HomeLink for Canadian CUSTOMETS 00 c
434. seat man ufacturer s instructions for installa tion and use When purchasing a booster seat be sure to select one which will fit your child and vehicle It may not be possible to properly install some types of booster seats in your vehicle If the booster seat and seat belt is not used properly the risk of a child being injured in a collision or a sudden stop greatly increases Adjustable seatbacks should be positioned to fit the booster seat but as up right as possible After placing the child in the booster seat and fastening the seat belt make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the abdomen Do not put the shoulder belt behind the child or under the child s arm If you must install a booster seat in the front seat see BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION later in this section When your booster seat is not in use keep it secured with a seat belt to prevent it from being thrown around in case of a sudden stop or accident A CAUTION Remember that a booster seat left in a closed vehicle can become very hot Check the seating surface and buckles before placing your child in the booster seat 1 24 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system LRS0455 Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers When selecting any booster seat keep the following points in mind e Cho
435. seats by placing material near the seatback or by installing addi tional trim material such as seat covers around the side air bags Work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems should be done by a NISSAN dealer In stallation of electrical equipment should also be done by a NISSAN Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 37 dealer The SRS wiring harnesses should not be modified or discon nected Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the side impact air bag system The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica tion When selling your vehicle we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owner s Manual SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS front seats AA WARNING e The pretensioners cannot be reused after activation They must be re placed together with the retractor and buckle as a unit e If the vehicle becomes involved in a frontal collision but a pretensioner is not activated be sure to have the pretensioner system checked and if necessary replaced by a NISSAN dealer e No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system This is to prevent damage to or accidental activation of the pretensioners Tampering with the pretensioner system may result in se
436. shandled Always stop engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire Use only an original equipment type fuel filler cap as a replacement It has a built in safety valve needed for proper operation of the fuel system and emission control sys tem An incorrect cap can result in a serious malfunction and possible injury It could also cause the mal function indicator light to come on Never pour fuel into the throttle body to attempt to start your vehi cle Do not fill a portable fuel container in the vehicle or trailer Static elec tricity can cause an explosion of flammable liquid vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer To reduce the risk of serious injury or death when filling portable fuel containers Always place the container on the ground when filling Do not use electronic devices when filling Keep the pump nozzle in contact with the container while you are filling it Use only approved portable fuel containers for flammable liquid A CAUTION If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body flush it away with water to avoid paint damage Insert the cap straight into the fuel filler tube then tighten until the fuel filler cap clicks Failure to tight en the fuel filler c
437. speed Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire e Replacing tires with those not ori ginally specified by NISSAN could affect the proper operation of the TPMS e For additional information regard ing tires refer to Important Tire Safety Information US or Tire Safety Information Canada in the Warranty Information Booklet All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some Maintenance and do it yourself 8 33 models to provide good performance all year including snowy and icy road conditions All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and or M amp S Mud and Snow on the tire sidewall Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appro priate in some areas Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M amp S on the tire sidewall If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels Snow tires If snow tires are needed it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rating to the original equipment tires If you do not it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle Generally snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not matc
438. ss will soon stabilize e The life of xenon headlights will be shortened by frequent on off opera tion It is generally desirable not to turn Instruments and controls 2 29 off the headlights for short intervals for example when the vehicle stops at a traffic signal Even when the daytime running lights are active Canada only the xenon headlights do not turn on This way the life of the xenon head lights is not reduced e If the xenon headlight bulb is close to burning out the brightness will drasti cally decrease the light will start blinking or the color of the light will become reddish If one or more of the above signs appear contact a NISSAN dealer 2 30 Instruments and controls SIC3994 SIC3995 HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting Turn the switch to the pa position The front park side marker tail license plate and instrument lights will come on Turn the switch to the ZO position Headlights will come on and all the other lights remain on Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights to be set so they turn on and off automatically To set the autolight system 1 Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position Q Push the ignition switch to the ON position Y 3 The autolight system automatically turns the headlights on and off To turn the autolight system off turn the switch to the OFF pa or 4O position The autolight system can turn on t
439. ssor Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle and screw the bottle clockwise onto the bottle holder Leave the bottle seal intact Screwing the bottle onto the bottle holder will pierce the seal of the bottle Remove the cap from the tire valve on the flat tire 5 Remove the protective cap A of the hose and screw the hose securely onto the tire valve Make sure that the pressure release valve is securely tightened Make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF O position and then insert its power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle In case of emergency 6 13 oa SCE0871 6 14 6 Push the ignition switch to the ACC position Then turn the compressor switch to the ON position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the tire and loading information label affixed to the driver s side center pillar if possible or to the minimum of 180 kPa 26 psi Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure lower the tire pressure by releasing air with the pressure release valve In case of emergency NOTE The compressor tire pressure gauge may show a pressure reading of 87 psi 600 kPa for about 30 seconds while inflating the tire The pressure gauge is indicating the pressure inside the sea lant can When the sealant has been injected into
440. steering wheel up or down to the desired position Pull the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place 3 36 Pre driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS SIC2872 1 To block out glare from the front swing down the main sun visor Q 2 To block glare from the side remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side 2 MIRRORS SPA2447 INSIDE MIRROR Adjust the height and the angle of the inside mirror to the desired position amp mw SPA2143 SPA2450 Manual anti glare type The night position will reduce glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night Use the day position when driving in daylight hours AA WARNING Use the night position only when ne cessary because it reduces rear view clarity Automatic anti glare type The inside mirror is designed so that it automatically changes reflection according to the intensity of the headlights of the following vehicle The anti glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is pushed to the ON position When the anti glare system is turned on the indicator light will illuminate and excessive glare from the headlights of the vehicle behind you will be reduced Push the O switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally The indicator light will turn off Push the I switch to tu
441. stem AA WARNING The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact rear impact rollover or lower se verity frontal collision Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit or if the front passenger seat is unoccupied See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor The front air bags inflate with great force Even with the NISSAN Ad vanced Air Bag System if you are unrestrained leaning forward sit ting sideways or out of position in any way you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the supplemental front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as prac tical from the steering wheel or instrument panel Always use the seat belts The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened The Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags Failure to properly wear seat belts can in crease the risk or severity of injury in an acciden
442. stems 4 69 Volume Settings Choose the volume setting from the following items AUX Menu e Low Display Mode e Medium Volume Settings 7 e High Display Display Adjust the image quality of the screen select the preferred adjustment items SAA2496 AUX Menu When the Menu key on the display is selected while in the AUX mode the menu screen will be displayed Display Mode Choose the display mode from the following items e Normal e Wide e Cinema 4 70 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems SAA0451 CD DVD USB MEMORY CARE AND CLEANING CD DVD e Handle a CD DVD by its edges Never touch the surface of the disc Do not bend the disc e Always place the discs in the storage case when they are not being used e To clean a disc wipe the surface from the center to the outer edge using a clean soft cloth Do not wipe the disc using a circular motion Do not use a conventional record cleaner or alcohol intended for industrial use e A new disc may be rough on the inner and outer edges Remove the rough edges by rubbing the inner and outer edges with the side of a pen or pencil as illustrated USB memory e Never touch the terminal portion of the USB memory e Do not place heavy objects on the USB memory e Do not store the USB memory in highly humid locations e Do not expose the USB memo
443. stop SCAN tuning If the SCAN tuning button is not pushed within 10 seconds SCAN tuning continues to move to the next CD track AUX Auxiliary input AUX IN jack The AUX IN jack is located on the audio unit The AUX IN audio input jack accepts any standard analog audio input such as from a portable cassette tape CD player MP3 player or laptop computer AUX AUX Auxiliary button Push the AUX button to play a compatible device when it is plugged into the AUX IN jack When the AUX button is pushed with no device plugged into the jack the audio system does not change to the AUX mode the AUX button is invalid Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 39 PUSH ON OFF AUDIO SCAN RPT RDM FMAM DISC AUX SERENE l eee VOL 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 SAA2280 CD EJECT button 7 SEEK the TRACK CAT category or FILE APS automatic program search FF fast forward APS REW rewind button 8 MUTE button DISP display button Radio station preset CD select buttons aaron Audio display SCRL scroll button 9 FM AM band select button LOAD button 10 AUDIO button 11 SAT satellite band select button 4 40 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 SCAN tuning button ON OFF button VOL volume control knob DISC button RPT
444. t The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classifi cation sensor pattern sensor that turns the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions This sensor is only used in this seat Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident See Front passenger air bag and status light later in this section Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could in crease the risk of injury if the supplemental front air bag inflates SSS0007 SSS0006 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 29 SSS0008 SSS0099 SSS0009 SSS0100 1 30 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system AA WARNING Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms Some examples of dangerous riding posi tions are shown in the illustrations Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System never install a rear facing child restraint in the front seat An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child See CHILD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section for details Ulla B
445. t 7 seconds if the system is operational Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system PASSENGER AIR BAG PNO OFF SSS0988 Front passenger air bag status light Front passenger air bag and status light AV WARNING The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF under some conditions Read this section carefully to learn how it operates Proper use of the seat seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protection Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident 1 33 Status light The front passenger air bag status light 3 orr is located above the ashtray The light operates as follows e Unoccupied passenger seat The Byorr is OFF and the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Passenger seat occupied by a small adult child or child restraint as outlined in this section The amp orr illuminates to indicate that the front passenger air bag is OFF and will not inflate in a crash e Occupied passenger seat and the passen ger meets the conditions outlined in this section The light or is OFF to indicate that the front passenger air bag is opera tional Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag is designed to automatically turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as
446. t in serious injury or death Children should never be carried on your lap It is not possible for even the strongest adult to resist the forces of a severe accident The child could be crushed between the adult and parts of the vehicle Also do not put the same seat belt around both your child and yourself A booster seat must only be in stalled in a seating position that has a lap shoulder belt Failure to use a three point type seat belt with a booster seat can result in a serious injury in sudden stop or collision Improper use or improper installa tion of a booster seat can increase the risk or severity of injury for both the child and other occupants of the vehicle and can lead to serious injury or death in an accident A child restraint that requires a top tether strap for installation should not be used in Roadster models Roadster models are not equipped with upper tether anchors Do not use towels books pillows or other items in place of a booster seat Items such as these may move during normal driving or a collision and result in serious injury or death Booster seats are designed to be Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 23 used with a lap shoulder belt Boos ter seats are designed to properly route the lap and shoulder portions of the seat belt over the strongest portions of a child s body to provide the maximum protection during a collision Follow all of the booster
447. t information is contained in the front of this Owner s Manual When a front air bag inflates a fairly loud noise may be heard followed by release of smoke This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire Care should be taken not to inhale it as it may cause irritation and choking Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly Front air bags along with the use of seat belts help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries However an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries Front air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body Even with NISSAN advanced air bags seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants Because of this the force of the front air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to or is against the air bag module during inflation The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision The supplemental front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after abou
448. t rate track time duration etc ID3 tag information is displayed on the Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 29 Album Artist Track title line on the display abor Windows and Windows Media are regis ee tered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States of America and or other countries EJ Folder Audio file SAA2494 Playback order e The folder names of folders not containing compressed audio files are not shown in the display e If there is a file in the top level of a disc USB Root Folder is displayed 4 30 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software so the files might not play in the desired order Music playback order of compressed audio files is as illustrated in the next figure Specification chart Supported media Supported file systems CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD CD CD R CD RW DVD ROM DVD Romeo Joliet 1SO9660 Level 3 packet writing is not supported Files saved using the Live File System component on a Windows Vista based computer are not supported UDF Bridge UDF1 02 ISO9660 UDF1 5 UDF2 0 VDF1 5 VDF2 0 packet writing is not supported R DVD R DL USB2 0 R DVD RW DVD R DL ISO9660 LEVEL1 ISO9660 LEVEL2 USB memory FA
449. tal air bag system for Coupe models This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Door mounted curtain side impact supple mental air bag system for Roadster mod els This system can help cushion the impact force to the heads of occupants in front seating positions during certain side impact collisions The curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted These supplemental restraint systems are de signed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver and passenger seat belts and are not a substitute for them Seat belts should always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away from the steering wheel instrument panel and door finishers See SEAT BELTS earlier in this section for instructions and precautions on seat belt usage The supplemental air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational 1 27 SSS0132B 1 28 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint sy
450. ted below the instrument panel the hood will then spring up slightly Pull the lever 2 up at the front of the hood with your fingertips and raise the hood Hold the insulator of the support rod and insert its end into the slot on the front edge of the hood When closing the hood store the support rod to its original position then slowly close the hood and make sure it locks into place Y AA WARNING Make sure the hood is completely closed and latched before driving Failure to do so could cause the hood to fly open and result in an accident If you see steam or smoke coming from the engine compartment to avoid injury do not open the hood REAR HATCH Coupe models AA WARNING Do not drive with the rear hatch open This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle See EXHAUST GAS carbon monox ide in the 5 Starting and driving section of this manual SPA2573 REAR HATCH OPENER SWITCH The rear hatch can be opened by pushing the rear hatch opener switch when the Intelligent Key is within the operating range of the rear hatch lock unlock function regardless of the inside lock knob position See INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM earlier in this section SPA2646 To close the rear hatch push it down securely Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 17 NISMO models AW CAUTION Do not use the rear spoiler A to open or close the rear hatch Doi
451. ted while the engine is not running e Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat e Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat such as a blanket cushion seat cover etc Otherwise the seat may become overheated e Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object This may result in damage to the heater Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth When cleaning the seat never use gasoline thinner or any similar materials If any abnormalities are found or the heated seat does not operate turn the switch off and have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer SIC2770 The front seats are warmed by built in heaters The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other 1 2 Start the engine Select the desired heat range e For high heat push the HI side of the switch 4 e For low heat push the LO side of the switch 2 e The indicator light will illuminate when the heater is on To turn off the heater return the switch to the level position Make sure that the indicator light turns off The heater is controlled by a thermostat automatically turning the heater on and off The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on When the vehicle s interior is warmed or before you leave the vehicle be sure to t
452. tem Bluetooth models without navigation system 4 85 Hatch Rear hatch ccccceee cece cece eens 3 17 Hazard warning flasher switch 0004 2 33 Head restraints i cccccicsiesicted wiscacsiecae series 1 5 Headlights Bulb replacement cceeeeeeeeee nena ee 8 26 Headlight SwitChiz cis ashes iarsna ioni 2 30 Xenon headlights eseeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 29 Heated seats csiccccsiciziaimetr EARNE TAR tase es 2 34 Heater Engine block heater c ceeeeee eee 5 31 Heater and air conditioner operation HomeLink Universal Transceiver l Ignition switch Push button ccccsceeeeeeeeaseeeeeen sees 5 7 Automatic transmission models 5 12 Manual transmission models 45 5 16 Immobilizer system 0005 2 26 In cabin microfilter 4 23 Indicator lights 2 12 INFO DUEOM i e cesticconcs innii ea 4 6 Inside Mirror ccceeeee eee ees 3 36 Inspection maintenance I M test 9 29 Instrument brightness control 2 32 Instrument pael suaus niaan niai 2 3 Instrument pocket a s1238 Intelligent Key esicccdeeseereses stnnsi eanet eevee 3 2 Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator 2 17 Intelligent Key removal indicator 2 17 Intelligent Key system ccceeeeeeeeeeeee ee eee 3 6 Battery replacement cccceeeeee eee ee 8 22 Intelligent Key system warning light
453. tem components The refrigerant HFC 134a R 134a in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earth s ozone 9 6 Technical and consumer information layer Although this refrigerant does not affect the earth s atmosphere certain governmental regulations require the recovery and recycling of any refrigerant during automotive air condition ing system service Your NISSAN dealer has the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air conditioning system refrigerant Contact a NISSAN dealer when servicing your air conditioning system SPECIFICATIONS ENGINE Model VQ37VHR Type Gasoline 4 cycle Cylinder arrangement 6 cylinder V slanted at 60 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 760 x 3 385 95 5 x 86 0 Displacement cu in em 225 54 3 696 Firing order 1 2 3 4 5 6 Idle speed rpm g im T No adjustment is necessary Ignition timing B T D C degree rpm Spark plug Standard FXE24HR 11 Spark plug gap Normal in mm 0 043 1 1 Camshaft operation Timing chain This spark ignition system complies with the Canadian standard ICES 002 EU 7 STI0425 VQ37VHR engine Technical and consumer information 9 7 WHEELS AND TIRES Road wheel Conventional Front 18 x 8J Rear 18 x 9J Offset in mm 1 69 43 0 59 15 Front 19 x 9J Rear 19 x 10J 1 85 47 1 18 30 NISMO models Spare 1 if so equipped Front 19 x 9 5J Rear 19 x 10
454. tem warranty 0cccceeee ees 9 21 Reporting safety defects US only eeeeeeeeeee 9 22 Readiness for Inspection Maintenance I M test US Only sarirane aa rE E 9 22 Event Data Recorders EDR acnee 9 23 Owner s Manual Service Manual order information 9 24 In the event of a collision ceceeceeeeeeeeeees 9 24 CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDED FUEL LUBRICANTS The following are approximate capacities The actual refill capacities may be a little different When refilling follow the procedure instructed in the 8 Maintenance and do it yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity Capacity Approximate oa z Recommended specifications US measure Imp measure Liter Fuel 19 gal 15 7 8 gal 71 9 See FUEL RECOMMENDATION later in this section Engine oil 1 Drain and refill With oil filter change 5 1 8 qt 4 3 8 qt 4 9 e Engine oil with API Certification Mark 2 3 Without oil filter change 4 7 8 qt 4 qt 4 6 e Viscosity SAE 5W 30 2 3 Cooling system A TE With reservoir 9 qt 7 1 2 qt 8 5 Automatic transmission model Reservoir 7 8 gt 3 4 qt 0 8 50 Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze Coolant or equivalent ate With reservoir 9 1 8 qt 7 5 8 qt 8 6 50 Demineralized or distilled water Manual transmission model Reservoir 7 8 qt 3 4 qt 0 8 Automatic transmission fluid Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF 4 Manual anemission Gear oil _ E _ Genuine NISSAN Manual Transmission Flu
455. teps to install a booster seat in the front passenger seat 1 25 SSS0640 LRS0454 If you must install a booster seat in the front seat adjust the seatback so that it is upright and then move the seat to the rearmost position Do not move the seat with the booster seat attached to it Position the booster seat on the seat Only place it in a front facing direction Always follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable If necessary adjust or remove the head restraint to obtain the correct booster seat fit See HEAD RESTRAINTS earlier in this section If the head restraint is removed store it in a secure place Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child s hips Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack 1 26 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top middle portion of the child s shoulder Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer s instructions for adjusting the belt routing Follow the warnings cautions and instruc tions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in the THREE POINT T
456. ter display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 37 After loading the disc the number of tracks on the disc will appear on the display If the radio is already operating it will auto matically turn off and the CD will play If the system has been turned off while the CD was playing pushing the PWR button will start the CD MP3 or WMA CDs are not supported with this CD player If an MP3 or WMA OD is inserted into the slot the counter on the audio display automatically advances without sound However this is a specification of the CD mechanism and not a malfunction Do not use 3 1 in 8 cm discs CD cD PLAY When the CD button is pushed with the system off and the CD loaded the system will turn on and the CD will start to play When the CD button is pushed with the CD loaded and the radio playing the radio will automatically be turned off and the CD will start to play ue EF Fast Forward REW Rewind When the gt fast forward or lt 4 rewind of the TUNE button is pushed while the CD is being played the CD will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the CD will return to normal play speed msx APS Automatic Program Search FF APS REW When the pi APS FF of the SEEK button is pushed while the CD is being played the next track or the current track on the CD will start to play from its begi
457. the ventilators in hot humid conditions as the air is cooled rapidly This does not indicate a mal function Heating A C OFF The air conditioner does not activate When you need to heat only use this mode 1 Turn the fan speed control dial and air flow control dial to the AUTO position The air conditioner will turn on 2 Push the A C button to turn off the air conditioner The A C button indicator light will turn off 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e The temperature of the passenger com partment will be maintained automati cally Air flow distribution and fan speed are also controlled automatically e Do not set the temperature lower than the outside air temperature Otherwise the system may not work properly e Not recommended if windows fog up Dehumidified defrosting or defogging 1 Turn the g fan speed control dial to the desired position 2 Turn the air flow control dial to the position 3 Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature e To quickly remove ice from the outside of the windows turn the gg fan speed control dial to the maximum position e As soon as possible after the windshield is clean turn the air flow control dial to the AUTO position to return to the auto mode e When the air flow control dial is turned to the or 9 position the air condit
458. the ON position Depress the brake pedal AT model or the clutch pedal MT model and push the ignition switch to start the engine To start the engine immediately push and release the ignition switch while depressing the brake pedal with the ignition switch in any position e f the engine is very hard to start in extremely cold weather or when restart ing depress the accelerator pedal a little approximately 1 3 to the floor and while holding crank the engine Release the accelerator pedal when the engine starts e f the engine is very hard to start because it is flooded depress the accelerator pedal all the way to the floor and hold it Push the ignition switch to the ON position to start cranking the engine After 5 or 6 seconds stop cranking by pushing the ignition switch to OFF After cranking the engine release the accelerator pedal Crank the engine with your foot off the accelerator pedal by depressing the brake pedal and pushing the push button ignition switch to start the engine If the engine starts but fails to run repeat the above procedure A CAUTION Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time If the engine does not start push the ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 seconds before cranking again otherwise the starter could be damaged Warm up Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 seconds after starting Do not race the engine while warming it up Drive at moderate speed
459. the brake pedal However greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be required to stop the vehicle and the stopping distance will be longer When the brake pedal is depressed slowly and firmly you may hear a clicking noise and feel a slight pulsation This is normal and indicates that the Brake Assist System is operating Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water the brakes may get wet As a result your braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking To dry brakes drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes Do this until the brakes return to normal Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes function correctly PARKING BRAKE BREAK IN Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and or drums rotors are replaced in order to assure the best braking performance This procedure is described in the vehicle service manual and can be performed by a NISSAN dealer Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving This will cause overheating of the brakes wearing out the brake and pads faster and reduce gas mileage To help save the brakes and to prevent the brakes from overheating reduce speed and downshift to a lower gear before going down a slope or long grade Overheated brakes may redu
460. the engine is not run ning for an extended period This can discharge the battery Starting and driving 5 9 SSD0826 INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS CHARGE If the battery of the Intelligent Key is almost discharged the guide light of the Intelligent Key port blinks and the indicator appears on the vehicle information display See VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY in the 2 Instruments and controls section In this case inserting the Intelligent Key into the port allows you to start the engine Make sure that the key ring side faces backward as illustrated Insert the Intelligent Key in the port until it is latched and secured To remove the Intelligent Key from the port push 5 10 Starting and driving the ignition switch to the OFF position and pull the Intelligent Key out of the port NOTE The Intelligent Key port does not charge the Intelligent Key battery If you see the low battery indicator in the vehicle infor mation display replace the battery as soon as possible See INTELLIGENT KEY BAT TERY REPLACEMENT in the 8 Mainte nance and do it yourself section AV CAUTION e Never place anything except the Intelligent Key in the Intelligent Key port Doing so may cause da mage to the equipment e Make sure the Intelligent Key is in the correct direction when inserting it to the Intelligent Key port The engine may not start if it is in the incorrect direction e Re
461. the ignition switch should be pushed to the ACC position Radio reception is affected by station signal strength distance from radio transmitter build ings bridges mountains and other external influences Intermittent changes in reception quality normally are caused by these external influences Using a cellular phone in or near the vehicle may influence radio reception quality Radio reception Your NISSAN radio system is equipped with state of the art electronic circuits to enhance radio reception These circuits are designed to extend reception range and to enhance the quality of that reception However there are some general characteristics of both FM and AM radio signals that can affect radio reception quality in a moving vehicle even when the finest equipment is used These characteristics are completely normal in a given reception area and do not indicate any mal 4 24 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems function in your NISSAN radio system Reception conditions will constantly change because of vehicle movement Buildings terrain signal distance and interference from other vehicles can work against ideal reception Described below are some of the factors that can affect your radio reception Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference or a buzzing noise to come from the audio system speakers Storing the device in a different location may redu
462. the level is set to OFF Increasing the value will cause the volume to increase faster with vehicle speed DivX Registration Code The registration code for a device that is used to download DivX files will be displayed on the screen If a disc is loaded or a USB memory is connected to the audio system this function will not be activated Display Album Cover Art When this item is turned to ON the album cover image is displayed when playing iPod or MP3 music files through a CD DVD or USB memory When the image is not properly embedded in the file or device the image will not be displayed Phone settings For details of the Phone settings see BLUE TOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section Bluetooth settings for models with navigation system For details of the Bluetooth settings see BLUETOOTH HANDS FREE PHONE SYS TEM models with navigation system later in this section Settings Volume amp Beeps Audio Volume Guidance Volume Ringtone Incoming Call Use volume knob to adjust during playback SAA2554 Example Volume and Beeps settings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Volume amp Beeps key Audio Volume To increase or decrease the audio volume select the Audio Volume and adjust it with the multi function controller
463. the manual transmission shift lever in the N Neutral position 9 Turn the engine off 10 Start the engine and allow the engine to idle for at least 2 hours 11 Place the ignition switch to the OFF position and leave the vehicle for at least 90 minutes If step 1 through 7 is interrupted repeat the preceding step Any safe driving mode is acceptable between steps Do not stop the engine until step 7 is completed EVENT DATA RECORDERS EDR This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passen ger safety belts were buckled fas tened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling e Sounds are not recorded These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a nontrivial crash situation occurs no data are record
464. the tire the pressure gauge will drop and indicate actual tire pressure AA WARNING To avoid serious personal injury while using the emergency tire puncture repair kit Securely tighten the compressor hose to the tire valve Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin Do not stand directly beside the damaged tire while it is being inflated because of the risk of the rupture If there are any cracks or bumps turn the compressor off immediately If the tire pressure does not increase to 180 kPa 26 psi within 10 minutes the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit Contact a NISSAN dealer When the tire pressure is at the specified amount turn the air compressor off If the pressure cannot be inflated to the specified amount the air compressor can be turned off at the minimum of 180 kPa 26 psi Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve Attach the protective cap and valve cap Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the trunk A CAUTION To avoid serious personal injury when stowing the emergency tire puncture repair kit Keep the sealant bottle screwed into the compressor Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 minutes or 3 km 2 miles at
465. the vehicle in front of you Ultimately the driver is responsible for safety e Tire type and condition may also affect braking effectiveness When replacing tires install the specified size of tires on all four wheels When installing a spare tire make sure that it is the proper size and type as specified on the Tire and Loading Information label See TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL in the 9 Technical and consumer infor mation section of this manual For detailed information see WHEELS AND TIRES in the 8 Maintenance and do it your self section of this manual The Anti lock Braking System ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding By preventing each wheel from locking the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure but do not pump the brakes The ABS will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles AA WARNING Do not pump the brake pedal Doing so may result in increased stopping dis tances Self test feature The ABS includes electronic sensors ele
466. therwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure SDI2362 Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle A This may cause improper windshield washer operation If the nozzle is clogged remove any objects with a needle or small pin Be careful not to damage the nozzle Maintenance and do it yourself 8 19 BRAKES If the brakes do not operate properly have the brakes checked by a NISSAN dealer SELF ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self adjusting brakes The disc type brakes self adjust every time the brake pedal is applied AA WARNING See a NISSAN dealer for a brake system check if the brake pedal height does not return to normal BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warn ings When a brake pad requires replacement it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in motion This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed After more wear of the brake pad the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard Under some driving or climate conditions occasional brake squeak squeal or other noise may be heard Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is normal and does not 8 20 Maintenance and do it yourself
467. tings The display as illustrated will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Clock key On screen Clock When this item is turned to ON a clock is always displayed in the upper right corner of the screen This clock will indicate the time almost exactly because it is always adjusted by the GPS system Clock Format 24h When this item is turned to ON the 24 hour clock is displayed When this item is not turned to ON the 12 hour clock is displayed Offset hour min Adjust the time by increasing or decreasing per hour or per minute Daylight Saving Time Turn this item to ON for daylight saving time application Time Zone Choose the time zone from the following e Pacific e Mountain e Central e Eastern e Atlantic e Newfoundland e Hawaii e Alaska Settings Others Comfort Language amp Units Voice Recognition Image Viewer Adjust comfort amp convenience settings SAA2489 Others settings The Others settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button and selecting the Others key The following items are available e Comfort e Language amp Units e Voice Recognition e Image Viewer Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 13 Settings Comfort Q l 180 sec gt Cabin lighting when unlocking doors Light Sensitivity Light Off Delay lt a
468. tion e Push the DISC AUX button repeatedly until the center display changes to the Music Box mode e Give voice commands See NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this sec tion Stopping playback The system stops playing when a another mode radio CD DVD USB memory iPod or AUX is selected b the audio system is turned off c the ignition switch is pushed to the LOCK position tax PPI 44S Next Previous Track and Fast Forward Rewind When the we fast forward or mass rewind button is pushed for more than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the track will play while fast forwarding or rewinding When the button is released the track will return to the normal play speed When the or ma button is pushed for less than 1 5 seconds while a track is being played the next track or the beginning of the current track will be played The multi function controller can also be used to select tracks when a track is being played Play mode selection The TUNE FOLDER knob will skip from album to album unless it is playing All Songs from the Music Library menu When playing All Songs the knob will change the track instead of the album The upper right corner of the main screen will indicate if the TUNE knob is changing by track or album RPT RDM REPEAT RPT RANDOM RDM When the RPT RDM button is pushed
469. tional equipment This information is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating maximum weight load limit specified for the front or rear axle This informa tion is located on the F M V S S C M V S S label GCWR Gross Combined Weight Rat ing The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle passengers cargo and trailer Vehicle Capacity Weight Load limit Total load capacity maximum total weight limit specified of the load passengers and cargo for the vehicle This is the maximum combined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load This information is located on the Tire and Loading Information label Cargo capacity permissible weight of cargo the weight of total occupants weight subtracted from the load limit Technical and consumer information 9 17 Example 1 Occupants Example 2 Occupants 1 400 Ib 640 kg 150 Ib x 4 600 Ib 70 kg RR A l 150 b 150 Ib 300 Ib 30 Ib 70 kg 70 kg 140 kg 15 kg FRR ESSA 30 Ib x 4 120 Ib 280 kg 15 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 1 070 Ib 485 kg Luggage Available cargo and luggage load capacity 680 Ib es 300 kg STI0365 VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown
470. to position as the following steps a Pull the center of the small plastic clip out b Hold the engine undercover into posi tion C Insert the clip through the undercover into the hole in the frame then push the center of the clip in to lock the clip in place Install the bolts that hold the undercover in place Be careful not to strip the bolts or over tighten them 2 Lower the vehicle carefully to the ground 3 Dispose of waste oil and filter properly WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil If skin contact is made wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible Keep used engine oil out of reach of children AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID When checking or replacement is required we recommend a NISSAN dealer for servicing A CAUTION e Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Do not mix with other fluids e Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in dri veability and automatic transmis sion durability and may damage the automatic transmission which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty Maintenance and do it yourself 8 11 POWER STEERING FLUID Pike a oan COLD MIN 4 SDI1 765A Check the fluid level in the reservoir The fluid level should be checked with the engine off using the HO
471. to the OFF position AA WARNING It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others The daytime running lights automatically illumi nate when the engine is started with the parking brake released The daytime running lights 2 32 Instruments and controls SIC3981 Instrument brightness control The instrument brightness control operates when the headlight control switch is in the zaz gO or AUTO position with the autolights activated Push the upper or lower switch to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights when driving at night SIC3997 SIC4066 TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction When the turn is completed the turn signals cancel automatically Lane change signal To indicate a lane change move the lever up or down to the point where lights begin flashing FOG LIGHT SWITCH if so equipped To turn on the rear fog light turn the headlight switch to the D position then turn the fog light switch to the Q position The switch returns to the OFF position auto matically and the rear fog light will illuminate Make sure the indicator light on the instrument panel illuminates To turn off the rear fog light turn the fog light switch to the Q position again Make sure the indicator light on the instrument panel turns off HAZARD WARNING
472. tor lever button pushed in to move the selector lever from the P Park position the N Neutral position or any drive position to the R Reverse position N Neutral Neither forward nor reverse gear is engaged The engine can be started in this position You may shift to the N Neutral position and restart a stalled engine while the vehicle is moving D Drive Use this position for all normal forward driving Starting and driving 5 13 SSD0828 Paddle shifter Manual shift mode When the selector lever is in the manual shift gate the transmission is ready for the manual shift mode Shift ranges can be selected manually by moving the selector lever up or down or pulling the right side or left side paddle shifter When shifting up move the selector lever to the up side or pull the right side paddle shifter The transmission shifts to the higher range When shifting down move the selector lever to the down side or pull the left side paddle shifter The transmission shifts to the lower range 5 14 Starting and driving When canceling the manual shift mode return the selector lever to the D Drive position The transmission returns to the normal driving mode When you pull the paddle shifter while in the D Drive position the transmission will shift to the upper or lower range temporarily The transmis sion will automatically return to the D Drive position after a short
473. ts are effective for colli sions at low to medium speeds in which it is said that whiplash injury occurs most Active Head Restraints operate only in certain rear end collisions After the collision the head restraints return to their original position Adjust the Active Head Restraints properly as described earlier in this section 1 8 Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag Most U S states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven AA WARNING e Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times e The seat belt should be properly adjusted to a snug fit Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and in crease the chance or severity of injury in an accident Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly e Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your ch
474. ture warning feature If the outside air temperature is below 37 F 3 C the warning ICY is displayed on the screen The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat wind directions and other driving conditions The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or bill boards SETTING gt CLOCK gt SKIP gt MAINTENANCE gt ALERT gt OPTIONS LH ENTER NEXT SIC3992 Setting Setting cannot be made while driving A message Setting can only be operated when stopped is also displayed on the vehicle information display The J switch and switch are used in the setting mode to select and decide a menu SKIP Push the J switch to move to the warning check mode Push the switch to select other menus ALERT Alert menu can be set to notify the following items e UPSHIFT Select this submenu to set the engine speed RPM of the upshift indicator See Upshift indicator if so equipped for Manual Trans mission models in the 5 Starting and driving section e TIMER Select this submenu to specify when the TIME TO REST indicator activates e ICY Select this submenu to display the low outside temperature warning To return to the top page of the setting mode select BACK CLOCK Clock adjustment can be set on th
475. uality The compression reduces certain parts of sound that seem inaudible to most people WMA Windows Media Audio WMA is a compressed audio format created by Micro soft as an alternative to MP3 The WMA codec offers greater file compression than the MP3 codec enabling storage of more digital audio tracks in the same amount of space when compared to MP3s at the same level of quality AAC M4A Advanced Audio Coding AAC is a lossy audio compression format Audio files that have been encoded with AAC are generally smaller in size and deliver a higher quality of sound than MP3 ATRAC3 ATRACS3 Plus Adaptive Trans form Acoustic Coding ATRAC is a lossy audio compression format developed by Sony Bit rate Bit rate denotes the number of bits per second used by a digital music file The size and quality of a compressed digital audio file is determined by the bit rate used when encoding the file Sampling frequency Sampling frequency is the rate at which the samples of a signal are converted from analog to digital A D conversion per second Multisession Multisession is one of the methods for writing data to media Writing data once to the media is called a single session and writing more than once is called a multisession ID3 WMA Tag The ID3 WMA tag is the part of the encoded MP3 or WMA file that contains information about the digital music file such as song title artist album title encoding bi
476. uctions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommendations NISSAN recom mends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Safety Seats seat belts and supplemental restraint system Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturer s instructions for instal lation and use Larger children Children who are too large for child restraints should be seated and restrained by the seat belts which are provided The seat belt may not fit properly if the child is less than 4 ft 9 in 142 5 cm tall and weighs between 40 Ib 18 kg and 80 Ib 36 kg A booster seat should be used to obtain proper seat belt fit NISSAN recommends that a child be placed in a commercially available booster seat if the shoulder belt in the child s seating position fits close to the face or neck or if the lap portion of the seat belt goes across the abdomen The booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the top middle portion of the shoulder and the lap belt is low on the hips A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three point type seat belt The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards Once the
477. uitable tool 4 Push down the shift lock suitable tool as illustrated using a 5 Push the selector lever button and move the selector lever to the N Neutral position while holding down the shift lock Push the ignition switch to the ON position to unlock the steering wheel Now the vehicle may be moved to the desired location If the battery is discharged completely the steering wheel cannot be unlocked Do not move the vehicle with the steering wheel locked If the lever cannot be moved out of P Park have a NISSAN dealer check the automatic transmission system as soon as possible Starting and driving 5 15 MANUAL TRANSMISSION AV WARNING Do not downshift abruptly on slip pery roads This may cause a loss of control Do not over rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear This may cause a loss of control or engine damage AW CAUTION Do not rest your foot on the clutch pedal while driving This may da mage the clutch Fully depress the clutch pedal be fore shifting to help prevent trans mission damage Stop your vehicle completely before shifting into R Reverse When the vehicle is stopped with the engine running for example at a stop light shift to N Neutral and release the clutch pedal with the foot brake applied 5 16 Starting and driving SSD0536 Shifting To change gears or when upshifting or down shifting fully depress the clutch pedal shift into an a
478. uld be burned Do not drive with the air cleaner removed and be careful when working on the engine with the air cleaner removed Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed Doing so could result in serious injury WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent Then rinse the blade with clear water If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper replace the blades A CAUTION Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision SDI2359 REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn 1 Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield 2 Push the release tab and then move the wiper blade down the wiper arm 4 while pushing the release tab to remove 3 Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds 4 Rotate the wiper blade so the dimple is in the groove A CAUTION After wiper blade replacement re turn the wiper arm to its original position o
479. unlock function by pushing the door handle request switch will be activated Return All Settings to Default Select this item and then select YES to return 4 14 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems all settings to the default Settings Language amp Units Select Language English Select Units US SAA2490 Language amp Units settings The Language amp Units settings display will appear when pushing the SETTING button selecting the Others key and then selecting the Language amp Units key Select Language Select the Select Language key Choose English Francais or Espanol for your favorite display appearance If you select the Francais key the French language will be displayed so please use the French Owner s Manual To obtain a French Owner s Manual see OWNER S MANUAL SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION in the 9 Technical and consumer information section Select Units Select the Select Units key Choose US Mile F MPG or Metric km C L 100 km for your favorite display appearance Voice Recognition settings For details about the Voice Recognition settings see NISSAN VOICE RECOGNITION SYSTEM models with navigation system later in this section Settings Image Viewer 1 Image_1 jpg 2 Image_2 jpg
480. upant is too close to or is against these air bag modules during inflation The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position After pushing the ignition switch to the ON position the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates The air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are operational A WARNING e Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front seats Also do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door finisher and the front seat Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates e Right after inflation several side air bags and curtain air bag system components will be hot Do not touch them you may severely burn yourself No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of side air bag and curtain air bag systems This is to prevent acciden tal inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag or damage to side air bag and curtain air bag systems Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle s electrical system suspension system or side panel This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems Tampering with the air bag system may result in serious personal in jury For example do not change the front
481. ur NISSAN dealer 12 Remove the air compressor from the tire valve Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the trunk Immediately drive the vehicle at a speed of 50 MPH 80 km h or less NOTE Driving at speeds above 50 MPH 80 km h can cause the vehicle to vibrate 13 After a 10 minute or 3 mile 5 km drive check the tire pressure The temporary repair is completed if the tire pressure does not drop 6 12 In case of emergency If the tire pressure is lower than specified repeat the steps from 11 to 13 If the pressure drops again or is under 19 psi 130 kPa the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit Call a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION If tire pressure falls below 19 psi 130 kPa and remains low even after re peating steps 11 to 13 the tire is not repairable using the emergency tire puncture repair kit Stop driving the vehicle and contact your NISSAN dealer or a professional towing service Oo J SCE0867 Type B Open the lid of the air compressor and take out the speed restriction sticker then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving A CAUTION Do not put the speed restriction label on the steering wheel pad the speed ometer or the warning light locations SCE0868 SCE0869 SCE0870 2 Take the hose Q and the power plug 2 out of the air compressor Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compre
482. urn off the switch Instruments and controls 2 35 CLIMATE CONTROLLED SEATS if so equipped SIC2771 The climate controlled seat warms up or cools down the front seats by blowing warm or cool air from the surface of the seat The switches located on the center console can be operated independently of each other The surface temperature of the climate con trolled seats is automatically controlled at an optimum temperature However adjust the temperature using the control knob if the seats are too hot or cold 1 Start the engine 2 Turn the control knob to the heat side or to the cool side 2 The indicator light on the control knob will illuminate 2 36 Instruments and controls 3 Adjust the desired amount of the air using the control knob 4 When the vehicle s interior is warmed or cooled and or before you leave the vehicle be sure to turn the control knob to the OFF position center The indicator light on the control knob goes off at the OFF position To check the air filter for the climate controlled seat contact a NISSAN dealer A CAUTION e Do not place objects in front of the intake inlets located behind and under the front seat Doing so could cause improper operation or inter ruption of the operation e The battery could run down if the climate controlled seat is operated while the engine is not running e Do not use the climate controlled seat for extended periods
483. use a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident A CAUTION On manual transmission models do not shift into N Neutral without depres sing the clutch pedal when the cruise control is set Should this occur de press the clutch pedal and turn the main switch off immediately Failure to do so may cause engine damage ACCEL RES COAST SET 2 Ce RESUME ACCELERATE switch SET COAST switch CANCEL switch MAIN ON OFF switch CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 89 MPH 40 to 144 km h without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal SSD0833 PON gt To turn on the cruise control push the MAIN switch on The CRUISE indicator light will illuminate To set cruising speed accelerate the vehicle to the desired speed push the SET COAST switch and release it Take your foot off the accelerator pedal Your vehicle will maintain the set speed e To pass another vehicle depress the accelerator pedal When you release the pedal the vehicle will return to the previously set speed e The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads If this happens drive without the cruise control To cancel the preset speed use one of the following methods a Push the CANCEL switch b Tap the brake pedal c Turn the MAIN switch off The CRUISE light will turn off e lf you depress the brake pedal while pushing
484. use the window washer reservoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water 8 14 Maintenance and do it yourself BATTERY Keep the battery surface clean and dry Clean the battery with a solution of baking soda and water Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 days or longer disconnect the negative battery terminal cable to prevent discharging it A CAUTION When the battery cable is removed from the battery terminal do not close either of front doors The automatic window adjusting function will not work and the side roof panel may be damaged To disconnect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged ao fF E Close the windows Open the hood Close and lock all the doors Disconnect the negative battery terminal Securely close the hood To connect the negative battery terminal perform the procedure in the following order Otherwise the window and the side roof panel may contact and be damaged 1 w gt Unlock and open the driver side door Do not close the door Open the hood Connect the negative battery terminal Then close the hood Fully open the driver side door window Close the driver side door and the window AV WARNING Do not expose the battery to flames
485. ush the request switch to lock unlock the doors including the rear hatch trunk lid SPA2568 DOOR LOCKS UNLOCKS PRECAU TION e Do not push the door handle request switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the In telligent Key is outside the vehicle e After locking with the door handle request switch verify the doors are securely locked by testing them e To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch The door will be unlocked but will not open Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door The Intelligent Key system opening closing doors with the door handle request switch can be set to remain inactive See VEHI CLE INFORMATION AND SETTINGS models with navigation system in the 4 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems sec tion SPA2569 SPA2570 Coupe models INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag SPA2571 Coupe models Pre driving checks and adjustments 3 9 SPA2680 Roadster models When you carry the Intelligent K
486. vailable e Display To turn off the screen push the ENTER button and turn the Display indicator off The other method is to push and hold the 3 OFF button for more than 2 seconds 4 12 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems When any mode button is pushed with the screen off the screen turns on for further operation The screen will turn off automatically 5 seconds after the operation is finished To turn on the screen set this item to the ON position or push and hold the 3e4 OFF button e Brightness Contrast Background Color To adjust the brightness and contrast of the screen select the Brightness or Contrast key Then you can adjust the brightness to Darker or Brighter and the contrast to Lower or Higher using the multi function controller For information on the Background Color key refer to the separate Navigation System Own er s Manual For Roadster models Depending on the driver s seat position the display could be hard to read Adjust the brightness and contrast of the display on the setting screen Color Theme Choose the theme color of the menu screen from Black Blue or Red Settings Clock On screen Clock Clock Format 24h Offset hour Offset min aE Aom Daylight Savings Time Time Zone 1 6 SAA2487 Clock set
487. while a track is being played the play pattern can be changed as follows Normal gt 1 Album Repeat gt 1 Track Repeat 1 Album Random gt All Random Normal Tag Track Select Tag Track key on the screen when a track is being played A menu will show the 5 available playlists Select one of the playlists to add the current song to that playlist If a playlist is not selectable text is grayed out it means the song already exists in that playlist Music Box Menu Now Playing Music Library My Playlists Play Mode 1 Album Repeat Edit Music Information Music Box Settings SAA2516 Example There are some options available by selecting the Menu key on the screen during playback Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Now Playing Displays a track list to choose a preferred track for playback Music Library There are some options available during play back Select one of the following options that are displayed on the screen if necessary Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 65 Artists Play tracks by an artist whose music is currently being played The artists are sorted in alphabetical order Albums Play tracks in each album The albums are sorted in alphabetical order All Songs Play tracks from all recorded tracks The tracks are sorted
488. wned by Bluetooth SIG Inc and licensed to Clarion Co Ltd Settings Settings Bluetooth Display Clock Adds or Edits the Bluetooth Phones and Audio Devices SAA2505 Bluetooth Connected Devices Edit Bluetooth Info SAA2506 Connecting procedure 1 Push the SETTING button and select the Bluetooth key 2 Select the Connect Bluetooth key Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 4 57 Settings Bluetooth Are you connecting a Bluetooth device to use with the handsfree phone system For audio devices please select No Yes_ C enneet SAA2507 Settings Connect Bluetooth Settings Connect Bluetooth 0000_ CD Cone G5 Go 0000_ Start connecting your Bluetooth Audio device The PIN is 0000 Cancel Co SAA2508 Please input passke SAA2509 3 A confirmation screen will be displayed Select No Note Selecting Yes will only connect the hands free phone portion of a Bluetooth device 4 Choose a PIN code to use with the compatible Bluetooth audio device using the number input screen The PIN code will need to be entered into the Bluetooth audio device after step 5 Select the OK key 4 58 Center display heater air conditioner audio phone and voice recognition systems 5 The standby message screen wi
489. y AV CAUTION This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle To avoid or reduce the risk the procedures must be followed care fully SICO697 If you see the symbol above it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen O e If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle S 9 Z Wg Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action e t Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING AA WARNING Engine Exhaust some of its constitu ents and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm In addition certain fluids con tained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of Cali fornia to cause cancer and birth defects or other reproductive harm CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI SORY Some vehicle parts such as lithium bat teries may contain perchlorate material The following advisory is provided Per chlorate Material special handling may apply See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate amp Bluetooth gracenote a BLUETO
490. y SYSteMiciersciserssezivdaveon veri 3 6 Intelligent Key operating range ceee eee 3 8 Door locks unlocks precaution c cece 3 8 Intelligent Key operation cece eee eee 3 9 Battery Saver SYStOM ccccceeseeeeeeeseee eee ene ee 3 11 Waning signals iu cwas 2nd otetioreenaibsaweetraadimst 3 11 Troubleshooting Quide cscccc cise eeeecees 3 12 Remote keyless entry system cece eeee eee 3 13 How to use remote keyless entry system 3 13 OO E E 3 16 Rear hatch Coupe models s0ceseeeeeeeeeeeees 3 17 Rear hatch opener switch c cece eee eee ee 3 17 Secondary rear hatch release 3 18 Trunk lid Roadster models cccccecseeseeeeeeeaees 3 19 Trunk lid opener SWitCh cccceeeeeeee ee eee ees 3 19 Trunk release power cancel switch 00 3 19 Interior trunk lid release ccceceeeeee eee eeeeneee 3 20 Secondary trunk lid release eee 3 21 Soft top Roadster models s0ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees 3 21 Before operating the top cccceeeee eee ees 3 21 When operating the top ccce eee ee eee 3 23 Opening the tOp incident bites cana 3 25 Closing the topienia 3 26 Opening the top using the Intelligent Key 3 26 Troubleshooting Quide cccee eee e eee 3 27 If the top does not open or close electrically 3 28 Care of the soft top and the vehicle body 3 32 Front side and rear u
491. y qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles before work begins You can be confident that a NISSAN dealer s service department performs the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way GENERAL MAINTENANCE During the normal day to day operation of the vehicle general maintenance should be per formed regularly as prescribed in this section If you detect any unusual sounds vibrations or smell be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN dealer do it promptly In addition you should notify a NISSAN dealer if you think that repairs are required When performing any checks or maintenance work see MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS later in this section EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with is found later in this section Outside the vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time unless otherwise specified Doors and engine hood Check that all doors and the engine hood operate properly Also ensure that all latches lock securely Lubricate hinges latches latch pins rollers and links if necessary Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials check lubrication frequently Lights Clean the headlights on a regular basis Make sure that the headlights stop light
492. ystem To activate the S MODE push the S MODE switch The S MODE indicator on the tachometer will show S To deactivate push and hold the S MODE switch for more than 1 second The S MODE indicator will turn off Starting and driving 5 17 While the S MODE is off you can drive the vehicle as a conventional manual transmission model Note that the status of the S MODE on or off is memorized even after the ignition switch is turned off however it will be initialized off when the battery is disconnected The transmission position indicator shows the selected gear N Neutral 1 2 3 4 5 6 R Reverse SynchroRev Match mode S MODE op eration The SynchroRev Match mode S MODE auto matically adjusts the engine speed by controlling the engine throttle The accelerator pedal does not have to be depressed The system detects the clutch pedal and shift lever operations and then calculates the target engine speed using the shifting gear position and the vehicle speed information The system provides accurate engine speed control that helps achieve quick gear shifting and reduces shift shock on clutch engagement e When downshifting The engine speed is automatically increased to the target engine speed before the clutch is engaged 5 18 Starting and driving When upshifting The engine speed is automatically kept after the engine speed lowers to the target engine speed Rapid clutch eng

Nissan 2010 Murano Automobile User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents